2014 - University of the Western Cape · Advanced Diploma in Management (Financial Planning) AdvDip (Management) (Financial Planning) Advanced Diploma in Public Administration ADPA

2014

Faculty of Economic &

Management Sciences

Postgraduate

NOTICE

All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from January 1 2014. The University reserves the right

to amend any regulation or provision at any time without prior notice.

Although every attempt has been made to ensure that the information is accurate, the University does

not accept any liability concerning inaccuracies of any of the contents in the Calendar.

The Higher Education Qualifications Framework (HEQF), as gazetted on 5 October 2007 is currently

being phased in at the University. The alignment of all existing programmes with the HEQF is a

project that is envisaged to take until 2015 at the earliest to complete. Due to this certain information in this calendar may not be in line with the HEQF.

1

CONTENTS

GENERAL INFORMATION .................................................................................................................. 3

DEGREES AND DIPLOMAS CONFERRED IN THE FACULTY ..................................................... 5

FACULTY BOARD AND FACULTY OFFICE STAFF ....................................................................... 6

LECTURING AND TECHNICAL STAFF ............................................................................................ 7

RULES FOR PROGRAMMES ............................................................................................................. 20

Advanced Diploma in Public Administration (ADPA) - 1605 ........................................................... 20 Advanced Diploma in Management (ADM) – 1612 / 1613 .............................................................. 21

Advanced Diploma in Management in Finance - 1610 ...................................................................... 24

Advanced Diploma in Management in Financial Planning - 1615 ..................................................... 26 Postgraduate Diploma in Management - 1623 ................................................................................... 29

Postgraduate Diploma in Finance - 1624 ........................................................................................... 32

Postgraduate Diploma in Financial Planning - 1625 .......................................................................... 35 Postgraduate Diploma in Land & Agrarian Studies - 1616 ................................................................ 36

Postgraduate Diploma in ICT (1618) ................................................................................................ 37

BCom (Honours) - 1701 .................................................................................................................... 38 BCom (Honours) Information Systems - 1703 .................................................................................. 41

BA (Honours) Fulltime – 1705 ........................................................................................................ 58

BAdmin (Honours) - 1711 ................................................................................................................. 43 BEcon (Honours) - 1781 .................................................................................................................... 46

Postgraduate Diploma in Accounting ................................................................................................ 50 BCom (Honours) (Management) - 1731 ............................................................................................ 51

BCom (Honours) (Finance) – 1721/1722 .......................................................................................... 55

MCom (Structured) -1863 ................................................................................................................. 60 MCom (Thesis) - 1801 ....................................................................................................................... 62

MAdmin (Structured) -1817 .............................................................................................................. 63

MAdmin (Thesis) - 1811 ................................................................................................................... 66 MCom (Management) -1830 ............................................................................................................. 67

MCom (Information Management) -1835.......................................................................................... 71

MPhil in Land & Agrarian Stusies - 1843 ......................................................................................... 72 MPA - 1851 ....................................................................................................................................... 75

MA (Structured) – 1858..................................................................................................................... 82

M. Dev. Studies (Structured) ............................................................................................................. 84 M. Dev. Studies (Thesis) ................................................................................................................... 81

MEcon (Structured) - 1878 ................................................................................................................ 77

MEcom (Thesis) - 1871 ..................................................................................................................... 79 PhD - 1921 ........................................................................................................................................ 85

RULES FOR ACCESS PROGRAMMES ............................................................................................ 87

Management Development Programme (MDP) - 1601 ........................................................... 87

Senior Management Development Programme (SMDP) - 1604 ............................................. 87

Programme in Economic Policy (PEP I) - 1563 ...................................................................... 89 Programme in Economic Policy (PEP II) - 1564 .................................................................... 89

MODULE DESCRIPTORS ................................................................................................................... 92

Accounting ........................................................................................................................................ 92

Economics ......................................................................................................................................... 99

Information Systems ........................................................................................................................ 115 Industrial Psychology ...................................................................................................................... 149

Institute for Social Development ..................................................................................................... 163

2

School of Business & Finance ......................................................................................................... 180

Political Studies ............................................................................................................................... 235 School of Government ..................................................................................................................... 254

Institute for Poverty, Land and Agrarian Studies ............................................................................. 293

3

GENERAL INFORMATION

CORRESPONDENCE WITH THE UNIVERSITY

All postal correspondence should be addressed to the relevant person or department at:

The University of the Western Cape

Private Bag X17 Bellville

7535

Should you not know the person or department, please direct all correspondence to:

The Registrar University of the Western Cape

Private Bag X17

Bellville 7535

Faculty related enquiries can be directly forwarded to:

Faculty Manager

Faculty of Economic and Management Sciences The University of the Western Cape

Private Bag X17 Bellville

7535

Tel: +27 (0)21 959 3164 Fax: +27 (0)21 959 3470

Email: [email protected]

EMS Faculty Helpdesk: Tel: (0)219593164

CONTACT NUMBERS

UWC Switchboard +27 (0)21 959-2911

UWC Call Centre +27 (0)21 959 3900/1/2/3 General Fax +27 (0)21 959-3126

THE UNIVERSITY’S WEBSITE: www.uwc.ac.za

GENERAL BURSARIES AND LOANS

Full particulars of bursaries and loans are set out in a separate brochure that is obtainable from:

Financial Aid Office

University of the Western Cape Private Bag X17

Bellville

7535 Tel: +27 (0) 21 959 3114

mailto:[email protected]

4

CALENDAR

The calendar is obtainable in the following separate parts:

Part 1 General Information

Part 2 Faculty of Science

Part 3 Faculty of Arts

(a) Undergraduate

(b) Postgraduate

Part 4 Faculty of Economic and Management Sciences

(a) Undergraduate

(b) Postgraduate

Part 5 Faculty of Education

Part 6 Faculty of Dentistry

Part 7 Faculty of Law

Part 8 Faculty of Community and Health Sciences

Part 9 Schedule of Fees

A separate publication, containing the Faculty‘s teaching and examination time-tables, is obtainable

from the relevant Department or School. Students may also access this information via the student portal.

PLEASE NOTE:

All prospective EMS students will be required to write The National Benchmarking test (please contact

the relevant Departmental/School as their requirements may vary), which is an admissions test for

placement purposes. Please visit the website for more details: www.nbt.ac.za

http://www.nbt.ac.za/

5

DEGREES AND DIPLOMAS CONFERRED IN THE FACULTY

DEGREES

Bachelor of Administration BAdmin

Bachelor of Commerce BCom

Bachelor of Commerce in Accounting BCom (Acc)

Bachelor of Commerce in Financial Accounting BCom (FinAcc)

Bachelor of Commerce in Law BCom (Law)

Bachelor of Economics in Development Economics BEcon (ED)

Bachelor of Administration (Honours) BAdmin (Hons)

Bachelorof Commerce (Honours) BCom (Hons)

Bachelor of Arts (Honours) BA (Honours)

Bachelor of Commerce (Honours) in Finance BComHons(Finance)

Bachelor of Commerce (Honours) in Management BComHons(Management)

Bachelor of Economics (Honours) BEcon (Hons)

Bachelor of Arts (Honours) Developmental Studies BA (Hons) DVS

Master of Administration MAdmin

Master of Economics MEcon

Master of Commerce MCom

Master of Commerce (Information Management) MCom (Information Management)

Master of Arts MA

Master of Public Administration MPA

Master of Development Studies M Dev Studies

Master of Philosophy (Land and Agrarian Studies) MPhil (LAS)

Doctor of Philosophy PhD

DIPLOMAS & CERTIFICATES

Advanced Diploma in Management AdvDip (Management)

Advanced Diploma in Management (Finance) AdvDip (Management) (Finance)

Advanced Diploma in Management (Financial Planning) AdvDip (Management) (Financial

Planning)

Advanced Diploma in Public Administration ADPA

Postgraduate Diploma in Management PGDip (Management)

Postgraduate Diploma in Finance PGDip (Finance)

Postgraduate Diploma in Land & Agrarian Studies PGDip (LAS)

Higher Certificate in Economic Development HCED

ACCESS PROGRAMMES

Management Development Programme MDP

Senior Management Development Programme SMDP

Programme in Economic Principles

Programme in Economic Principles and Policy

PEP I

PEPP II

6

FACULTY BOARD AND FACULTY OFFICE STAFF

FACULTY BOARD

The Rector (ex officio), Vice Rectors (ex officio)

Proffs:, DJ Visser, F Abrahams, CJ Bakkes, C Cairney, B Cousins, A du Toit, LER De Vries, , M Esau

LCH Fourie, W Geach, S Gool, R Hall, P Hirschsohn, A Hsieh, I Ille, M Isaacs, L Loxton, L Piper, LJ

Loots, J May, J Pretorius, R Rena, C Tapscott, L Thompson, , JJ Williams

Extraordinary Prof: D Blackmur, S Devereux, A Erwin, R Pellesier,

Extraordinary Prof (Associate): O Mollagee

Extraordinary Senior Lecturers: Dr B von Lieres, KA Gottschalk, M Aliber, T Leuscher-Mamashela, M D November,

Drs: C Africa, TO Ajilore, E Bankole, LA Bosman, J Breytenbach, P Brijlal, G Davids, D Desai, M Dinbabo, H Duh, A Karriem, E Makaudze, N Mashiyi, V McGhie, Z Mitrovic, V Naicker, J Njenga,

R Peters, L Pretorius, D Yu.

Messrs: RG Arendse, K Bafo, A Bayat, G Caseley, T Combrinck, R George, G Hearn, P Hamel, K

Heslop, M Hoskins, E Isaacs, J Jansen, N Kock, ER Mentoor, R Oliver, F Petersen, E Pullen, W Rinquest, P Saungweme, J Siebrits, AJ Saayman, , G Steyn, G Thaver, C van den Berg, G van Rooyen,

L Weber,

Mmes: A Bayat, C Christians, C Conradie, M du Plessis, E Hamel, D Hamman-Fisher, A Noordien, R

Jano, L Lorente-Quesada, M Moses, M Otto, S Penderis, J Pretorius, P Pugin, J Lawrence, G Hans, L

Ndesi, L Steenkamp, J Terblanche, L Uys, J van den Berg, S van Staden,

Representatives of: Faculty of Law: Advocate G F Kotze Faculty of Science: Mr A Latief

Faculty of Education: Prof J Smith

FACULTY OFFICE STAFF

Dean: DJ Visser, BCom, HDE (Stellenbosch), BCom (Hons)

(South Africa), MCom (Western Cape), PhD (Stellenbosch) (FIAC)

Deputy Dean - Research: L Piper, PhD (Cambridge)

Deputy Dean – Academic: M Esau, PhD (Western Cape)

Faculty Manager: Vacant

Senior Faculty Officer: S v Staden, BScocSci (UCT), BPA (Hons) (Stellenbosch)

Cum Laude Faculty Officers: G Hobyani, ADM (Western Cape), (Hons) (Western

Cape)

M Engel BAdmin (Hons) (Western Cape) C Pharoah, (Nat Dipl) (Cape Peninsula UT)

N Nkohla BAdmin (Hons) (Western Cape)

Administrative Officer: P Dibela, BCom (Western Cape) Administrative Assistants: M Delport BCom (Western Cape)

Dean’s Secretary: S Van der Schyff

Dean’s Administrative Assistant: A Conradie B.A Law (Western Cape)

7

Faculty Manager’s Administrative

Assistant: L Naude Dip: Adult Education (Cape Town)

LECTURING AND TECHNICAL STAFF

(Departmental chairpersons are denoted with an asterisk (*))

ACCOUNTING

Professors: *L Loxton B.SC, B Acc (Hons), MBA, CA (SA) CJ Bakkes, MCompt (South Africa), CA (SA)

WD Geach, BA (LLB) (Cape Town), MCom, CTA, FCIS,

CA (SA), Admitted Advocate of the High Court of SA,

Fellow of the University of Kwazulu Natal

Associate Professor: C Cairney, MCom, (Cape Town), MSc (UWE), CA (SA)

Extraordinary Associate Professor: O Mollagee, BCom (Hons Acc) (Western Cape), BCom (Hons) Taxation (Cape Town), CA (SA)

DI Garach, MCom (Taxation) (Univ Durban-Westville),

CA(SA) SA Smulders, MCom(Taxation) (UNISA), CA(SA)

CD de Villiers, MBA (US), PhD Commerce (UP),

CA(SA) Senior Lecturers: AJ Saayman, BCompt (Hons) (South Africa), CA (SA)

J Jansen, (BCom (Hons) Acc (Kwazulu Natal), CA (SA),

MCom (Accounting Sciences) (UP) J Siebrits, BCom (Law), LLB (Stellenbosch), BCompt

(Hons) (South Africa), CA (SA)

P Hamel, BCom (Hons) (ACC) (RAU), CA (SA) P J Pretorius, BCom (Hons) (Natal), MCom (NMMU), CA

(SA)

L Uys, Masters (Auditing) (Stellenbosch), CA (SA) E Hamel, BCom (Hons) (ACC) (RAU), MCom (Taxation)

(RAU), Diploma Tertiary Education (UNISA)

J Terblanche BCom (ACC) (US), BCom(Hons) (ACC) (Unisa), HDE (USO), MComm (Computer Auditing)

(US), CA(SA)

L Steenkamp BCom (ACC) (US), BCom (Hons) (ACC) (US), MComm (Taxation) (UCT),

Lecturers: W Rinquest, BCom, HDE, BEd (Western Cape) RG Arendse, BCom (Hons) (Western Cape)

A Noordien, BCom (Hons) (Acc) (Western Cape) CA

(SA) M Otto, BCom (Hons) (Acc) (Western Cape) CA (SA) E Pullen, BCom (Hons) (Acc) (Western Cape), CA (SA)

G Adams, BCom (Hons) (ACC) (Western Cape), CA

(SA) S Klein, PGDA(UCT), CA (SA)

G Steyn BCom (ACC) (UP), BCom (ACC) (Hons) (US)

Administrative Officer: Z Salie

Academic Support Coordinator: C Jacobs-Williams, Business Computing, and Secretarial

Diploma (Rosebank College)

Marks Administrators: E Felaar, NCM (Cape Peninsula UT) S Couert, BCom (Western Cape)

Pilot Thuthuka Senior Programme

Coordinator: J van den Berg, BAcc(US), Hons BComp (UNISA), CA(SA)

Pilot Thuthuka Student Coordinator: C Trueman, HR Diploma (Rosebank College)

8

Pilot Thuthuka Administrator: G Rudolph, National Dip Management (Peninsula Tech)

ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT

Extra-Ordinary Senior Lecturer: MD NovemberBA (Hons) (Keele), MA (History) (London), MA (Teaching English as a Second Language)

(UCLA), PhD (UCLA)

Teaching & Learning Specialist: *N Mashiyi BA (Hons), BEd (Unitra), MEd (ESL) (Rhodes), N.D Small Business Management (TSA), PhD

(Education Policy Studies) (University of Pretoria)

Senior Lecturer : VF McGhie, BA (Western Cape), BA (Hons) (Linguistics) (Western Cape), MA (Linguistics) (Western

Cape), Higher Diploma in Education (P/G) (Western

Cape), Diploma in Public Relations Practice (Academy of Learning), PhD (Stellenbosch)

Lecturer: L Ndesi, BTh (Western Cape), BA (Hons) (Western

Cape), MTh (Western Cape) Assistant Lecturers: N Ayford, BCom (Western Cape)

M de Maar, BCom (Western Cape)

M Februarie, BAdmin (Western Cape) K Ramongane, BAdmin (Hons) (Western Cape)

L Snyers, BCom (Western Cape)

Administrative Officer: R May Marks Administrator: R Kriel

4-YEAR EXTENDED PROGRAMME

Lecturers: G Thaver, BCom (Hons) (Western Cape)

Dr D Desai, BSc (Cape Town), BSc (Hons) (Western

Cape), B. Mus. (Mus.Lib.), M.Mus. (Mus. Ed.) (Cape Town), BEd (SA), PhD (Natal), H.D.L.S. (SA), H.E.D.

(SA), L.T.C.L.

L Llorente Quesada, B.Com (Honours) (UCLV); MCom

(Western Cape), MA (Film and Media) (Cape Town)

Summa Cum Laude

R George, (BTh), BA (Hons) (Western Cape) G Hans, BEd (Hons) (Psychology), BA, BA (Hons),

(Western Cape)

E Muriro, BCom Accounting (Western Cape), BCompt (Hons) (South Africa), Advanced Certificate in Auditing

(apt)

L Svenson - BCom (Hons), MCom (Western Cape) K Mobarak - (Hons) (UWC), MCom (UWC

Q Paulsen - Management and Finance (Hons) (UWC)

E v d Ross, BCom (Hons) (Western Cape) P Moodley (B.PAED-PRIM ED) (UDW), (B.Ed

Curriculum Studies – English) (UDW), (Diploma in Ed

Management), (RAU), (Masters in Education) (UWC).

EMS STUDENT SUPPORT AND RESEARCH UNIT (ESSRU)

Unit Coordinator: M du Preez

Administrator: L Wildschut

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE

9

Acting Director: *R Peters, BCom, BCom (Hons) (Western Cape), MBL

(South Africa), PhD (Johannesburg) Mauerberger Chair in Finance: S Gool, BSc (Cape Town), BEcon Hons (Western Cape),

MA Fin (UCalif), HED (South Africa), Chartered

Financial Analyst Professor: P Hirschsohn, BBusSc (Cape Town), BCom (Hons)

(South Africa), MSc (Oxon), PhD (MIT)

Vacant Associate Professor: L De Vries, BCom (Hons), STD (Western Cape), MBA

(Stellenbosch)

Heng-Hsing Hsieh, PhD (Cape Town), MCom (UKZN), BCom (Hons) (UND) Cum Laude, BCom (UND) Summa

Cum Laude, MIFM, Chartered Financial Analyst (CFA)

K Hodnett, PhD (UCT), MCom (UKZN), BCom (Hons) (UND), Cum Laude, BCom (UND)

Senior Lecturers: ER Mentoor, MCom (Western Cape)

EBH Isaacs, MCom (Western Cape) P Brijlal, BSc, HDE (Natal), MBA (Durban Westville)

W Brown BSc (UCT), MBA (Finance), (Manchester),

PhD (Stellenbosch) Vacant

Lecturers: T Combrinck, HDE, Bed, BCom (Hons), MCom (Western

Cape) A Bayat, BA (Medina), BCom (Hons), MCom (Western

Cape)

M. Botha (MCom) (UCT) G Caseley, BCom (Natal), BCom (Hons) (South Africa)

Cum Laude, MBA (Witwatersrand) Cum Laude

P Saungweme, Dip Ed (UZim), B.Com (Hons) Mgmt & Finance (Midlands State), MBA (National Univ of

Science & Tech)

Vacant

Customer Relations Officer: Mr Alex Plaatjies

Tutor Coordinator: Josias Hove -

Administrators: D Arendse BTech (CPUT) M Orrie, ADM (Western Cape)

F Petersen

M Paulsen D Dowman BA (Western Cape)

ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT UNIT (EDU)

Coordinator: Vacant

AFRICAN CENTRE FOR CITIZENSHIP & DEMOCRACY (ACCEDE)

Director/Professor: L Thompson, BA (CAPE TOWN), BA (Hons), MA (Rhodes), PhD (Western Cape)

Administrator: Vacant

ECONOMICS

Professors: *LJ Loots, BCom (RAU), BCom (Econ) (Hons) (RAU),

DDE (Cantab)

Associate Professors: Rena, BA (Kakatiya), MA (Econ) (Osmania), BED (Annamalai), MPhil (Osmania), LLB (Kakatiya), PhD

(Osmania) Cum Laude

10

Senior Lecturers: TO Ajilore, BSc (Obafemi Awolowo), MSc (Econ)

(Obafemi Awolowo), PhD (Obafemi Awolowo) Lecturers: E Makaudze, BSc (UZ), MSc (Agric Econ) (Texas A &

M), MA (OSU), PhD (OSU)

M Moses, BCom, BCom (Econ) (Hons), MCom (Econ) (Western Cape)

A Bayat, BA (Cape Town), BEcon (Econ) (Hons)

(Western Cape), MA (Econ) (William's College) KCD Yu, BBA (South Africa), BEcon (Hons), MEcon

(Stellenbosch), PhD (Stellenbosch)

C Christians, BSc (Physio) (Cape Town), BEcon (Hons) (Western Cape)

Undergraduate Administrator: C Dilgee

Secretary: N Mhlongo, BA (Cape Town), (PDOM) (Cape Town) Administrative Assistant: C Arnold

Z Duncan, BCom (UWC)

INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY

Professor: F Abrahams, BEcon, BCom (Hons) (Cum Laude), MEcon

(Western Cape), DCom (South Africa), Registered

Industrial Psychologist with the Health Profession

Council of South Africa (HPCSA)

Associate Professor: Vacant

Senior Lecturers: *LA Bosman, BEcon (Hons), MEcon (Stellenbosch),

Hons B (B&A) (Stellenbosch), DCom (UPE), P/G Dipl

(Adv Labour Law) (RAU) Registered Industrial

Psychologist (HPCSA)

K Heslop, BA (Hons) (Psychology UND), BAdmin

(Hons) (Ind Relations); BAdmin (Hons) (Ind

Psychology); MAdmin (Ind Psych), (Cum Laude)

(UDW), Registered Industrial Psychologist (HPCSA),

Registered Chartered Human Resource Practitioner

(SABPP)

R Jano, BCom (Hons), MCom (Western Cape),

Registered Industrial Psychologist (HPCSA),

Lecturers: D Hamman-Fisher, NDipl (HR and Bus Econ) (Cape

Peninsula UT), BAdmin (Hons) (Western Cape), MA

(Western Cape)

M du Plessis, BA (Stellenbosch), BA (Hons)

(Stellenbosch) MA (Human Resource Management

(Stellenbosch) Registered Industrial Psychologist

(HPCSA)

R Oliver, BCom (Hons), MCom (Western Cape)

Marks Administrator: F Jasson

Secretary: D Ferrus, BA, BA (Hons) (Western Cape)

INFORMATION SYSTEMS

Professor: *LCH Fourie, BA, BTh, MTh, LTh, DTh (Stellenbosch),

MBA (Potchefstroom) Senior Lecturers: Z Mitrovic, MCom (IM) (Western Cape), DTech (Cape

Peninsula UT)

11

JK Njenga, BSc (Computer Science) (Nairobi); MCom

(IM) (Western Cape), PhD (Western Cape) F Bankole, PhD IS (UCT), M.Com (IS)(UCT), BTech

(Computer Engineering) Hons (Lautech, Nigeria)

Lecturers: G Hearn BInst-Agrar Hons (Pretoria), BSc for (Silviculture) US (MSAIF)

J Breytenbach, BCom Mathematics (US), MCom IT

(UFS), PhD IS (UP) C van den berg, B.Com Marketing (UP), • Masters in

Business Administration (US), MPhil (US)

F Petersen B.Com IS (UCT), B.Com IS (Hon)( UCT)M.Com IS (UWC)

Dept Administrator: C Cebindevu, BAdmin (Western Cape), BA (Hons)

(UKZN) Post-grad Administrator: W Mwaba, BA (North West)

Undergrad Administrator: A Mujawamilya, BCom (Western Cape), BCom (Hons)

(Western Cape), MPhil (Population Studies) (Western Cape)

LAW FACULTY

Mercantile Law and Labour Law

Head of Department: Prof. MS Wandrag, B Luris, LLM (Free State), LLM

(Canbtab),

Adv of High Court of SA Professors: D Du Toit, BA, LLB (Cape Town), LLD (Leiden), Prof

Emeritus (Western Cape), Attorny of the High Court of

SA ED Malherbe, BA, LLB, LLM (Stellenbosch), LLD

(Western Cape)

MS Wandrag, B Luris, LLB, LLM (Free State), LLM

(Cantab), Adv of High Court of SA

Senior Lecturers: GF Kotze, BA, LLB, LLM (Stellenbosch), Adv of High

Court of SA Lecturers: E Huysamen, LLB, LLM (Cum Laude) (Stellenbosch),

Attorny of the High Court of SA

P Koornhof BA, LLB, LLM (Stellenbosch), Attorny of the High Court of SA

F Moosa, B Proc, LLB (Western Cape), LLM (Cape

Town), Attorny of the High Court of SA Employment Law: P S Bolton, BProc, LLB, LLM (Western Cape), Advocate

of the High Court of SA

Company Law: G F Kotze, BA, LLB, LLM (Stellenbosch), Advocate of the High Court of SA

Social Security Law: A von Zelewski, First & Second State Examinations in

Law (Germany), Attorney of the High Court of SA B Conradie

Public Law: K Chinnian-Kester, BA, LLB, LLM (Western Cape)

POLITICAL STUDIES

Professor: L Piper PhD (Cambridge)

J Pretorius, PhD (Cambridge)

Extra-ordinary Senior Lecturer: B von Lieres, BA (Hons), MA (Witwatersrand), DPhil (University of Essex)

KA Gottschalk, BA (Hons) (Cape Town)

12

TM Luescher-Mamashela PhD (Cape Town)

Senior Lecturer *C Africa (PhD) (Cape Town) Lecturer: MK Bafo, BAdmin (Hons) (Western Cape)

GC van Rooyen, BAdmin (Hons) (Western Cape)

Associate Lecturer: JM Hoskins, BA; BProc, LLB, LLM (Western Cape)

Administrator: Nadia Jansen

MATHEMATICS AND APPLIED MATHEMATICS

Dept Chairperson: Prof RL Fray, MSc (Western Cape), MSc, (Stellenbosch),

PhD (Stellenbosch)

Admin Assistant: GL Hendricks, DipExSecr (Bellv Acad/Boston House) Professors: RL Fray, MSc (Western Cape), MSc (Stellenbosch), PhD

(Stellenbosch)

PJ Witbooi, MSc (Western Cape), PhD (Cape Town) Associate Professors: F Benyah, PhD (Western Australia, Perth)

Extra-Ordinary Profs: J Key, MPHIL, PhD (London)

Senior Lecturers: N Marcus, BSc (Hons) (South Africa), PhD (Cape Town) E Mwambene, Drrernat (Vienna)

K Patidar, PhD (IIT Kanpur, India)

Lecturers: M Mdekazi, MSc (Wisconsin), MSc (Cape Town) MR Omar, HDE, PhD (Cape Town)

W Fish, HDE, MSc (Math Ed) (South Africa), MSc (Cape

Town), PhD (Western Cape) M Mohlala, PhD (Howard University)

Senior Officer: MG Salasa, BSc (Hons) (Western Cape)

B May, BSc, HDE, Bed (Western Cape) A Taylor, BSc, HDE (Western Cape)

Officers: F Karriem, MSc (Western Cape)

J Wyngaardt, BSc(Hons)(Western Cape)

Administrative Assistant: GL Hendricks, (Dip EX Secr) (Bellv Acad/Boston House)

STATISTICS

Dept Chairperson: Prof RJ Blignaut, BSc (RAU), MSc (Cape Town), PhD

(Pretoria) Admin Assistant: L Selbourne, BTh (Urbanium University-Rome)

Professors: C Koen, PhD (Cape Town), PhD (Rand Afrikaans

University) D Kotze, DCom (Stellenbosch), MSc (South Africa),

MBL (South Africa)

Associate Professor: RJ Blignaut, BSc (RAU), MSc (Cape Town), PhD (Pretoria)

Extraordinary Prof: R Shell, PhD (Yale)

Senior Lecturers: H Doctor, PhD, MA (Demography) (Pennsylvania University)

G Tati, PhD (Univ of Bristol), DEA (Univ of Paris,

Pantheon-Sorbonne), MSc (IFORD), Maitrise (Univ of Congo), Licence (Univ of Congo)

Lecturers: A Latief, MSc (Western Cape) N Stiegler, DEA, Institut d'etudes demographiques

universté de Bordeaux Maitrise and Licence, Universté

montesquieu Bordeaux IV Chief Officers: N Makapela, MSc (Western Cape)

13

L Corker, BSc (Hons), MCom (Western Cape), MSc

(Cape Town) Senior Officer: R Lombard, MSc (Western Cape)

SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT

Director C. Tapscott, PhD (London), MSoc Sc (Birmingham), BSocSc (Hons), PA(UCT)

Professor: L Thompson, BA (Stellenbosch), MA (Rhodes), PhD

(Western Cape)

G Ruiters, MA (Wits University), PhD

(JohnsHopkins,USA)

MV Esau, BAdmin (Hons), MAdmin, PhD (Western

Cape)

Extra-ordinary Professor: JJ Williams BA, BA (Hons), HED (Cum

Laude),MA(UWC),MUP (Master of Planning), PhD (U

Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, USA)

Associate Professor: I Ille, BEd (Hons) (University of Ibadan) (Nigeria), MPA,

(University of the North), PhD (Public Affairs)

(University of Pretoria)

Senior Lecturer: G Davids, PhD (Western Cape)

L Pretorius, PGD in Econ, Adv Dipl in Educ, HDE, BA

(Cape Town), MA (Cape Town), PhD (Western Cape)

G Ruiters, PhD (Western Cape)

Admin Officer: F Hendricks, Secretarial Diploma (Todds Commercial

College)

Librarian: N Seymour, BA (Western Cape)

Training Division Manager: E Hamza, BAdmin (Hons) (Western Cape)

Administrator: V Haywood, PGDG (Western Cape)

Finance Manager: A D Roman, BA (Western Cape), HDE (Western Cape),

BCom (Hons) (Western Cape)

Administrator: B Du Plessis, ADM (Western Cape), BCom (Hons)

(Management) (Western Cape)

T Van Harte

P/G Programme Coordinator: I Ille, BEd (Hons) (University of Ibadan) (Nigeria), MPA,

(University of the North), PhD (Public Affairs)

(University of Pretoria)

Senior P/G Administrator: L Festers

P/G Administrator: B Maart

Fair Share Division Manager T Khaile, MA in Public Management (Witwatersrand),

(Witwatersrand) MPhil Public Law (Western Cape)

F Miso, BA, BA (Hons) MPA (Western Cape)

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION: SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT U/G PROGRAMME

Proffessor: MV Esau, BAdmin (Hons) (Western Cape), MAdmin

(Western Cape), PhD (Western Cape)

Associate Proffessor: I Ille, Bed (Hons) (University of Ibadan) Nigeria, MPA, (University of the North), PhD (Public Affairs) (Pretoria)

Senior Lecturer U/G Programme

14

Coordinator: GJ Davids, BA (Western Cape), BA (Hons) Dev

(Stellenbosch), Phd (Western Cape), PMD (Harvard), CIFE (IIAP-France)

U/G Programme Administrator: L Eyssen

INSTITUTE FOR POVERTY, LAND AND AGRARIAN STUDIES (PLAAS)

DST/NRF Research Chair/Sen Prof: B Cousins, BA (South Africa), DPhil (Zim) Director /Prof: A du Toit, MA (Stellenbosch), PhD (Essex)

Associate Professors: M Hara, MSc (Humberside), PhD (Western Cape)

R Hall, BSocSc (Hons) (Cape Town), MPhil (Oxford) DPhil (Sussex)

M Isaacs, MPhil, PhD (Western Cape)

Senior Researcher: B Tapela, MA (Pretoria), MPhil (Western Cape) D Miller, MA, PhD (John Hopkins)

G Paradza, MSc(Zim), PhD (Wageningen)

D Neves, BA (Hons), MA (Rhodes)

Researchers: C Hakizimana, BTh (Hons), MDevStud (KwaZulu-Natal)

L Loate, BA (Western Cape), MPA (Pretoria)

E Sulle, BA (Tanzania), M.Pub Policy (Maryland)

A dub, MPhil (Western Cape) Research Iterns: M Ngubane, MA (Free State)

A Okunlola, MA (Western Cape)

D Chikazunga, MSc (Zimbabwe)

B Ntwana, MPA (Western Cape)

Administrative Manager: U Arends, BA (Hons), MA (Western Cape), Dip Adult Ed (Cape Town)

Financial Manager: T Reddy, Dipl Fin Acc (Instit of Admin &

Comm) Senior Finance Officer: F Oeja, Dip Fin Acc (Varsity College)

D Delpaul, Nat Dipl (Internal Auditing), (Cape Peninsula

UT) Information & Communications Officer: R Pointer, BJourn (Rhodes)

Librarian: G Kerchhoff, BA (Natal), HDipl Lib& Info Sc (Cape

Town) Senior Administrator: T Warries, Sec.Dipl (Maurice), Pub Rel Cert (Damelin)

Senior Administrator: C Henry, BCom (Western Cape)

Admin Officer: J van Dieman, BA (Wetsern Cape), Secr Dipl (Collingwood)

B Malama, BA (Hons) (Weatern Cape)

Senior Student Assistant: L Ncoliwe, BCom (Western Cape)

INSTITUTE FOR SOCIAL DEVELOPMENT (ISD)

Director: J May, B.Soc.Sci (UN), B.Soc.Sci (Hons) (UN),

M.Soc.Sci (UN), PhD (UKZN)

Extraordinary Professor: S Devereux, BA (UCT), MPhil, DPhil (Oxon) (Luca d‘Angliano Award for Development Research; Africa

Studies Association Dissertation Prize)

Senior Lecturers: S P Penderis, BA, BA (Hons) (Cum Laude), MA (Cum Laude) (US)

A Karriem, BA, BA (Hons) (UWC), M.R.P, PhD

(Cornell) Lecturer: Adv N Kock, B-Iuris, LLB (UWC)

15

C M Conradie, BA, BA (Hons) (Cum Laude) (Pretoria),

MA (Cum Laude)(Western Cape), MPhil (Cum Laude) (US)

M F Dinbaso, BSc, MA (UWC), MA (RUB), PhD (UWC)

DAAD Fellow: Vacant Administrative Officer: P M Kippie

16

AFRCIAN CENTRE FOR CITIZENSHIP AND DEMOCRACY

The African Centre for Citizenship & Democracy (ACCEDE) was established in 1990 to:

Research and disseminate findings on southern African issues, particularly those of a social,

economic, and political nature;

Educate South Africans in regional and international relations through appropriate academic and Adult Education courses;

Raise public awareness of southern African questions through conferences, symposia, and workshops.

The ACCEDE‘s establishment was motivated by a concern that regional and international issues have

traditionally been held outside the domain of South Africa‘s majority and that the history of

domination, conflict, and aggression, which has characterised relations between South Africa and its neighbours in the past, requires:

The conduct of research in South Africa relevant to the construction of a peace-oriented, non-

militaristic, non-hegemonic cooperative order in southern Africa after apartheid.

An analysis of current and future problems from the point of view of promoting a new type of regional role for a democratic South Africa.

SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT

The mission of the School of Government at the University of the Western Cape is to contribute to the

development of policies, institutions, and practices of democratic governance by means of:

the production of appropriately educated and trained elected officials and administrators;

the production of knowledge through research which will inform policy making in the spheres of

governance and administration;

the promotion of the values of democratic accountability, social equity, ethical conduct,

transparency, responsiveness and representativeness as key dimensions of the process of political and administrative transformation in South Africa.

to broaden the School‘s target groups to include a greater number of students, particularly black students and women, who possess practical experience not only in the public service but in other

related sectors (NGOs, Unions, CBOs etc.);

to give the School‘s programmes a more relevant practical orientation in addition to theoretical and descriptive understanding and knowledge;

to introduce new forms of teaching and learning methodologies, that are innovative, interactive and experiential in focus, and designed to stimulate critical thinking and problem solving; and

to use more varied and imaginative assessment procedures, designed to test practical skills and

competencies as well as theoretical and descriptive knowledge.

17

INSTITUTE FOR POVERTY, LAND AND AGRARIAN STUDIES (PLAAS)

Vision and Mission

PLAAS does research, policy engagement, teaching and training about the dynamics of chronic

poverty and structural inequality in Southern Africa, with a particular emphasis on the key role of

restructuring and contesting land holding and agro-food systems in the subcontinent and beyond. Our mission emphasises the central importance of the agro-food system in creating and perpetuating

poverty — and also in eradicating it. For much of our existence, our work has concentrated heavily on

issues of production in these systems. But our focus is broadening to consider the upstream and downstream aspects of agro-food commodity chains and systems. Key aspects of social policy

affecting the dynamics of poverty and inequality in southern and South Africa are also being taken up

in our work.

Within this broad field of investigation, our work focuses on the dynamics of marginalised livelihoods

— particularly livelihoods which are vulnerable, structurally excluded or incorporated into broader economic systems on adverse terms.

In this respect, we have considerable expertise in analysing land- and agriculture-based livelihoods of farm workers; small and subsistence farmers; those pertaining to coastal and inland artisanal fisheries

and fishing communities; and the informally self-employed in rural as well as urban areas.

FAIR SHARE

Fair Share is a unit of the School of Government, at the University of the Western Cape. Within the School of Government‘s broad vision of fostering democratic and effective governance, Fair Share is

the unit that works primarily within communities to assist civil society organisations to participate in

municipal governance. The focus of our work is to strengthen the capacity of communities to participate effectively in municipal planning and budgeting processes.

A meaningful participation of communities in municipal planning and budgeting processes has been a

key focus of Fair Share‘s programmes since its inception. Through its two main programmes, i.e.

Certificate in Economic Development and the Local Government Partnership Programme, Fair Share

has developed various capacity building interventions for communities, community organisations, ward committees, municipal councillors, municipal officials and a broad range of non-governmental

organisations.

Programmes

Local Economic Development (LED)

The Local Economic Development Programme is line with the mission of the School of Government

and in particular that of Fair Share which is aimed at strengthening the capacity of community leaders to play a meaningful role in local governance. It is presented as a qualification as well as separate stand

alone course. The programme is at National Qualification Framework Level 5.

Certificate in Economic development (CED)

The CED is an accredited programme offered at National Qualifications Framework Level 5. It was designed to meet the demand for street economists who are able to assist their organizations and

communities to participate in economic development processes of their communities.

The CED strives to, in a focused and in-depth programme delivered over a period of one year. It

utilizes contracted experienced facilitators from and outside Fair Share. The CED is offered through both an on-site learning as well as a distance education model utilizing adult education principles and

http://www.plaas.org.za/research

http://www.plaas.org.za/policy-engagement

http://www.plaas.org.za/PG-programme

18

methods. A central aspect of the delivery is that participants are required to apply their learning in their

community and organisational contexts.

Participants are recruited from the Limpopo, KwaZulu-Natal, Eastern Cape, Western and North West

provinces. Most of our participants are from community-based organizations, non-governmental organizations and from municipalities. To date, since 2003 177 students have participated in the CED.

Research and Publications

To ensure that our work is constantly responding to the changing needs in the various contexts where

we work, on-going research is critical. The research agenda is thus shaped by the needs emerging from the various programmes and projects. Accordingly, publications are regularly produced to inform and

educate ourselves and community organizations on matters of local government and broad range of

social and economic development issues.

Our main publication is Partnership in Action. This publication is used for among other things to share

with our partners and communities the valuable insights and lessons we made from working with communities. It is produced quarterly and highlights our collective reflection of our work.

Advanced Diploma in Public Administration

The ADPA is a South African Qualification Authority (SAQA) accredited qualification at National

Qualifications Framework (NQF) level 6.

The ADPA is aimed at those already working in government, municipalities and development

organisations in South Africa and other developing countries. It is targeted in particular at those who aspire to advance to senior positions within govwernment, municipalities and development sectors.

THE ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT UNIT (EDU)

The Entrepreneurship Development Unit is located in the School of Business and Finance (SBF) at the

University of the Western Cape.

The mission of the Entrepreneurship Development Unit is to promote enterprise development focusing

on the Small and Medium (SME) sector, including building the capacity of existing businesses to take advantage of linkage opportunities within the local economy. Furthermore, through the provision of

specific training and counselling support/consulting services, its goal is to equip entrepreneurs (both

students and SME owners) to be able to manage more effectively and efficiently. The Unit seeks to work in partnership with organizations strategically placed to promote economic growth and

development within the South African context.

The specific aims are:

to coordinate research, training and consulting which focuses on the SME sector

to coordinate and grow a practical project for final year undergraduate students of the SBF which gives them the opportunity to earn credits by completing a project for a large firm or

providing a business consultancy service to a small or micro enterprise

to partner the SBF in developing and teaching a specialized entrepreneurship programme to

aspirant entrepreneurs and SME owners to develop, professionalize and grow their operations, graduates to work with NGOs, government, financial institutions in providing

management, financial, consultancy and other support to the SME sector

to provide consultancy services and develop sustainable relationships with the SME

business community

19

to develop and present short courses to address particular requirements and

to develop, coordinate and teach a range of certificated courses and Entrepreneur

Development Programmes, either as stand-alone programmes or in conjunction with other

units in the Faculty.

EMS STUDENT SUPPORT AND RESEARCH UNIT (ESSRU)

In an attempt to improve student throughput, the Faculty of Economic and Management Sciences

(EMS) started a Student Tracking Pilot Project in August 2006. The primary aim was to explore methodologies to improve academic performance as well as putting a structure in place that will assist

struggling students to cope with their academic work during their first year of study. This resulted in

the founding of the EMS Student Support and Research Unit (ESSRU).

The ESSRU’s One by One (ObO) Support Programme encompasses the overarching operational

structure. They serve first year students through regular newsletters, news flashes, brochures, life skills workshops and a Face book page. One of their core values is to establish relationships and partnerships

with those departments and units on campus that can assist them to proactively serve the students to the

best of their ability.

The ESSRU Voluntary Tutoring programme called ―Pay-it-forward‖ is a student-led programme that

started as a project in 2007. Up to twenty students have over the past three years signed up as volunteers each year. They assist students with the quantitative modules offered in the B Com Four

Year Programme. The ESSRU also empower tutors with skills like goal-setting, teamwork and how to

present effectively.

For more information please refer to the faculty‘s website.

20

RULES FOR PROGRAMMES

ADVANCED DIPLOMA IN PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION - 1605

D.149 ADMISSION

Unless the Senate determines otherwise the following will apply:

D.149.1 A Bachelor‘s degree or National Diploma in public administration or a related field

OR

D.149.2 A matric certificate (NSC) and a minimum of 10 years of appropriate practical work

experience in the areas of governance and public administration and management

D.150 SELECTION

As a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a

selection procedure.

D.151 DURATION

Unless the Senate determines otherwise:

D.151.1 The curriculum shall extend over 1 year full-time or 2-years part-time

D.151.2 The ADPA will be presented on a day-time block release basis or part-time study in the

evenings.

D.152 CURRICULUM

D.152.1 The programme consists of modules with a total credit value of at least 120 credits as

follows:

Module Name Alpha Code Cred Introduction to Governance and Administration in Pub Sect PUA611 20 Public Policy PUA612 20 Managing Information and Communication PUA613 20 Leadership and Managing People PUA614 20 Managing Operations in Public Sector PUA615 20 Economics and Public Finance PUA616 20 TOTAL 120

D.153 ASSESSMENT

Unless the Senate determines otherwise, the following will apply:

D.153.1 A variety of integrated assessment methods will be used (both formative and summative)

D.153.2 These will be designed to test practical skills and competencies as well as theoretical and

descriptive knowledge

D.153.3 The assessment method includes tests and examinations, as well as a range of academic and practical assignments (essays, practical research reports, policy papers, case studies,

individual and group projects and presentations)

D.153.4 A minimum of 50% required to attain the qualification. Students would be afforded the opportunity to supplement examinations and assignment and to repeat a maximum of 2

modules

21

D.154 PROMOTION RULES

D.154.1 Full Time

Full time students are required to complete the diploma in one year with an additional year of

registration if required.

D.154.2 Part-Time

D.154.2.1 Part-time students should obtain 60 credits in the 1st year of study.

D.154.2.2 Students should complete the diploma in the 2nd year with an additional year of registration if required.

ADVANCED DIPLOMA IN MANAGEMENT (ADM) – (1612 – F/T) / (1613-PT)

D.155 ADMISSION


D.155.1 Persons meeting any one of the following requirements qualify for admission as a candidate for the Advanced Diploma in Management (ADM) offered by the School of Business and

Finance [SBF]:

D.155.2 A Bachelor‘s degree or a three-year national diploma or equivalent in any field other than Management or Finance;

D.155.3 A Senior Certificate (Grade 12) with a Matriculation endorsement PLUS at least ten years

appropriate practical experience;

D.155.4 Anyone who has passed the SBF‘s Senior Management Development Programme (SMDP)

with a 50% average, having passed all Senior MDP modules.

D.155.5 Anyone who has passed the SBF‘s MDP, having passed all four moduls with a minimum of

60% at the first attempt in the minimum time period (2 semesters part-time)

D.155.6 Under University regulation A.2.1.4 applicants who do not have a national diploma or

degree are required to demonstrate that they have attained a level of competence sufficient to ensure that they can successfully embark on the programme.

D.155.7 Foreign national applicants, who have not completed three-years of tertiary education in English, will only be considered for admission to the ADM if they provide proof of one of

the following standards with their application:

D.155.7.1 Paper score of 550 or Computer score of 213 in Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL)

D.155.7.2 Band 6 International English Language Testing System (IELTS)

D.155.7.3 Passed the Cambridge Certificate of Advanced English (CAE)

D.155.7.4 Passed the Cambridge Certificate of Proficiency in English (CPE)

D.155.7.5 Passed the Cambridge Business English Certificate 3.

22

D.155.8 An application for admission will only be considered from applicants who have

D.155.8.1 Completed the SBF and the UWC Application Form;

D.155.8.2 Furnished proof of previous work experience; D.155.8.3 provided the required referee reports from employers and lecturers;

D.155.8.4 Submitted certified copies of all transcripts (not certificates) from all tertiary educational institutions attended;

D.155.8.5 Written the SBF‘s Admissions Evaluation at the stipulated time and place;

D.155.8.6 Attended an interview and provided any other information if required to do so.

D.156 SELECTION


selection procedure. Places in the programme will be allocated by the SBF on a competitive basis.

Priority will be given to students based on prior academic record, work experience, referee reports

from employers/academics and performance in the School‘s admission evaluation.

D.157 DURATION

Unless the Senate determines otherwise, the curriculum shall extend over 1 year full-time (if offered)

or 2 years part-time and shall consist of modules with a total credit value of at least 120 NQF credits.

D.158 CURRICULUM

D.158.1 Students are required to complete 8 modules. There are five core modules plus a choice of

one Finance module. In addition students may choose any two electives.

Module Name Alpha Code Cred Core Modules (5 modules = 75 credits) Business Information Systems ADM647 15 Principles of Management and Business ADM618 15 Marketing ADM620 15 Operations Management ADM623 15 Contempory Business Communication ADM626 15 Electives: Choose 1 of: Business Finance ADM668 15 Financial Management ADM622 15 Recommended Electives: Admission to Honours Economics for Managers ADM617 15 Strategic Management ADM629 15 Other Electives: Choose a maximum of 2 Employee Management MAN651 15 Entrepreneurship ADM607 15 Financial & Analytical Techniques ADM610 Principles of Management Accounting ADM619 15 Quantitative Analysis ADM616 15 Project Management MAN620 15 SME Management ADM609 15 Recommended Electives (Post Graduate Studies in

Finance)

Financial Accounting ADM681 15 Financial Management ADM622 15 TOTAL 120

D.158.2 Where a student has passed equivalent courses within a completed qualification at undergraduate

23

level, or graduate level, replacement modules to the equivalent credit value offered by the

SBF shall be completed from the electives listed above, subject to the approval of the Head of Division: Management.

D.158.3 Where a student has passed equivalent courses within an incomplete qualification at undergraduate level, or graudate level, up to 5 years prior to application, application for

recognition of such credits may not be considered by the School on an individual basis.

D.159 ASSESSMENT


D.159.1 to be admitted to the examination for a module, a student must obtain a coursework mark of at least 40% for the applicable module.

D.159.2 The final mark for each module is composed of either

(i) 50% coursework and 50% examination; or (ii) 60% coursework and 40% examination.

D.159.3 to pass a module a candidate for the ADM must obtain a final mark of at least 50% and a

sub-minimum of 40% in the examination for the module; provided that Senate, on recommendation of the head of department, accepts a sub-minimum of 45% as a final mark

in two modules with a total credit value of 30 credits.

D.159.4 A student who has only one module outstanding for the completion of the ADM shall be awarded a Special Examination if s/he earned an exam mark of 40% and a final mark of at

least 45% for the outstanding module.

D.159.4 Note: This rule shall not apply to electives as the student may complete any elective in one

semester to complete the qualification.

D.159.5 Unless otherwise stated the General Assessment rules for First Degree Studies (A.5.2) shall

apply


D.150.1 Full-time

Unless Senate decides otherwise, a full-time student shall complete the programme in one year. A

student who passed at least 90 credits may proceed with his/her studies to complete the programme the

following year.

D.150.2 Part-time

Unless Senate decides otherwise, a part time student shall complete the programme in two consecutive

years and accumulate at least 60 credits per annum to proceed with his or her studies. A student who

accumulated 90 credits within two years may be allowed to proceed to the following year to complete the programme.

D.151 REQUIREMENTS FOR RE-REGISTRATION

D.151.1 A full-time student will not be allowed to renew his/her registration unless he/she has

passed 90 credits (or 6 modules) in the first year of enrolment and can complete the ADM

in the second year of enrolment.

D.151.2 A part-time student will not be allowed to renew his/her registration unless:

24

D.151.2.1 he/she has passed 45 credits (or 3 modules) for every year (2 semesters) of enrolment;

D.151.2.2 he/she can complete the ADM in the third year of enrolment.

ADVANCED DIPLOMA IN MANAGEMENT IN FINANCE - 1610

D.152 ADMISSION


D.152.1 Persons meeting any one of the following requirements qualify for admission as a candidate for the Advanced Diploma in Management (Finance) offered by the School of Business and

Finance [SBF]:

D.152.2 A Bachelor‘s degree or a three-year national diploma or equivalent in any field other than

Finance;

D.152.3 A Senior Certificate (Grade 12) with a Matriculation endorsement PLUS at least ten years appropriate practical experience;

D.152.4 Anyone who has passed the SBF‘s Senior Management Development Programme (SMDP) with a 50% average, having passed all Senior MDP modules.

D.152.5 Anyone who has passed the SBF‘s MDP, having passed all four moduls with a minimum of 60% at the first attempt in the minimum time period (2 semesters part-time)


degree are required to demonstrate that they have attained a level of competence sufficient

to ensure that they can successfully embark on the programme.

D.152.7 Foreign national applicants, who have not completed three-years of tertiary education in

English, will only be considered for admission to the ADM if they provide proof of one of the following standards with their application:

D.152.7.1 Paper score of 550 or Computer score of 213 in Test of English as a Foreign Language

(TOEFL)







D.152.8.2 Furnished proof of previous work experience;

D.152.8.3 provided the required referee reports from employers and lecturers;

D.152.8.4 Submitted certified copies of all transcripts (not certificates) from all tertiary educational

institutions attended;

25



D.153 SELECTION

As a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. Places in the programme may be limited and will be allocated by the SBF on a

competitive basis. Priority will be given to students based on prior academic record, work experience,

referee reports from employers/academics and performance in the School‘s admission evaluation.

D.154 DURATION

Unless the Senate determines otherwise, the curriculum shall extend over 1 year full-time (if offered)

or 2 years part-time and shall consist of modules with a total credit value of at least 120 NQF credits.

D.155 CURRICULUM

D.155.1 Students are required to complete 8 core modules

D.155.2 Where a student has passed equivalent courses within a completed qualification at

undergraduate level, or graduate level, replacement modules to the equivalent credit value offered by the

SBF shall be completed from the electives listed above, subject to the approval of the Head

of Division: Management.


such credits may not be considered by the School on an individual basis.

D.156 ASSESSMENT


Module Name Alpha Code Cred Core Modules Business Information Systems ADM647 15 Economics for Managers ADM617 15 Finance Research & Communication FRC611 15 Financial Accounting ADM681 15 Financial Management ADM622 15 Principles of Management Accounting ADM619 15 Principles of Management and Business ADM618 15 Quantitative Analysis ADM616 15 Students who have completed equivalents to the core modules at HEQC level 6 or higher may

complete up to 3 of the following with the written permission of the Head of Division: Finance

SME Consulting ADM635 15 Financial and Analytical Techniques ADM629 15 Investment Management ADM605 15 Investment Analysis ADM680 15 TOTAL 120

26

D.156.1 to be admitted to the examination for a module, a student must obtain a coursework mark of

at least 40% for the applicable module.


(i) 50% coursework and 50% examination; or

(ii) 60% coursework and 40% examination.

D.156.3 to pass a module a candidate for the ADM must obtain a final mark of at least 50% and a sub-minimum of 40% in the examination for the module; provided that Senate, on

recommendation of the head of department, accepts a sub-minimum of 45% as a final mark


D.156.4 A student who has only one module outstanding for the completion of the ADM shall be

awarded a Special Examination if s/he earned an exam mark of 40% and a final mark of at

least 45% for the outstanding module.




apply


D.157.1 Full-time

Unless Senate decides otherwise, a full-time student shall complete the programme in one year. A student who passed at least 90 credits may proceed with his/her studies to complete the programme the

following year.

D.157.2 Part-time

Unless Senate decides otherwise, a part time student shall complete the programme in two consecutive years and accumulate at least 60 credits per annum to proceed with his or her studies. A student who

accumulated 90 credits within two years may be allowed to proceed to the following year to complete

the programme.


D.158.1 A full-time student will not be allowed to renew his/her registration unless he/she has passed 90 credits (or 6 modules) in the first year of enrolment and can complete the ADM





ADVANCED DIPLOMA IN MANAGEMENT IN FINANCIAL PLANNING - 1615

D.159 ADMISSION


27

D.159.1 Persons meeting any one of the following requirements qualify for admission as a candidate

for the Advanced Diploma in Management (Finance) offered by the School of Business and Finance [SBF]:

D.159.2 A Bachelor‘s degree or a three-year national diploma or equivalent in any field other than Finance;

D.159.3 A Senior Certificate (Grade 12) with a Matriculation endorsement PLUS at least ten years

appropriate practical experience;

D.159.4 Anyone who has passed the SBF‘s Senior Management Development Programme (SMDP)

with a 50% average, having passed all Senior MDP modules.

D.159.5 Anyone who has passed the SBF‘s MDP, having passed all four moduls with a minimum of

60% at the first attempt in the minimum time period (2 semesters part-time)


degree are required to demonstrate that they have attained a level of competence sufficient

to ensure that they can successfully embark on the programme.

D.159.7 Foreign national applicants, who have not completed three-years of tertiary education in

English, will only be considered for admission to the ADM if they provide proof of one of

the following standards with their application:


(TOEFL)







D.159.8.2 Furnished proof of previous work experience;


D.159.8.4 Submitted certified copies of all transcripts (not certificates) from all tertiary educational




D.160 SELECTION


selection procedure. Places in the programme may be limited and will be allocated by the SBF on a

competitive basis. Priority will be given to students based on prior academic record, work experience, referee reports from employers/academics and performance in the School‘s admission evaluation.

D.161 DURATION

Unless the Senate determines otherwise, the curriculum shall extend over 1 year full-time (if offered) or 2 years part-time and shall consist of modules with a total credit value of at least 120 NQF credits.

28

D.162 CURRICULUM

D.162.1 Students are required to complete 8 modules. There are six core modules plus two electives.

Students either choose Quantitive Analysis and Financial Management OR Principles of

Management and Business Finance.

Module Name Alpha Code Cred Core Modules Principles of Management Accounting ADM619 15

Economics for Managers ADM617 15 Principles Short-term Insurance IST611 15 Principle Long-term Insurance and Retirement Planning LTI614 15 Tax and Estate Duty ADM631 15 Financial Planning ADM632 15 Electives: Choose 1 of: Quantitative Analysis ADM616 15 Principles of Management and Business ADM618 15 Electives: Choose 1 of: Financial Management ADM622 15 Business Finance ADM668 15 Recommended electives for admission to p/g studies in

Finance

Quantitative Analysis ADM616 15 Financial Management ADM622 15 Students who have completed equivalents to the above modules at HEQC level 6 or higher shall

complete up to 4 o the following with the written permission of the Head of Division: Finance

Finance Research and Communiction FRC611 15 Financial Accounting ADM681 15 Business Information Systems ADM647 15 Investment Analysis ADM680 15 Investment Management ADM605 15 TOTAL 120

D.162.2 Where a student has passed equivalent courses within a completed qualification at

undergraduate level, or graduate level, replacement modules to the equivalent credit value offered by the

SBF shall be completed from the electives listed above, subject to the approval of the Head

of Division: Management.


such credits may not be considered by the School on an individual basis.

D.162.4 Where a student has passed equivalent courses within an incomplete qualification at

undergraduate level, up to 5 years prior to application, application for such credits may be

considered by the School on an individual basis.

D.163 ASSESSMENT


D.163.1 to be admitted to the examination for a module, a student must obtain a coursework mark of at least 40% for the applicable module.


(i) 50% coursework and 50% examination; or (ii) 60% coursework and 40% examination.

29

D.163.3 to pass a module a candidate for the ADM must obtain a final mark of at least 50% and a

sub-minimum of 40% in the examination for the module; provided that Senate, on

recommendation of the head of department, accepts a sub-minimum of 45% as a final mark


D.163.4 A student who has only one module outstanding for the completion of the ADM shall be

awarded a Special Examination if s/he earned an exam mark of 40% and a final mark of at least 45% for the outstanding module.




apply


D.164.1 Full-time



following year.

D.164.2 Part-time



accumulated 90 credits within two years may be allowed to proceed to the following year to complete the programme.


D.165.1 A full-time student will not be allowed to renew his/her registration unless he/she has

passed 90 credits (or 6 modules) in the first year of enrolment and can complete the ADM





POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN MANAGEMENT (PGDM) - 1623

D.166 ADMISSION


D.166.1 Persons meeting any one of the following requirements qualify for admission as a candidate for the Postgraduate Diploma in Management or Finance offered by the School of Business

and Finance [SBF]:

D.166.1.1 A Bachelor‘s degree, majoring in Management or Finance or a cognate subject, or equivalent qualification.

30

D.166.1.2 The ADM specializing in Management, Finance or Financial Planning or equivalent

qualification (HEQF Level 7).

D.166.2 An application for admission will only be considered from applicants who have:

D.166.2.1 completed the School‘s application form;

D.166.2.2 submitted proof of previous work experience;


D.166.2.4 submitted certified copies of all transcripts (not certificates) from all tertiary educational


D.166.2.5 written the School‘s Admissions Evaluation at the stipulated time and place;

D.166.2.6 attended an interview and provided any other information if required to do so.

D.166.3 Foreign language applicants, who have not completed three-years of tertiary education in

English, will only be considered for admission if they provide proof of one of the following standards with their application:






D.167 SELECTION

As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applcants will be subject to a selection procedure.

D.168 DURATION

Unless the Senate determines otherwise the curriculum shall extend over one (1) year full-time and two (2) years part-time.

D.169 CURRICULUM

D.169.1 Students choose eight modules from the modules listed below.

D.169.1.1 Students must complete all compulsory modules listed below unless they have completed

equivalent modules at HEQF level 6 or higher.

D.169.1.2 Compulsory modules listed below should be completed in the first year of enrolment.

D.169.1.3 If more than four compulsory modules must be completed from those listed below a

maximum of 60 credits (4 modules) will be counted towards the qualification.

D.169.1.4 The remaining credits shall be selected from the electives listed below.

31

Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Modules

Economics for Managers MAN749 15 Employee Management MAN755 15 Research and Communication for Business RCB711 15 Marketing MAN754 15 Operations Management MAN757 15 Principles of Management Accounting MAN753 15 Principles of Management and Business MAN751 15 Strategic Management MAN769 15 Electives

Advanced Employee Management MAN714 15 Management Research Report MRR712 15 Advanced Management Accounting MAN745 15 Advanced Marketing MAN702 15 Contemporary Management Topics MAN709 15 Entrepreneurship & Enterprise Development MAN711 15 Financial Management MAN756 15 Global Marketing MAN719 15 Management Information Systems MAN712 15 Management Research Report MRR712 15 Marketing Research MAN707 15 Project Management MAN720 15 Quantitative Analysis MAN748 15 Statistics for Investments MAN787 15 Strategy and Global Competition MAN726 15 Supply Chain Management MAN730 15 World Class Operations MAN721 15 One of the following modules is required for Admission to Masters

Analytical and Critical Thinking MAN746 15 Management Research MRP711 15 Consumer Research CRO711 15 TOTAL 120

D.160 ASSESSMENT


D.160.1 to be admitted to the examination for a module, a student must obtain a coursework mark of at least 50% for the applicable module, or must comply with Rule A.5.3.5(c).




D.160.3 to pass a module a candidate must obtain a final mark of at least 50% and a sub-minimum

of 50% in the examination or final assessment task, provided that Senate, on

recommendation of the Director of the School, may accept a sub-minimum of 40% in the

examination or final assessment for no more than two modules with a total credit value of

30 credits, if the final mark is no less than 50%.


Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3:

D.161.1 A full-time student shall complete the programme in one year. A Student who passed at

least 90 credits may proceed with his/her studies to complete the programme the following

year.

32

D.161.2 A part-time student shall complete the programme in two consecutive years and accumulate

at least 45 credits per annum to proceed with his or her studies. A student who has accumulated at

least 90

credits within two years may be allowed to proceed to the following year to complete the programme.

D.162 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION

Except with the special permission of Senate, registration may not be renewed beyond the periods

specified in the Promotion rules above, or if the student was not promoted in the previous year of registration.

POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN FINANCE – 1624

D.163 ADMISSION



for the Postgraduate Diploma in Finance offered by the School of Business and Finance

[SBF]:

D.163.1.1 A Bachelor‘s degree with at least 30 credits in Finance or a cognate subject at the final year

level; D.163.1.2 The ADM (Finance) or equivalent qualification (HEQF level 7) specialising in Finance;

D.163.1.3 The ADM or ADM (Financial Planning) with Finance (HEQF level 7) OR the equivalent

D.163.1.4 A student holding the ADM or ADM (Financial Planning) may only be admitted to the

Postgraduate

Diploma in Finance if s/he has passed Financial Management with at least 50% CAM and 50% EM

or equivalent level 7 qualification

D.163.1.5 A student who is required to complete more than 4 core foundation modules as listed below

will not be admitted.

D.163.2 An application for admission will only be considered from applicants who have:

D.163.2.1 completed the School‘s application form;







D.163.3 Foreign language applicants, who have not completed three-years of tertiary education in English, will only be considered for admission if they provide proof of one of the following

standards with their application:


(TOEFL)

33





D.164 SELECTION

As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a


D.165 DURATION

Unless the Senate determines otherwise the curriculum shall extend over one (1) year full-time and two

(2) years part-time.

D.166 CURRICULUM

D.166.1 All students complete 8 modules (120 credits).

D.166.2 Students must complete all core foundation modules listed below unless they have passed equivalent modules at level 6 or higher, as determined by Head: Finance Division.

D.166.3 Core foundation modules listed below must be completed in the first year of enrolment.

D.166.4 A maximum of 4 core foundation modules (60 credits) will count towards the qualification.

D.166.5 Students are required to complete a minimum of 4 modules (60 credits) from either the Financial Management Focus Area or the Investment Management Focus Area.

D.166.6 Students may choose a maximum of 2 other electives (30 credits) from below.

D.166.7 Students wishing to register for a Masters degree should select FRP711 Finance Research

as an elective.

D.166.8 Remaining electives may be chosen from any other elective moduleslisted below.

Module Name Alpha Code Cred

Core Foundation Modules (Maximum of 60 credits)

Economics for Managers MAN749 15

Financial Accounting 1 ACC781 15 Information Systems & Technology MAN747 15

Investment Management MAN705 15

Quantitative Analysis MAN748 15 Quantitative Management Topics MAN710 15

Research and Communication for Finance RCF711 15

Financial Management Focus Area (Choose Minimum of 4)

Core Modules (30 credits)

Advanced Financial Management MAN704 15

Advanced Management Accounting MAN745 15

Electives (30 credits minimum)

Financial Analysis MAN706 15

Financial Accounting 2 ACC782 15 Financial Statement Analysis FSA711 15

Statistics for Investments MAN787 15

Investment Management Focus Area

Core Modules (30-45 credits)

Advanced Financial Management MAN704 15

34

Financial Statement Analysis FSA711 15

Investment Analysis* MAN780 15

Electives (15 credits minimum)

Finance Seminar (Currency Risk) MAN742 15

Insurance Long Term IST713 15 Retirement Planning RPP715 15

Short Term Insurance and Risk IST712 15

Statistics for Investments MAN787 15

Other electives: Choose a maximum of 2

Contemporary Management Topics (Corporate Governance) MAN709 15

Finance Research Report FRR711 15 Information Systems and Technology MAN747 15

Management Information Systems MAN712 15

Project Management MAN720 15 Strategic Management MAN769 15

Research Elective: Required for admission to Masters

Finance Research FRP711 15 TOTAL 120

D.167 ASSESSMENT



at least 50% for the applicable module, or must comply with Rule A.5.3.5(c).






recommendation of the Director of the School, may accept a sub-minimum of 40% in the

examination or final assessment for no more than two modules with a total credit value of




D.168.1 A full-time student shall complete the programme in one year. A Student who passed at

least 90 credits may proceed with his/her studies to complete the programme the following year.

D.168.2 A part-time student shall complete the programme in two consecutive years and accumulate at least

45 credits per annum to proceed with his or her studies. A student who has accumulated at least 90

credits within two years may be allowed to proceed to the following year to complete the

programme.


Except with the special permission of Senate, registration may not be renewed beyond the periods

specified in the Promotion rules above, or if the student was not promoted in the previous year of registration.

35

POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN FINANCIAL PLANNING – 1625

D.170 ADMISSION



for the Postgraduate Diploma in Financial Planning offered by the School of Business and Finance [SBF]:

D.170.1.1 A Bachelor‘s degree majoring in Financial Planning or equivalent; D.170.1.2 The ADM with specialising in Financial Planning or equivalent.

RPL: Access to the programme can also be provided in terms of the University‘s RPL

Policy and its admission criteria as stipulated by the Senate. In the RPL process the students have to undergo a Portfolio Development Course to support the student‘s admission. The

PDC will focus on written submission explaining the reasons for the candidate‘s interest in

Financial Planning an adjunct to their existing professional competencies and indicating the nature of a possible resesrch project.








D.171 SELECTION



D.172 DURATION

Unless the Senate determines otherwise the curriculum shall extend over one (1) year full-time and two

(2) years part-time.

D.173 CURRICULUM

YEAR 1


Core Foundation Modules

Reserch and Communication for Finance RCF711 15

Tax and Estate Planning TEP701 30 Retirement Planning RPP715 15

Insurance Long Term IST713 15

Investment Management MAN705 15 Short-term Insurance and Risk Management IST712 15

Contemparary Management Topics MAN709 15

(Corporate Governance)

TOTAL 120

36

D.174 ASSESSMENT



at least 50% for the applicable module, or must comply with Rule A.5.3.5(c).






recommendation of the Director of the School, may accept a sub-minimum of 40% in the examination or final assessment for no more than two modules with a total credit value of




D.175.1 A part-time student shall complete the programme in two consecutive years and

accumulate at least

45 credits per annum to proceed with his or her studies. A student who has accumulated at least 90

credits within two years may be allowed to proceed to the following year to complete the programme.


Except with the special permission of Senate, registration may not be renewed beyond the periods specified in the Promotion rules above, or if the student was not promoted in the previous year of

registration.

POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN POVERTY, LAND AND AGRARIAN STUDIES (LAS) -

1616

D.177 ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS

For admission to the Postgraduate Diploma in Poverty, Land and Agrarian Studies, applicants should have obtained an undergraduate degree with an average of 60% in the final assessment of the exit-

modules in Sociology, History, Economics, Political Science, Agriculture, Public Admin, Geographical

and Environmental Studies, with at least three years relevant experience in poverty, land and agrarian reform and sustainable natural resource management. For those applicants without first degrees,

recognition of prior learning (RPL) procedures will apply to candidates with extensive work experience

(at least ten years) in land and , agrarian reform, rural development, natural resources and gender issues, and with good writing abilities. The most likely candidates for RPL applications are

experienced practitioners who may not have had the opportunity to engage in higher education, or who

may only have a diploma or certificate qualification.

D.172 SELECTION

As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure.

D.173 DURATION

37

The duration of the Postgraduate Diploma is one year full-time subject to Rule A.4.1.

D.174 CURRICULUM

Students will be required to complete the four taught modules. Teaching and learning will take place of two teaching blocks consisting of three weeks each. All modules and attendance are compulsory.

Students who successfully complete the coursework will graduate with a PG Diploma. The PG

Diploma would provide entrance into the MPhil (Structured) in Poverty, Land and Agrarian Studies programme.


Structural Poverty and Marginalised Livelihoods in Southern African

Agro- Food Systems LAS711 30

The Political Economy of Land and Agrarian Reform in Southern

Africa LAS712

30

Economics of Farming and Food Systems LAS713 30 Social and Ecological Dimensions of Ecosystem Management LAS714 30

TOTAL 120

D.175 ASSESSMENT RULES

Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part

1.

D.176 PROGRESS RULES


student who passed at least 60 credits may proceed with his/her studies to complete the programme the following year.


The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar:

General Information Part 1.

D.178 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME

There are no special requirements for this programme.

POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN INFORMATION COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY

(ICT) - 1618


For admission to the Postgraduate Diploma in Information Communication Technology (ICT) ,

applicants should have obtained an undergraduate degree with an average of 60% in the final

assessment of the exit-modules in any field.

D.180 SELECTION



D.181 DURATION

The duration of the Postgraduate Diploma is one year full-time subject to Rule A.4.1.

D.182 CURRICULUM

Students will be required to complete the seven taught modules. Teaching and learning will take place

in the form of teaching blocks spread across the year. All modules and attendance are compulsory.

38

Students who successfully complete the coursework and the practical internship will graduate with a

PG Diploma. The PG Diploma could provide entrance into the Masters Degree upon consultation with Head of Department of Information Systems

Postgrad Diploma in ICT (Information Technology Infrastructure and Application Managment)


Information Technology Project IFM701 30 Principles of IT in Business IFM711 15

IT Infrastructure Management IFM712 15

Application Management IFM713 15 IT Service Management IFM714 15

IT Governance & Risk Management IFM721 15

Business Specific Systems & Applications IFM722 15 TOTAL 120

Postgrad Diploma in ICT (Software Development) Software Development Project ISE701 30

Foundations of Object Orientated Programming ISE702 15

Principles of Database Design ISE703 15 User Interface Design ISE704 15

Business Analysis and Design ISE705 15

Business Application Development ISE706 15 Mobile Application Development ISE707 15

TOTAL 120


Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1.




following year.






BCOM (HONOURS) - 1701

D.187 ADMISSION

Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be

enrolled for the degree/programme: BCom (Honours)

D.188.1 A BCom (or equivalent Commerce degree) with 60% or higher in the final Bachelor‘s year

in the discipline of choice.

D.189.2 Admission into Industrial Psychology

39

D.189.2.1 Students require a Bachelors degree with Industrial Psychology/Human Resource

Management as a major subject (or equivalent qualification) for admission to the Honours programme in Industrial Psychology.

D.189.2.2 A student must have obtained a pass mark of at least 60% (average) in Industrial Psychology/Human -Resource Management in the final year of study, with a sub-minimum

of 55% per module. The Department of Industrial Psychology reserves the right to limit the

annual intake of students for the Honours programme based on a consideration of both the internal capacity of the Department and/or academic performance of students.

D.189.2.3 Students who have not completed the required undergraduate and/or equivalent modules in

Industrial Psychology will not be allowed to register or the Honours Programme.

D.189.2.4 Students from other Universities, Faculties and /or Departments would have to meet the

requirements as stipulated by the Department. Such requirements could include the

completion of a bridging programme (i.e.relevant modules to be prescribed by the Department) and the student obtaining a pass mark of at least 60% per module. Each case

will be assessed in terms of the individual merit and at the discretion of the Department.

D.189.2.5 Students choosing Industrial Psychology and who had completed an undergraduate degree

but not in Industrial Psychology may apply to be admitted to a bridging programme. However, the completion of a prescribed bridging programme in Industrial Psychology does

not guarantee the student an automatic entry into the Honours programme. The student who

completed a prescribed bridging programme will still be subjected to a formal selection process. The Department of Industrial Psychology reserves the right to limit the intake of

students who have completed a bridging programme based on a consideration of both the

internal capacity of the Department and/or academic performance of the student.

D.189.2.6 All students meeting the minimum admission requirements will be subject to a formal

selection process.

D.189.2.7 A CANDIDATE MUST COMPLETE SIX MODULES:

The core modules in the Honours programme will all carry a weight of 20 credits, except the Research

Methodology module which will carry a weight of 30 credits and will include a practical research

project. All elective modules will carry a weight of 15 credits. The total wegiht for the programme is 120 credits. Thus, students have to pass 6 modules (i.e. 4 Core modules, PLUS any 2 of the elective

modules) to meet the requirements for a Honours degree.

D.189.3

Students choosing to do an Economics stream in BAdmin (Hons) should have obtained at least 60% in each of the core areas of Economics: (Macroeconomics, Microeconomics and Econometrics) in the

final year of undergraduate studies.

D.190 SELECTION


selection procedure. All students meeting the minimum admission requirements will be subject to a formal selection process.

D.191 DURATION

Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over one (1) year full time

and two (2) years part-time.

D.192 CURRICULUM

40

The programme is comprised of the following specialization areas, namely Development Studies

(students choosing Development Studes should liaise directly with the Institute for Development Studies in the Arts Faculty), Economics, Industrial Psychology, and Statistics (students choosing

Statistics should liaise directly with the Statistics Department in the Science Faculty) of which students

have to select only one (1).

D.192.1 Economics

Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Modules Research Project ECO721 30 Applied Econometrics ECO730 15 Micro-Economics ECO731 15 Macro-Economics ECO732 15 Electives (Choose 3) Capita Selecta ECO721 15 Applied and Policy Economics ECO711 15 Environmental and Resource Economics ECO712 15 International Financial Economics ECO713 15 Capita Selecta ECO721 15 Labour Economics ECO733 15 Public Economics ECO734 15 International Economics ECO735 15 Development Economics ECO736 15 Financial Economics ECO738 15 Mathematical Economics ECO739 15 TOTAL 120

D.192.2 Industrial Psychology


Compulsory Modules Organizational Psychology BPS701 20

Research Methodology BPS702 30

Psychometrics BPS704 20 Advanced Human Resource Management BPS705 20

Electives (Choose 2)

Practical Training BPS706 15 Labour Relations BPS707 15

Training Management BPS708 15

TOTAL 120

D.193 ASSESSMENT


1.



D.194.1 Full-time



following year. (eg, a 120 credit programme), subject to rule D.153.3

D.194.2 Part-time

41


years and accumulate at least 45 credits per annum to proceed with his or her studies. A student who accumulated 90 credits within two years may be allowed to proceed to the following year to complete

the programme. (eg, a 120 credit programme), subject to rule D.153.3

D.194.3 Core Modules

A full-time student who has failed either Microeconomics (ECO731) or Macroeconomics

(ECO732) within four consecutive semesters, will not be allowed to continue with the Economics Honours programme.

A part-time student who has failed either Microeconomics (ECO731) or Macroeconomics (ECO732) within six consecutive semesters, will not be allowed to continue with the

Economics Honours programme.





D.196.1 Please note that the Department of Industrial Psychology reserves the right not to offer a

particular elective module in any particular year. Such consideration will be based on student enrolment numbers and/or the internal staff and resource capacity of the

Department.

D.196.2 In order to graduate with an Honours Degree in Industrial Psychology, a student will need

to have passed the four (4) coure mdoules, PLUS any two (2) of the electives. The student will need to provide a clear indication to the Department as to which modules (ie core and

elective modules) will constitute his/her Honours programme. Any additional elective

modules cannot be substituted during selection or the Masters degree in Industrial Psychology.

D.196.3 Should a student consider registration as a Psychometrist, it is RECOMMENDED that he/she considers Practical Training as one of the elective modules.

D.196.4 In the event of a student registering for more than the 2 elective modules required in the

Honours programme, the student will need to provide a clear indication to the Department

as to which modules (i.e Elective modules) will constitute his/her Honours programme. Any additional elective module(s) cannot be substituted during selection for the Masters degree

in Industrial Psychology.

BCOM (HONOURS) INFORMATION SYSTEMS - 1703

D.197 ADMISSION

Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree/programme: BCom (Honours) Information Systems

Bachelors degree or equivalent with 60% in the discipline of choice.

D.198 SELECTION



D.199 DURATION

42



D.200 CURRICULUM

D.200.1 Part-Time

Module Name Alpha Code Cred Building and Buying Systems IFS713 15 Information and Knowledge Management IFS715 15 Research Methods IFS716 15 Practical Research Project IFS717 45 Information Technology IFS718 15 The Network World IFS719 15 TOTAL 120

D.200.2 Full –Time

Module Name Alpha Code Cred Core Modules Delivering IS Benefits IFS711 15 IS Practice IFS721 15 Advanced Systems Delivery IFS712 15 IS Research IFS722 15 End User Practical IFS731 15 Choose 1 of: Internship IFS714 45 Research Project IFS724 45 Capita Selecta IFS734 45 TOTAL 120



1.



D.202.1 Full-time



following year. (eg, a 120 credit programme)

D.202.2 Part-time



accumulated 90 credits within two years may be allowed to proceed to the following year to complete

the programme. (eg, a 120 credit programme)





There are no special requirements for this programme

43

BADMIN (HONOURS) - 1711

D.205 ADMISSION


enrolled for the degree/programme

D.205.1 B.Admin with 60% or higher in the final Bachelor‘s year in the discipline of choice.


D.205.2.1 Students require a Bachelors degree with Industrial Psychology/Human Resource Management as a major subject (or equivalent qualification) for admission to the Honours

programme in Industrial Psychology.

D.205.2.2 A student must have obtained a pass mark of at least 60% (average) in Industrial Psychology/Human -Resource Management in the final year of study, with a sub-minimum

of 55% per module. The Department of Industrial Psychology reserves the right to limit the

annual intake of students for the Honours programme based on a consideration of both the internal capacity of the Department and/or academic performance of students.

D.205.2.3 Students who have not completed the required undergraduate and/or equivalent modules in Industrial Psychology will not be allowed to register or the Honours Programme.

D.205.2.4 Students from other Universities, Faculties and /or Departments would have to meet the requirements as stipulated by the Department. Such requirements could include the

completion of a bridging programme (i.e.relevant modules to be prescribed by the

Department) and the student obtaining a pass mark of at least 60% per module. Each case will be assessed in terms of the individual merit and at the discretion of the Department.


but not in Industrial Psychology may apply to be admitted to a bridging programme.

However, the completion of a prescribed bridging programme in Industrial Psychology does not guarantee the student an automatic entry into the Honours programme. The student who

completed a prescribed bridging programme will still be subjected to a formal selection

process. The Department of Industrial Psychology reserves the right to limit the intake of students who have completed a bridging programme based on a consideration of both the



selection process.


The core modules in the Honours programme will all carry a weight of 20 credits, except the Research Methodology module which will carry a weight of 30 credits and will include a practical research

project. All elective modules will carry a weight of 15 credits. The total wegiht for the programme is

120 credits. Thus, students have to pass 6 modules (i.e. 4 Core modules, PLUS any 2 of the elective


D.205.3 Students choosing to do an Economics stream in BAdmin (Hons) should have obtained at least 60% in each of the core areas of Economics: (Macroeconomics, Microeconomics and

Econometrics) in the final year of undergraduate studies.

D.206 SELECTION


44

D.207 DURATION



D.208 CURRICULUM

The programme is comprised of the following specialization areas, namely Public Administration,

Political Studies, Economics, Industrial Psychology and Development Studies. Students have to selectonly one (1).

D.208.1 Public Administration

Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Modules Governance, Administration and Ethics in the Public Sector PUB701 15 An Introduction to Public Policy Analysis and Management PUB702 15 Theoretical Approaches to Public Organization

andManagement

PUB703 15 Human Resources Management and Development PUB704 15 Economics and Public Sector Financial Management PUB705 15 Research Methods/Essay PUB706 30 Electives (Choose 1) Issues in Local Government PUB707 15 State and Civil Society PUB709 15 Public Sector Transformation and Reform PUB710 15 TOTAL 120

D.208.2 Political Studies

Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Modules Advanced Research Methodology POL701 30 Research Project POL706 30 Electives (Choose 2) Comparative Area Politics POL708 30 International Polical Economy POL709 30 Political Violence POL710 30 Political Philosophy POL711 30 South African Politics POL719 30 Political Transitions POL721 30 Contemporary Democratic Theory 723 POL723 30 International Relations Theory POL730 30 Security Studies POL731 30 TOTAL 120


Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Modules Organizational Psychology BPS701 20 Research Methodology BPS702 30 Psychometrics BPS704 20 Advanced Human Resource Management BPS705 20 Electives (Choose 2) Practical Training BPS706 15 Labour Relations BPS707 15 Training Management BPS708 15 TOTAL 120

D.208.4 Economics


Compulsory Modules

45

Research Project ECO701 30

Applied Econometrics ECO730 15 Micro-Economics ECO731 15

Macro-Economics ECO732 15


Applied and Policy Economics ECO711 15

Environmental and Resource Economics ECO712 15 International Financial Economics ECO713 15

Labour Economics ECO733 15

Public Economics ECO734 15 International Economics ECO735 15

Development Economics ECO736 15

Capita Selecta ECO721 15 Financial Economics ECO738 15

Mathematical Economics ECO739 15

TOTAL 120

D.208.5 Development Studies

Module Name Alpha Code Cred Core Modules Theories of Social Transformation DVS731 24 Comparative Economic Systems DVS732 24 Research Methodology DVS733 24 Electives (Choose 2) Research Paper DVS701 24 Community Dev Theory and Practice DVS746 24 Social Policy & Development DVS706 24 Development Management DVS703 24 Rural Development DVS734 24 Social Problems and Development DVS839 24 Poverty and Public Finance DVS843 24 TOTAL 120



1.



D.210.1 Full-time


student who passed at least 60 credits may proceed with his/her studies to complete the programme the following year (eg. A 120 credit programme), subject to rule D.169.3.

D.210.2 Part-time


years and accumulate at least45 credits per annum to proceed with his or her studies. A student who accumulated 90 credits within two years may be allowed to proceed to the following year to complete

the programme (eg 120 credit programme), subject to rule D.169.3.


46



A partl-time student who has failed either Microeconomics (ECO731) or Macroeconomics (ECO732) within six consecutive semesters, will not be allowed to continue with the



The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1.



particular elective module in any particular year. Such consideration will be based on student enrolment numbers and/or the internal staff and resource capacity of the

Department.

D.212.2 In order to graduate with an Honours Degree in Industrial Psychology, a student will need to have passed the four (4) coure mdoules, PLUS any two (2) of the electives. The student

will need to provide a clear indication to the Department as to which modules (ie core and

elective modules) will constitute his/her Honours programme. Any additional elective modules cannot be substituted during selection or the Masters degree in Industrial

Psychology.

D.212.3 Should a student consider registration as a Psychometrist, it is RECOMMENDED that

he/she considers Practical Training as one of the elective modules.



as to which modules (i.e elective modules) will constitute his/her Honours programme. Any

additional elective module(s) cannot be substituted during selection for the Masters degree


BECON (HONOURS) - 1781

D.213 ADMISSION

Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree/programme: BEcon (Honours)

D.2131 A Bachelor‘s degree (or equivalent) with 60% or higher in the final year Bachelor‘s year in the

discipline of choice.


D.213.2.1 Students choosing to major in Industrial Psychology require a Bachelors degree with Industrial Psychology/Human Resource Management as a major subject (or equivalent

qualification) is required for admission to the Honours in Industrial Psychology.

D.213.2.2 A student must have obtained a pass mark of at least 60% (average) in Industrial

Psychology/Human -Resource Management in the final year of study, with a sub-minimum of 55% per module. The Department o Industrial Pscyology reserves the right to limit the

47

annual intake of students for the Honours programme based on a consideration o both the

internal capacity of the Department and/or academic perormance o students.

D.213.2.3 Students who have not completed the required undergraduate and/or equivalent modules in

Industrial Psychology will not be allowed to register or the Honours Programme.

D.213.2.4 Students from other Universities, Faculties and /or Departments would have to meet the

requirements as stipulated by the Department. Such requirements could include the completion of a bridging programme (i.e.relevant modules to be prescribed by the

Department) and the student obtaining a pass mark of at least 60% per module. Each case

will be assessed in terms of the individual merit and at the discretion of the Department.


but not in Industrial Psychology may apply to be admitted to a bridging programme. However, the completion of a prescribed bridging programme in Industrial Psychology does

not guarantee the student an automatic entry into the Honours programme. The student who

completed a prescribed bridging programme will still be subjected to a formal selection process. The Department of Industrial Psychology reserves the right to limit the intake of

students who have completed a bridging programme based on a consideration of both the



selection process.


The core modules in the Honours programme will all carry a weight of 20 credits, except the Research

Methodology module which will carry a weight of 30 credits and will include a practical research project. All elective modules will carry a weight of 15 credits. The total wegiht for the programme is

120 credits. Thus, students have to pass 6 modules (i.e. 4 Core modules, PLUS any 2 of the elective


D.213.3 Students choosing to do the Honours Programme in Economics should have obtained at

least 60% in each of the core areas of Economics: (Microeconomics, Macroeconomics, Econometrics) in te final year of undergraduate studies

D.214 SELECTION


D.215 DURATION

Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over one (1) year full time and two (2) years part-time.

D.216 CURRICULUM

The programme is comprised of the following specialization areas, namely Public Administration, Political Studies, Economics, Industrial Psychology and Development Studies and students must select

only one (1)


Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Modules Governance, Administration and Ethics in the Public Sector PUB701 15 An Introduction to Public Policy Analysis and Management PUB702 15 Theoretical Approaches to Public Organization andManagement

PUB703 15 Human Resources Management and Development PUB704 15

48

Economics and Public Sector Financial Management PUB705 15 Research Methods/Essay PUB706 30 Electives (Choose 1) Issues in Local Government PUB707 15 State and Civil Society PUB709 15 Public Sector Transformation and Reform PUB710 15 TOTAL 120



Compulsory Modules

Advanced Research Methodology POL701 30

Research Project POL706 30


Comparative Area Politics POL708 30

International Political Economy POL709 30 Political Violence POL710 30

Political Philosophy POL711 30

The Politics of Mass Communication POL712 30 South African Politics POL719 30

Political Transitions POL721 30

Contemporary Democratic Theory POL723 30 Regional Community Foregin Policy POL724 30

Institutions and Policy-making in a regional Comm-case

study

POL725

30

International Relations Theory POL730 30

Security Studies POL731 30

TOTAL 150



D.216.4 Economics

Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Modules Research Project ECO701 30 Applied Econometrics ECO730 15 Micro-Economics ECO731 15 Macro-Economics ECO732 15 Electives (Choose 3) Applied and Policy Economics ECO711 15 Environmental and Resource Economics ECO712 15 Capita Selecta ECO721 15 International Financial Economics ECO713 15 Labour Economics ECO733 15 Public Economics ECO734 15 International Economics ECO735 15

49

Development Economics ECO736 15 Financial Economics ECO738 15 Mathematical Economics ECO739 15 TOTAL 120


Module Name Alpha Code Cred Core Modules Theories of Social Transformation DVS731 24 Comparative Economic Systems DVS732 24 Research Methodology DVS733 24 Electives (Choose 2) Research Paper DVS701 24 Social Policy & Development DVS706 24 Development Management DVS703 24 Rural Development DVS734 24 Social Policy & Development DVS706 24 Community Dev Theory and Practice DVS746 24 TOTAL 120



1.



D.218.1 Full-time



following year, subject to rule D.177.3

D.218.2 Part-time



accumulated 90 credits within two years may be allowed to proceed to the following year to complete the programme, subject to rule D.177.3.




A partl-time student who has failed either Microeconomics (ECO731) or Macroeconomics (ECO732) within six consecutive semesters, will not be allowed to continue with the





50



particular elective module in any particular year. Such consideration will be based on

student enrolment numbers and/or the internal staff and resource capacity of the Department.

D.220.2 In order to graduate with an Honours Degree in Industrial Psychology, a student will need to have passed the four (4) coure mdoules, PLUS any three (3) o the electives. The student

will need to provide a clear indication to the Department as to which modules (ie core and

elective modules) will constitute his/her Honours programme. Any additional elective modules cannot be substituted during selection or the Masters degree in Industrial

Psychology.

D.220.3 Should a student consider registration as a Psychometrist, it is RECOMMENDED that

he/she considers Practical Training as one of the elective modules.



as to which modules (i.e Elective modules) will constitute his/her Honours programme. Any additional elective module(s) cannot be substituted during selection for the Masters degree


POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN ACCOUNTING

NB: This degree, combined with the BCom (Accounting) degree is accredited by the South African

Institute of Chartered Accountants (SAICA) to prepare candidates for Part 1 of their qualifying

examination.

D.221 ADMISSION

Unless the Senate determines otherwise persons meeting the following requirements qualify for

admission as a candidate for the BCom (Hons) in Accounting

D.221.1 A BCom (Accounting) degree or equivalent (as approved by the Department of

Accounting) and

D.221.2 Passed all the 3rd year modules of the BCom (Accounting) degree (or equivalent) in one

year

D.222 SELECTION


D.223 DURATION

Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over one (1) year full.

D.224 CURRICULUM

Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Modules Advanced Financial Accounting ACC721 50 Advanced Auditing ACC741 30 Advanced Management Accounting and Financial ManaManagement

ACC751 30

51

Advanced Taxation ACC706 30 TOTAL 140

D.225 ASSESSMENT

D.225.1 Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General

Information Part 1.


Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3, in the General Calendar a student shall

complete the programme in one year. A student who passed at least 60 credits may proceed with his/her studies to complete the programme the following year. (eg, a 140 credit programme)






BCOM (HONOURS) MANAGEMENT - 1731

D.229 ADMISSION

Unless the Senate determines otherwise persons meeting the following requirements qualify for

admission as a candidate for the BCom (Hons) in Management

D.229.1 A bachelor‘s degree majoring in Management, Finance, Entrepreneurship, Business

Economics or the equivalent with an average of at least 60% at the third year level; or

D.229.2 The ADM specializing in Management or Finance with an average of at least 60%; or

D.229.3 The ADM specializing in Management or Finance or a bachelor‘s degree with a pass in

Management, Finance, Business Economics or the equivalent at third year level PLUS a

minimum of three years appropriate full-time work experience after the completion of the ADM or bachelor‘s degree. Admission under this clause is subject to the approval of

Senate. Rule A.2.1.4 applies to these candidates.

D.229.4 A student who has completed a BCom degree but majored in another subject but has

completed:

D.229.4.1 At least two third year modules in Management or Finance; and

D.229.4.2 Has completed these modules with a 60% average.

D.229.4.3 Such student will be requied to register for 10 modules (150 credits), including Strategic

Management and Research and Communication for Business, or equivalent, to complete the requirements of the degree.

D.229.5 A student who has not completed more than two of the Core Modules (or equivalent at level 6 or higher) as part of their prior qualification will be required to complete the outstanding

modules in addition to the requirements for the degree.

52

D.229.5.1 If equivalent modules have not been completed at level 6 or higher a student who has

completed the ADM (Finance) must pass two of the following modules at the first attempt with a 60% average for the modules and 50% CAM and 50% EM for each module before

applying for admission:

a. Marketing (MAN754)

b. Research and Communication for Business (ADM626) or Finance (RCF711)

c. Operations Management (MAN757)

D.229.5.2 If equivalent modules have not been completed at level 6 or higher a student who has

completed the ADM (Finance) must pass three of the following modules at the first attempt with a 60% average for the modules and 50% CAM and 50% EM for each module before

applying for admission:

a. Information Systems and Technology (MAN747)

b. Marketing (MAN754)

c. Principles of Management (MAN751) d. Research and Communication for Business (ADM626) or Finance (RCF711)

e. Operations Management (MAN757)

Note: Applicants who pass the mdoules but do not attain 60% average may be admitted to the PGDM

D.229.6 An application for admission will not be considered unless applicants have:

D.229.6.1 completed the School‘s Application Form;














D.230 SELECTION

Places in the programme may be limited and will be allocated by the School of Business and Finance

on a competitive basis. Priority will be given to students based on their average marks at their first

attempt for four final year modules in Management PLUS the research methods module.

53

D.231 DURATION



D.232 CURRICULUM

D.232.1 Students complete eight modules, including a minimum of 30 credits of research and a

minimum of 60 credits of Management electives as indicated below.

D.232.2 Students must complete all compulsory modules listed below (see OPTION2 group 1)

unless they have completed equivalent modules at HEQF level 6 or higher. Compulsory modules listed below should be completed in the first year of enrolment.

D.232.3 If more than two compulsory modules must be completed from those listed below (see OPTION2 group 1) they must be completed prior to admission in addition to the degree

requirements.

D.232.4 All students must complete one Research module (15 credits) from below and either a

Research Report (15 credits) OR a Field Study (30 credits) from the list below.

D.232.5 Students may register for a maximum of 30 credits from Other Electives or honours level

modules selected from the B.Com.(Hons) (Finance) or an undergraduate major

(e.g. Industrial Psychology or Information Systems) with permission of the Head: Management Division and the Head of the relevant Department.

D.232.6 The programme is comprised of two (2) options Students will be admitted to either

OPTION 1 or OPTION 2.

D.232.7 The following options are listed as registration guidelines. Please consult the School of

Business and Finance for assistance.

Module Name Alpha Code Cred OPTION 1 Group 1 (Select 1 module) Management Research MRP711 15 Consumer Research CRP711 15 Analytical & Critical Thinking MAN746 15 Group 2 (Select 1 module) Management Research Report MRR711 15 Field Study MAN717 30 Group 3 – Electives (Select at least 4 modules) Advanced Employee Management MAN714 15 Advanced Management Accounting MAN745 15 Advanced Marketing MAN702 15 Contemporary Management Topics MAN709 15 Employee Management MAN755 15 Enterprise & Enterprise Development MAN711 15 Global Marketing MAN719 15 Management Information Systems MAN712 15 Marketing Research MAN707 15 Project Management MAN720 15 Statistics for Investments MAN787 15 Strategy and Global Competition MAN726 15 Materials and Supply Management MAN730 15 World Class Operations MAN721 15 TOTAL 120 OPTION 2 Group 1 (Select maximum of 2 modules) Economics for Managers MAN749 15

54

Information Systems and Technology MAN747 15 Marketing MAN754 15 Operations Management MAN757 15 Principles of Management and Business MAN751 15 Research and Communication for Business RCB711 15 Strategic Management MAN769 15 Group 2 (Select 1 module) Management Research MRP711 15 Consumer Research CRP711 15 Analytical & Critical Thinking MAN746 15 Group 3 – (Select 1 module) Management Research Report MRR745 15 Field Study MAN717 30 Group 4 - (Select at least 4 modules) Advanced Employee Management MAN714 15 Advanced Management Accounting MAN745 15 Advanced Marketing MAN702 15 Contemporary Management Topics MAN709 15 Employee Management MAN755 15 Enterprise & Enterprise Development MAN711 15 Global Marketing MAN719 15 Management Information Systems MAN712 15 Marketing Research MAN707 15 Project Management MAN720 15 Statistics for Investments MAN787 15 Strategy and Global Competition MAN726 15 Materials and Supply Management MAN730 15 World Class Operations MAN721 15 Analytical and Critical Thinking(compulsory for Masters) MAN746 15 TOTAL 120-135





D.232.1 Full-time

Unless Senate decides otherwise, a full-time student shall complete the programme in one year. A student who passed at least 90 credits may proceed with his/her studies for one additional year to

complete the programme the following year.

D.232.2 Part-time

Unless Senate decides otherwise, a part time student shall complete the programme in two consecutive years and accumulate at least 45 credits per annum to proceed with his or her studies. A student who

accumulated 90 credits within two years may be allowed to proceed for one additional year to

complete the programme.


55




D.234.1 Please Note: Not all modules will be offered every year:

BCOM (HONOURS) FINANCE - 1721-FT / 1722-PT

D.235 ADMISSION

D.235.1 A bachelor‘s degree majoring in Finance or the equivalent with an average of at least 60%

at the third year level; or

D.235.2 The ADM (Financ) or equivalent with an average of at least 60%; or

D.236.3 The ADM (Finance) or a bachelor‘s degree with a pass in Finance or the equivalent at third

year level PLUS a minimum of three years appropriate full-time work experience after the

completion of the ADM or bachelor‘s degree. Admission under this clause is subject to the satisfactory results in the SBF‘s Admission Evaluation and the approval of Senate. Rule

A.2.1.4 applies to these candidates.

D.236.4 A student who has completed the BCom degree with a major in a subject other than Finance (e.g. Economics) and has completed at least two third Finance modules (i.e. MAN305,

MAN307, MAN308, MAN312) or equivalent with a 60% average.

D.236.5 A student who has not completed more than two of the Foundational Core Modules (or

equivalent at level 6 or higher) as part of their prior qualification will be required to

complete the outstanding modules in addition to the requirements for the degree.

D.236.5.1 A student who has completed the ADM (Financial Planning) with Quantivative Analysis

and Financial Management as subjects, with an average of at least 60% must pass two of the

following modules at the first attempt with a 60% average for the 4 modules and 50% CAM

and 50% EM for each module before applying for admission:

a. Information Systems and Technology (MAN747)

b. Research and Communication for Business (ADM626) or Finance (RCF711)

c. Principles of Management (MAN751) d. Financial Accounting (ACC781)

Note: Applicants who passed the modules but did not attain a 60% average may be admitted to the PGDM


D.235.6.1 completed the School‘s Application Form;



D.235.6.4 submitted certified copies of all transcripts (not certificates) from all tertiary educational institutions attended;



56

D.235.7 Foreign language applicants, who have not completed three-years of tertiary education in English, will only be considered for admission if they provide proof of one of the following



(TOEFL)





D.236 SELECTION

Places in the programme may be limited and will be allocated by the School of Business and Finance

on a competitive basis. Priority will be given to students based on their average marks at their first attempt for four final year modules in Management PLUS the research methods module.

D.237 DURATION



D.238 CURRICULUM

D.238.1 Students complete eight modules, including a minimum of 30 credits of research, 45 credits

of core Finance modules and a minimum of 15 credits of Finance electives.

D.238.2 Students must complete all compulsory modules listed below (see OPTION 2 group 1)

unless they have completed equivalent modules at HEQF level 6 or higher. Compulsory

modules should be completed in the first year of enrolment.

D.238.3 If more than two compulsory modules must be completed from those listed below (see

OPTION 2 group 1) they must be completed prior to admission in addition to the degree requirements.

D.238.4 All students must complete the five Core modules as listed below.

D.238.5 Students may register for a maximum of 30 credits from other electives or honours level

modules selected from an undergraduate major (e.g. Economics or Statistics) with permission of the Head: Finance Division and the Head of the relevant Department.

D.238.6 The programme is comprised of two (2) OPTIONS. Students will be admitted to either OPTION or OPTION 2.

D.238.7 The following options are listed as registration guidelines. Please consult the School of Business and Finance for assistance.

D.238.8 Please Note: Some electives are not offered every year and all modules may not be offered

on a part-time basis:

Module Name Alpha Code Cred OPTION 1

57

Group 1 - Core Modules (Select all) Finance Research FRP711 15 Finance Research Report FRR712 15 Advanced Financial Management MAN704 15 Financial Analysis MAN706 15 Statistics for Investments MAN787 15 Group 2 (Select 1 or 2 modules) Advanced Management Accounting MAN745 15 Financial Accounting ACC782 15 Group 3 (Select 1 or 2 modules) Finance Seminar (Currency Risk) MAN742 15 Financial Statement Analysis FSA711 15 Insurance Long Term IST713 15 Insurance Short Term IST712 15 Retirement Planning RPP715 15 Financial Accounting ACC781 15 Investment Analysis MAN780 15 Contemporary Management Topics MAN709 15 Management Information Systems MAN712 15 Project Management MAN720 15 Quantitative Management Topics MAN710 15 Strategic Management MAN769 15 TOTAL 120 OPTION 2: Where a student is admitted to the programme without passing equivalent modules at NQF level

6 or higher the student must choose at least 2 modules from group 1

Group 1 (Select a maximum of 2 modules) Economics for Managers MAN749 15 Informations Systems and Technology MAN747 15 Investment Management MAN705 15 Principles of Management Accounting MAN753 15 Principles of Management and Business MAN751 15 Research and Communication for Business RCB711 15 Group 2 (Select all modules) Finance Research FRP711 15 Finance Research Report FRR712 15 Advanced Financial Management MAN704 15 Financial Analysis MAN706 15 Statistics for Investments MAN787 15 Group 3 (Select 1 or 2 modules) Advanced Management Accounting MAN745 15 Financial Accounting ACC782 15 Group 4 (Select 1 or 2 modules) Finance Seminar (Currency Risk) MAN742 15 Financial Statement Analysis FSA711 15 Insurance Long Term IST713 15 Insurance Short Term IST712 15 Retirement Planning RPP715 15 Financial Accounting ACC781 15 Investment Analysis MAN780 15 Contemporary Management Topics MAN709 15 Management Information Systems MAN712 15 Project Management MAN720 15 Quantitative Management Topics MAN710 15 Strategic Management MAN769 15 TOTAL 120


58


1.



D.241.1 Full-time

A full-time student shall complete the programme in one year. A student who passed at least 90 credits

may proceed with his/her studies for one additional year to complete the programme the following year.

D.241.2 Part-time

A part time student shall complete the programme in two consecutive years and accumulate at least 45

credits per annum to proceed with his or her studies. A student who accumulated 90 credits within two years may be allowed to proceed for one additional year to complete the programme.




BACHELOR OF ARTS HONOURS – FULL TIME 1705

D.243 ADMISSION


enrolled for the degree/programme: Bachelor of Arts Honours

Bachelors degree with an average of at least 65% in the final mark in a relevant Social Science, Health

Science, Public Administration or Business discipline.

D.244 SELECTION



D.245 DURATION

Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over one (1) year full time and two (2) years part-time.

D.246 CURRICULUM


Module Name Alpha Code Cred Core Modules Theories of Social Transformation DVS731 20 Economics for Development Studies DVS732 20 Research Methodology DVS733 20 Research Paper DVS701 30 2 Electives chosen from: Urban and Regional Development DVS734 15 Development Management and Planning DVS703 15

59

Community Development in theory and practice DVS746 15 Social policy for developing countries DVS706 15 Social-economic problems and policy DVS702 15 TOTAL 120


Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Modules Governance, Administration and Ethics in the Public Sector PUB701 15 An Introduction to Public Policy Analysis and Management PUB702 15 Theoretical Approaches to Public Organization

andManagement

PUB703 15 Human Resources Management and Development PUB704 15 Economics and Public Sector Financial Management PUB705 15 Research Methods/Essay PUB706 30 Electives (Choose 1) Issues in Local Government PUB707 15 State and Civil Society PUB709 15 Public Sector Transformation and Reform PUB710 15 TOTAL 120


Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Modules Advanced Research Methodology POL701 30 Research Project POL706 30 Electives (Choose 2) Comparative Area Politics POL708 30 International Polical Economy POL709 30 Political Violence POL710 30 Political Philosophy POL711 30 South African Politics POL719 30 Political Transitions POL721 30 Contemporary Democratic Theory 723 POL723 30 International Relations Theory POL730 30 Security Studies POL731 30 TOTAL 120



D.246.5 Economics


Compulsory Modules Research Project ECO701 30

Applied Econometrics ECO730 15

Micro-Economics ECO731 15 Macro-Economics ECO732 15

60

Electives (Choose 3) Applied and Policy Economics ECO711 15

Environmental and Resource Economics ECO712 15

International Financial Economics ECO713 15 Labour Economics ECO733 15

Public Economics ECO734 15

International Economics ECO735 15 Development Economics ECO736 15

Capita Selecta ECO721 15

Financial Economics ECO738 15 Mathematical Economics ECO739 15

TOTAL 120



1.








MASTER OF COMMERCE (Structured) - 1863

D.251 ADMISSION


enrolled for the degree/programme: Master of Commerce – MCom

D.251.1 The general rules for admission and registration as stated in Rule A.2 pertaining to Masters degrees will apply.

D.251.2 Admission Requirements for the MCom (Industrial Psychology)

D.251.2.1 A student must have obtained a pass mark of at least 65% in a recognised Industrial Psychology Honours programme in order to be eligible for selection into the Masters

Programme.

D.251.2.2 Students from other Universities, Faculties and/or Departments who have completed an

Honours Degree in Industrial Psychology/Organisational Psychology/Human Resource Management and wanting to pursue a Masters Degree (Industrial Psychology) would have

to meet the requirements as stipulated by the Department.

D.251.2.3 Students from other Universities, Faculties and/or Departments who have NOT completed

an Honours Degree in Industrial Psychology/Organisational Psychology/Human Resource

Management will not be allowed entry into the Masters programme.

D.251.2.4 The SAQA credits for all modules in the Masters programme are 20 respectively. The mini-thesis carries a weight of 60 credits. Thus the overall weight for the programme is 160

61

credits Students have to pass five (5) modules in total i.e. 3 core modules, plus complete a

mini-thesis AND 2 elective modules in order to meet the requirements for a Masters Degree. Students who wish to register as Industrial Psychologists have to complete the

three (3) core modules, two (2) electives and a mini-thesis. A student who has not

completed and passed a chosen elective at Honours level, will not be allowed to register for that elective in the Masters Programme.

D.252 SELECTION


D.253 DURATION

Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over 3 years full time and part-time.

D.254 CURRICULUM

The programme is comprised of the following specialization areas, namely Economics, Industrial Psychology, Development Studies, and Statistics. Students have to select one (1).

D.254.1 Economics

Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Modules Applied Research Workshop ECO824 15 Applied Econometrics II ECO830 15 Advanced Microeconomics ECO831 15 Advanced Macroeconomics ECO832 15 Research Project ECO803 60 Sub-total 120 Electives (Choose any 4) Regional and Local Government Finance ECO833 15 Public Sector Economics ECO834 15 Environmental Economics ECO836 15 Natural Resource Economics ECO837 15 Financial Economics ECO838 15 Advanced International Financial Economics ECO839 15 Capita Selecta ECO821 15 Applied Agricultural Economic Analysis ECO822 15 International Trade Economics ECO823 15 Development Economics ECO826 15 TOTAL 180



Core modules

Organizational Development: Diversity and Change Management BPS811 20

Research Methodology BPS812 20

Counselling BPS813 20 Mini-Thesis (1st enrolment) IPS803

60 Mini-Thesis (2nd enrolment) IPS804

Sub-total 120 Electives (Choose 2) Depending on demand and teaching staff avaialability Labour Relations BPS817 20

Training Management BPS818 20 Assessment BPS819 20

TOTAL 160

62



Compulsory

Theories of Social Transformation (advanced) DVS831 24

Economics for Development Studies (advanced) DVS832 24

Research Methodology DVS841 24

Masters Mini-thesis (1st Enrolment) DVS803 48

Masters Mini-thesis (2nd Enrolment) DVS804

Electives (select 3 modules)

Social Problems and Development DVS839 24

Social Policy and Development (advanced) DVS807 24

Development Management (advanced) DVS808 24

Community Development in Theory and Practice (advanced) DVS846 24

Poverty and Public Finance DVS843 24

Rural Development DVS834 24

TOTAL 180

D.254.4 Statistics (Please consult the Science Faculty)

D.255 ASSESSMENT


D.256 PROGRESS

Registration for the following year of study will be recommended by the supervisor if in his/her

opinion adequate progress has been made during the current year.



MASTER OF COMMERCE (Thesis) - 1801

D.258 ADMISSION


enrolled for the degree/programme: Master of Commerce – MCom


D.259 SELECTION


D.260 DURATION


D.261 CURRICULUM

63

The programme is comprised of speacialisation areas, namely Industrial Psychology, Development

Studies, Information Systems, Management, Accounting and Statistics. Students have to select one (1) specialization area.

D.261.1 Economics (Currently not offered)


Module Name Alpha Code Cred Industrial Psychology Mag Thesis 801(1st Enrolment) IPS801

180 Industrial Psychology Mag Thesis 802 (2nd enrolment) IPS802 TOTAL 180


Module Name Alpha Code Cred Development Studies Mag Thesis 801 (1st Enrolment) DVS801

180 Development Studies Mag Thesis 802 (2nd Enrolment) DVS802 TOTAL 180

D.263.4 Information Systems

Module Name Alpha Code Cred Information Systems Mag Thesis 801 (1ST Enrolment) IFS801

180 Information Systems Mag Thesis 802 (2nd Enrolment) IFS802 TOTAL 180

D.263.5 Accounting

Module Name Alpha Code Cred Accounting Mag Thesis 801 (1ST Enrolment) ACC801

180 Accounting Mag Thesis 802 (2nd Enrolment) ACC802 TOTAL 180









MASTER OF ADMINISTRATION (Structured) - 1817

D.267 ADMISSION

Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree/programme: Master of Administration – MAdmin

64

D.267.1 Admission to a Master‘s degree is at the discretion of the department, subject to the general

rules of the University. A student who has not taken a research methodology module would also be required to take that module.

D.267.2 Admission Requirements for the MAdmin (Industrial Psychology)

D.267.2.1 A student must have obtained a pass mark of at least 65% in a recognised Industrial

Psychology Honours programme in order to be eligible for selection into the Masters Programme.

D.267.2.2 Students from other Universities, Faculties and/or Departments who have completed an Honours Degree in Industrial Psychology/Organisational Psychology/Human Resource

Management and wanting to pursue a Masters Degree (industrial Psychology) would have


D.267.2.3 Students from other Universities, Faculties and/or Departments who have NOT completed an Honours Degree in Industrial Psychology/Organisational Psychology/Human Resource

Management will not be elegible or entry into the Masters programme.

D.267.2.4 The SAQA credits for all modules in the Masters programme are 20 respectively. The

mini-thesis carries a weight of 60 credits. Thus the overall weight for the programme is 160

credits Students have to pass five (5) modules in total i.e. 3 core modules, plus complete a mini-thesis AND 2 elective modules in order to meet the requirements for a Masters

Degree. Students who wish to register as Industrial Psychologists have to complete the

three (3) core modules, two (2) electives and a mini-thesis. A student who has not completed and passed a chosen elective at Honours level, will not be allowed to register for

that elective in the Masters Programme.

D.267.2.5 A student who has not completed and passed a chosen elective at Honours level, will not be

allowed to register for that elective in the Masters programme.

D.268 SELECTION



D.269 DURATION

Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over 3 years full time & part-time.

D.270 CURRICULUM

The programme is comprised of specialization areas, namely Public Administration, Political Studies, Economics, Industrial Psychology and Development Studies and students have to select one (1) area.



Compulsory

Political Studies Mini Thesis 803 (1st Enrolment) POL803 60

Political Studies Mini Thesis 804 (2nd Enrolment) POL804 Advanced Research Methodology POL811 30

Electives (Choose 3 Modules)

Comparative Area Politics POL813 30 International Political Economy POL814 30

Political Violence POL815 30


65

Political Development in South Africa POL819 30

Contemporary Democratic Theory and Practice POL822 30 Institutions and Policy making in a Regional Community POL823 30

Regional Community Foreign Policy POL824 30

Capita Selecta POL835 30 International Relations Theory POL840 30

Security Studies POL831 30

TOTAL 180

D.270.2 Economics

Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Modules Research Project ECO803 60 Applied Research Workshop ECO824 15 Applied Econometrics II ECO830 15 Advanced Microeconomics ECO831 15 Advanced Macroeconomics ECO832 15 Electives (Choose any 4) Regional and Local Government Finance ECO833 15 Public Sector Economics ECO834 15 Environmental Economics ECO836 15 Natural Resource Economics ECO837 15 Financial Economics ECO838 15 Advanced International Financial Economics ECO839 15 Capita Selecta ECO821 15 Applied Agricultural Economic Analysis ECO822 15 International Trade Economics ECO823 15 TOTAL 180


Module Name Alpha Code Cred Core Modules Industrial Psychology Mag Mini Thesis 803 (1st enrolment) IPS803

60 Industrial Psychology Mag Mini Thesis 804 (2nd enrolment) IPS804 Organizational Development: Diversity and Change Man BPS811 20 Research Methodology BPS812 20 Counselling BPS813 20 Electives (Choose 2 modules) Depending on demand and availability of teaching staff Labour Relations BPS817 20 Training Management BPS818 20 Assessment BPS819 20 TOTAL 160



Compulsory




Development Studies Mag Mini Thesis 803 (1st Enrolment) DVS803 60

Development Studies Mag Mini Thesis 804 (2nd Enrolment) DVS804





66

Rural Development DVS834 24



TOTAL 180

D.271 ASSESSMENT


1.








D.274.1 Subject to the written approval of the Head of Department, the electives may be selected

from Masters modules offered elsewhere in the University - e.g. in School of Government,

School of Business and Finance, Industrial Psychology, Women and Gender Studies, Public Health, Natural Sciences, Education, etc., provided the modules were not previously taken

at Honours level. Students may have to meet additional prerequisites of those departments.

By arrangement modules can be selected at other local institutions, provided you comply with their requirements (e.g. additional tuition fees).

MASTER OF ADMINISTRATION (Thesis) - 1811

D.275 ADMISSION


enrolled for the degree/programme: Master of Administration – MAdmin

D.275.1 Admission to a Master‘s degree is at the discretion of the department, subject to the general

rules of the University. A student who has not taken a research methodology module would

also be required to take that module.

D.276 SELECTION



D.277 DURATION

Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over 3 years full-time &

part-time.

D.278 CURRICULUM

The programme is comprised of the following specialization areas, namely Public Administration,

Political Studies, Economics, Industrial Psychology and Development Studies and students have to

select one area.



Public Admin Mag Thesis 801 (1st Enrolment) PUA801 180

67

Public Admin Mag Thesis 802 (2ND Enrolment) PUA802

TOTAL 180



Political Studies Mag Thesis 801 (1st Enrolment) POL801 180

Political Studies Mag Thesis 802 (2ND Enrolment) POL802 TOTAL 180

D.278.3 Industrial Psychology (Please consult with the Department)


Industrial Psych Mag Thesis 801 (1st Enrolment) IPS801 180

Industrial Psych Mag Thesis 802 (2nd Enrolment) IPS802 TOTAL 180



Development Studies Mag Thesis 801 (1st Enrolment) DVS801 180

Development Studies Mag Thesis 802 (2nd Enrolment) DVS802 TOTAL 180




Registration for the following year of study will be recommended by the supervisor if in his/her opinion adequate progress has been made during the current year.





A thesis on an approved topic must be selected in conjunction with the department or relevant person

concerned.

MASTER OF COMMERCE (Management) -1830

D.283 ADMISSION

Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet one of the following criteria to be

enrolled for the degree/programme: Master of Commerce - MCom

D.283.1 a 60% pass in an Honours degree in Management, Business Administration,

Finance/Investments or equivalent qualification;

D.283.2 a four-year or Honours degree or equivalent in Management PLUS at least three years

appropriate full-time work experience after graduation;

D.283.3 70 % for the ADM with Strategic Management and Quantitative Analysis as electives plus

at least three years appropriate full-time work experience ;

68

D.283.4 a student who has not completed an Honours degree in Management, Finance or Business Economics, must first complete the ADM with Strategic Management and Quantitative

Analysis as electives before embarking on the Masters programme.

D.283.5 Foreign language applicants, who have not completed three years of tertiary education in

English, will only be considered for admission if they provide proof of one of the following


(a) Paper score of 550 or Computer score of 213 in Test of English as a Foreign

Language (TOEFL) (b) Band 6 on the International English Language Testing System (IELTS)

(c) Passed the Cambridge Certificate of Advanced English (CAE)

(d) Passed the Cambridge Certificate of Proficiency in English (CPE) (e) Passed the Cambridge Business English Certificate 3.

D.284 APPLICATION PROCEDURE

D.284.1 An application for admission will only be considered once the applicant has:

D.284.1.1 submitted a SBF Application Form as well as the University Application Form plus all

required supporting documentation (academic transcripts and referee reports);

D.284.1.2 written the School‘s Admission Evaluation at the stipulated time and place or submitted

results of the Graduate Management Admissions Test (GMAT) if not a student in the

School in the previous three years;

D.284.1.3 provided proof of English language competence where appropriate;

D.284.1.4 attended an interview and provided any other information if required to do so;

D.284.1.5 submitted a draft research proposal in the case of students who wish to do a Masters by

thesis only.

D.285 SELECTION


D.286 DURATION

The Masters in Management can be completed in three years part-time or at least one year full-time. Students are permitted three years to complete the degree.

D.287 CURRICULUM

There are three modes available in which the programme can be completed. Students should select

only one mode:

D.287.1 Mode 1

Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Group 1 Management Mini Thesis 803 (1st Enrolment) MAN803

90 Management Mini Thesis 804 (2nd Enrolment) MAN804 Group 2 (select all modules below or three other research methods modules approved by the

MRC) Critical Analysis for Research in Management MAN833 15

69

Business Research Methods MAN860 15 Management Research Seminar MAN864 15 Electives (select three 15 credit modules (3x15=45) Please see rule D.201 regarding elective modules TOTAL 180

D.287.2 Mode 2

Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Group 1 Research Project MAN863 60 Group 2 (select all modules below or three other research methods modules approved by the

MRC) Critical Analysis for Research in Management MAN833 15 Business Research Methods MAN860 15 Management Research Seminar MAN864 15 Electives (select five 15 credit modules (5x15=75) Please see rule D.201 regarding elective modules TOTAL 180 D.287.3 Mode 3 (Only applicable to students registered prior to 2012)

Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Group 1 Research Report MAN862 45 Group 2 (select all modules below or three other research methods modules approved by the

MRC) Critical Analysis for Research in Management MAN833 15 Business Research Methods MAN860 15 Management Research Seminar MAN864 15 Electives (select six 15 credit modules (6x15=90) Please see rule D.201regarding elective modules Ethics and Leadership MAN805 15 Managing Organisational Transformation MAN806 15 Advanced Management Seminar MAN807 15 Corporate Governance MAN808 15 Business and the Political Economy MAN809 15 Understanding People and Organizations MAN813 15 Advanced Strategic Management MAN814 15 Organizational Diagnosis MAN815 15 Organisation Theory: Classical Foundation MAN810 15 Organization Theory: Contemporary Perspectives MAN811 15 Comparative Organization and Management MAN812 15 Social Entrepreneurship and Social Enterprise MAN813 15 Corporate Finance (MAN704/MAN706 MAN820 15 Advanced Finance Seminar MAN821 15 Fixed Income Security Analysis (MAN704/MAN780) MAN822 15 Advanced Investments (MAN780) MAN823 15 Corporate Taxation (MAN756) MAN824 15 International Finance Seminar (MAN704) MAN825 15 Advanced Labour Relations Seminar MAN830 15 Industrial Relations Topics MAN831 15 Strategic Human Resouce Issues (MAN755) MAN832 15 Advanced Marketing Seminar MAN840 15 Marketing Topic MAN841 15 Work Organization (MAN721) MAN850 15 Advanced Operations Seminar (MAN850) MAN851 15 Advanced Research Methods (MAN860) MAN861 15 SA Business and Globalisation (MAN749 or equivalent) MAN865 15 TOTAL 180

D.288 ASSESSMENT

70






D.289.1 The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University

Calendar: General Information Part 1.

D.289.2 A student will not be allowed to renew his/her registration unless he/she has passed the coursework in two years and the research report or mini-thesis in the third year. A student

can only renew his/her registration if the draft research proposal complies with A.3.3.2. (c)

at the end of the 1st year and the complete research proposal has been approved by the MRC

before the end of the 2nd year of enrolment. After three years a student must apply to

proceed with his/her studies subject to rule. A.4.4.2.


D.290.1 A Research component is required for all Masters Degrees. Students can choose between

the thesis, the mini-thesis, research project, or a research report. The number of electives

that must be taken varies in inverse proportion to the scope of the research component (see above). Students are required to complete two Masters-level modules in research methods.

In addition students may be required to complete the Honours-level prerequisite for

MAN860 Business Research Methods - MAN746 Analytical and Critical Thinking. Students who plan to utilize quantitative research methodologies are advised to complete

modules in statistics to prepare for the research component.

D.290.2 Research Reports and Research Projects differ from mini-theses in that they are more limited in scope and rigour. Theses need to be based on a thorough review of the theoretical

and empirical literature on the topic, a coherent conceptual framework and an appropriate

methodology. Research Reports and Projects can be based on a limited review of management frameworks and appropriate use of management techniques or descriptive

research.

D.290.3 The Mini-Thesis (90 credits) must be of approximately 25 000 words (80 to 100 pages double-

spaced)

D.290.4 The Research Project (60 NQF credits) must be of approximately 15 000 words (50 to 60

pages double-spaced)

D.290.5 Electives should be selected as follows:

D.290.5.1 At least 60% of elective credits must be selected from Management modules at Masters

level.

D.290.5.2 Subject to the written approval of the Head: Management division, the electives maybe

selected from graduate courses offered by the School of Business and Finance or Masters modules offered elsewhere in the University - e.g. in School of Government, Industrial

Psychology, Women and Gender Studies, Public Health, Natural Sciences, Education, etc.

Students may have to meet additional prerequisites of those departments. By arrangement modules can be selected at other local institutions, provided you comply with their

requirements (e.g. additional tuition fees).

71

D.290.5.3 The remaining course-work credits may be selected from Honours or Masters modules in the School

of Business and Finance or Masters-level modules from any other department or school in

the University,

D.290.6 The Management Research Committee (MRC) is responsible for monitoring progress of Masters and Doctoral Students in the School of Business and Finance and reports to the

Faculty‘s Higher Degrees Committee. (EFHD)

D.290.7 It is the student‘s responsibility to find a supervisor and discuss a possible topic with

her/him prior to registration.

D.290.8 Before an application for admission for a full thesis Masters or PhD can be formally

considered, a supervisor must be identified and the prospective student works with him/her

to prepare a draft proposal. The draft proposal must be submitted to the MRC who will make a recommendation on admission to the Faculty‘s Higher Degrees Committee.

D.290.9 No research proposal, abstract or title of a student‘s registered in the SBF may be submitted to the EMS Faculty Higher Degrees Committee without prior approval from the MRC.

D.290.10 Before the end of the first year of registration students enrolled for a coursework Masters

must submit a research title, abstract and draft proposal, signed by the supervisor, for

approval by the MRC.

D.290.11 Before registration all Masters students must submit a form signed by the supervisor confirming the proposed research topic to the MRC for confirmation of supervisor

allocation.

D.290.12 Before the end of the first year of registration, all students enrolled for a Masters by thesis

or PhD must submit a research title, abstract and final proposal, signed by the supervisor,

for approval by the MRC.

D.290.13 The final research proposal of a coursework Masters student must be approved by the MRC

before the end of the second year of registration. Students will not be re-admitted for a 3rd year of registration unless their full proposals have been approved.

D.290.14 At each quarterly MRC meeting the supervisor and student submit a brief progress report

and the anticipated date of submission.

D.290.15 Requests to change supervisor or withdraw from supervision should be submitted to the

MRC in writing.

D.290.16 Please note the following:

D.290.17 Compliance with the above steps is the responsibility of the student.

D.290.18 MRC meetings will take place quarterly in about the 5th week of each term at dates to be

determined at the start of each academic year.

D.290.19 If the required documentation is not submitted to the MRC in time for the meeting, the student has to wait for the next meeting for allocation of a supervisor or approval of their

research proposals.

D.290.20 Once allocated to a student the supervisor is primarily responsible for advising the student and may withhold approval to submit the final research project or thesis if it is not of an

adequate quality.

MASTER OF COMMERCE (Information Management) - 1835

72

D.291 ADMISSION

Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree/programme: Master of Commerce – MCom (Information Management)


D.291.2 Admission Requirements for the MCom (Information Management)

D.291.2.1 A professional in the health industry with a university degree at Honours or equivalent level. At least three years experience in the health sector.

D.292 SELECTION



D.293 DURATION

Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over 3 years full time and

part-time.

D.294 CURRICULUM

D.294.1 Economics

Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Modules Health Systems IFH811 20 Health Data Management IFH812 15

Healthcare Information Systems IFH813 20 Information Systems Planning and Implementation IFH814 15 Management and Leadership in Health Organizations IFH815 20 IT Resource Management IFH816 15 Intercultural Managemnt and Communication IFH817 15 Public Health Research SPH862 15 Mini Thesis IFS803/804 60 TOTAL 195

D.295 ASSESSMENT


D.296 PROGRESS





MASTER IN PHILOSOPHY IN POVERTY, LAND AND AGRARIAN STUDIES (Full-Thesis) -

1843

73

D.298 ADMISSION


enrolled for the degree/programme: MPhil (LAS)

D.298.1 For admission to the MPhil (Research) in Poverty, Land and Agrarian Studies, candidates

must have at least an Honours Degree (or equivalent) in an appropriate subject (Sociology, History, Economics, Political Science, Agriculture, Public Admin, Geography, and

Environmental Studies) with an average of 65%. Students must demonstrate a good

understanding of their chosen research topic and have research experience in one or more of the following themes – poverty, land and agrarian reform, rural development, and natural

resources..

D.299 DURATION

The duration of the programme is 2 years subject to Rule A.4.2

D.300 CURRICULUM

Suitably qualified candidates may apply to take the MPhil (Research), involving a full length Master‘s

thesis on an appropriate topic in poverty, land and agrarian reform and natural resources.


Thesis (1st Enrolment) LAS801 180

Thesis (2nd Enrolment) LAS802

TOTAL 180

D.300 ASSESSMENT


1.

D.301 PROGRESS







Students without research experience and interested in applying or Masters Research ull thesis will be required to complete courses in Research Methodology and social theory before starting with the full-

length Masters thesis.

MASTER IN PHILOSOPHY IN POVERTY, LAND AND AGRARIAN STUDIES (Structured) -

1843

D.304 ADMISSION


enrolled for the degree/programme: MPhil (LAS)

74

D.304.1 For admission to the MPhil (Structured) in Poverty, Land and Agrarian Studies, candidates must have obtained an average of 65% in the PG Diploma, and a proposal accepted by the

PLAAS Research Committee.

or D.304.2 An Honours degree with an average of at least 65% in the final assessment of the exit-

modules in Sociology, History, Economics, Political Science, Agriculture, Public Admin,

Geography or Environmental Studies, with at least three years of relevant working experience in poverty, land reform or sustainable natural resource management.

D.305 DURATION

The duration of the programme is 2 years subject to Rule A.4.2

D.306 CURRICULUM

The MPhil (Structured) will require completion of a two core modules and one elective module and a mini-thesis on an appropriate topic in poverty, land and agrarian reform, natural resources to be agreed

upon by the PLAAS Research Committee.


Core Modules

Introduction to Qualitative Research Design and Methods

Critical Approaches to Poverty and Marginal Livelihoods

Mini-Thesis (1st Enrolment)

LAS805

LAS811

LAS803

40

40

60

40 40

40

Mini-Thesis (2nd Enrolment)

Electives

Theories of Land and Agrarian Reform Critical Approaches to Farming Systems

Social and Ecological Theories in Ecosystem Management

LAS804

LAS812 LAS813

LAS814

TOTAL 180

D.307 ASSESSMENT


1.


Full time study: A student should pass a minimum of 80 credits to proceed to year 2.

D.309 PROGRESS








concerned.

75

MASTERS IN PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION (Structured) - 1851



enrolled for the degree/programme: MPA

D.312.1 In the light of the past educational disadvantages experienced by many people who might

benefit from the new programme, the School of Government (the School) would like to keep the admission requirements as open and flexible as possible, consistent with the

maintenance of academic standards and within the parameters laid down by the

Department of National Education for career-related degrees.

D.312.2 Admission into the MPA degree in the School of Government will be based on the

following requirements:

D.312.2.1 Honours degree, B.Tech or equivalent in public administration or a related field;

D.312.2.2 Advanced Bachelor‘s degree (e.g.LL.B or B.Ed) or equivalent, plus demonstration of

competence to proceed at the Masters level in the fields of governance and public

administration.

D.312.2.3 4-year Bachelor‘s degree or equivalent, plus demonstration of competence to proceed at

the Masters level in the fields of governance and public administration.

D.312.2.4 A Bachelor‘s degree, plus postgraduate diploma in public administration or a related

field.

D.312.2.5 Three year Bachelor‘s degree in public administration or a related field, plus appropriate

practical work experience, and demonstration of competence to proceed at the Masters

level.

D.312.2.6 A Post-Graduate Diploma in public administration or a related field, plus appropriate practical work experience, as well as demonstration of competence to proceed at the

Masters level, where the post-graduate diploma holder has no previous degree.

D.312.2.7 A minimum of 60% average required for admission

D.312.2.8 Where practical experience is part of the admission requirements, the School will

normally require evidence of a minimum of three years appropriate experience. In

assessing the relevance of such experience for the purpose of admission, however, the School will attach greater weight to the competencies gained from such experience than

to the length of experience per se.

D.312.2.9 Subject to approval by Senate, upon the recommendation of the School and Faculty,

students may also be admitted into the MPA, providing they are able to demonstrate that they have in any other manner attained a level of competence sufficient to enable them to

embark successfully upon the programme, in line with the University regulation A2.1.4

and the University‘s competency guidelines.

D.312.2.10 In the case of students, applying under the requirements in (D.209.2.9) two of the three references must be of an academic nature. In the case of those who must show evidence

of practical experience, the third reference must be from a previous employer. In the case

of those, applying under regulation A2.1.4 the references must be such that they are able to demonstrate the applicant‘s competence for post-graduate study.

76

D.312.2.11 In the case of applicants who have attained an Upper Second or equivalent in a previous

Honours degree or equivalent in public administration or a related field, selection will be on the basis of the application form, transcripts, references and statement. Applicants may

also be required to attend an interview. All other applicants will be required to attend an

interview, as well as to furnish a portfolio of evidence demonstrating their competence to proceed at the Masters level in governance and public administration.

D.312.2.12 Applicants who fall within regulation A2.1.4 will be required to attend an interview and to furnish proof of the required number of years work experience. In addition, they will be

required to submit and defend an essay or practical assignment on a topic set by the

school. Where appropriate, they will also be required to submit a portfolio of previous work done.

D.313 DURATION

Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over 2 years full time and 3 years part-time

D.314 CURRICULUM

Module Name Alpha Code Cred Core Modules Mini-Thesis (1st Enrolment) MPA801

120

Mini-Thesis (2nd Enrolment) MPA802 Theoretical and Comparative Approached to Governance MPA811 15 Advanced Public Policy Analysis and Management MPA812 15 Global, Regional and Domestic Context of Governance MPA813 15 Research Methods and Skills MPA814 15 Research Seminar MPA815 15 Choose 3 electives Programme and Project Management in the Public Sector MPA816 15 Public Sector Planning, Monitoring and Evaluation MPA817 15 Managing Change in the Public Sector MPA818 15 Public Finance and Budgeting MPA819 15 Administrative Law MPA821 15 Development Policy, Planning and Management

MPA822 15 Urban Development MPA823 15 Rural Development MPA824 15 Gender and Development Management MPA825 15 Intergovernmental Relations MPA826 15 Local Government Planning and Management MPA827 15 Citizenship, Democracy and Development MPA828 15 Bureaucracy and Democracy MPA829 15 TOTAL 240



1.

D.316 PROGRESS


oopinion adequate progress had been made during the current year.





77

D.318.1 To be awarded the MPA degree students must achieve a total of 240 credits, 120 in

structured modules and 120 in the mini-thesis. D.318.2 Students will be required to take:

D.318.2.1 5 Compulsory structured modules of 15 credits each (including 2 research modules);

D.318.2.2 A mini-thesis of 120 credits (25,000-35,000 words);

D.318.2.3 3 structured elective modules of 15 credits each, selected from the elective programme

offerings in the MPA. Subject to approval by the Director of the School of Government, one elective can be taken from another relevant field of study that is equal to 15 credits.

D.318.2.4 Capita Selecta options, with a weighting of 15 credits points, may be offered to students in

addition to those courses routinely offered in the MPA programme. The presentation of

such courses will be dependent on the availability of visiting academic fellows and on expert professionals.

MASTER OF ECONOMICS (Structured) – 1878 D.319 ADMISSION


enrolled for the degree/programme: Master of Economics - MEcon

D.319.1 The admission will be governed by the Rule A.2.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1.



Programme.


Honours Degree in Industrial Psychology/Organisational Psychology/Human Resource

Management and wanting to pursue a Masters Degree (industrial Psychology) would have to meet the requirements as stipulated by the Department.




D.319.2.4 The SAQA credits for all modules in the Masters programme are 20 respectively. The

mini-thesis carries a weight of 60 credits. Thus the overall weight for the programme is 160 credits Students have to pass five (5) modules in total i.e. 3 core modules, plus complete a

mini-thesis AND 2 elective modules in order to meet the requirements for a Masters

Degree. Students who wish to register as Industrial Psychologists have to complete the three (3) core modules, two (2) electives and a mini-thesis. A student who has not

completed and passed a chosen elective at Honours level, will not be allowed to register for

that elective in the Masters Programme.

D.319.2.5 A student who has not completed and passed a chosen elective at Honours level, will not be allowed to register for that elective in the Masters programme.

D.320 SELECTION


D.321 DURATION

78


D.322 CURRICULUM

The programme is comprised of the following specialization areas, namely Economics, Industrial

Psychology, Development Studies, Information Systems, Management and Statistics. Students have to select one (1) area.

D.322.1 Economics



Module Name Alpha Code Cred Core Modules Organizational Development: Diversity and Change Management BPS811 20 Research Methodology BPS812 20 Counselling BPS813 20 Mini-Thesis (1st enrolment) IPS803

60 Mini-Thesis (2nd enrolment) IPS804 Electives (Choose 2) Depending on demand and teaching staff

availability

Labour Relations BPS817 20 Training Management BPS818 20 Assessment BPS819 20 TOTAL 180



Compulsory











79


TOTAL 192




1.



oopinion adequate progress had been made during the current year.






MASTER OF ECONOMICS (Thesis) – 1871 D.327 ADMISSION


enrolled for the degree/programme: Master of Economics - MEcon

The admission will be governed by the Rule A.2.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General

Information Part 1.

D.328 SELECTION



D.329 DURATION


part-time.

D.330 CURRICULUM

The programme is comprised of the following specialisation areas, namely Economics, Industrial

Psychology, Development Studies, Information Systems, Management and Statistics. Students have to

select one area.

D.330.1 Economics (Currently not offered by Thesis)



Industrial Psychology Mag Thesis 801 (1st Enrolment) IPS801 180

Industrial Psychology Mag Thesis 802 (2nd Enrolment) IPS802 TOTAL 180


80

Module Name Alpha Code Cred Development Studies Mag Thesis 801 (1st Enrolment) DVS801

180 Development Studies Mag Thesis 802 (2nd Enrolment) DVS802 TOTAL 180


D.331 ASSESSMENT



Registration for the following year of study will be recommended by the supervisor if in his/her oopinion adequate progress had been made during the current year.





D.335 CURRICULUM

The programme is comprised of specialization areas, namely Public Administration, Political Studies,

Economics, Industrial Psychology and Development Studies and students have to select one (1) area.



Compulsory Political Studies Mini Thesis 803 (1st Enrolment) POL803

60 Political Studies Mini Thesis 804 (2nd Enrolment) POL804

Advanced Research Methodology POL811 30

Electives (Choose 3 Modules)

Comparative Area Politics POL813 30

International Political Economy POL814 30 Political Violence POL815 30


Political Development in South Africa POL819 30 Contemporary Democratic Theory and Practice POL822 30

Institutions and Policy making in a Regional Community POL823 30

Regional Community Foreign Policy POL824 30

Capita Selecta POL835 30

International Relations Theory POL840 30

Security Studies POL831 30 TOTAL 180

D.335.2 Economics

Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Modules Research Project ECO803 60 Applied Research Workshop ECO824 15 Applied Econometrics II ECO830 15 Advanced Microeconomics ECO831 15

81

Advanced Macroeconomics ECO832 15 Electives (Choose any 4) Regional and Local Government Finance ECO833 15 Public Sector Economics ECO834 15 Environmental Economics ECO836 15 Natural Resource Economics ECO837 15 Financial Economics ECO838 15 Advanced International Financial Economics ECO839 15 Capita Selecta ECO821 15 Applied Agricultural Economic Analysis ECO822 15 International Trade Economics ECO823 15 TOTAL 180


Module Name Alpha Code Cred Core Modules Industrial Psychology Mag Mini Thesis 803 (1st enrolment) IPS803

60 Industrial Psychology Mag Mini Thesis 804 (2nd enrolment) IPS804 Organizational Development: Diversity and Change Man BPS811 20 Research Methodology BPS812 20 Counselling BPS813 20 Electives (Choose 2 modules) Depending on demand and availability of teaching staff Labour Relations BPS817 20 Training Management BPS818 20 Assessment BPS819 20 TOTAL 160

MASTER OF DEVELOPMENT STUDIES (Thesis)

D.336 ADMISSION

Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree/programme: Master of Development Studies – M. Dev. Studies

D.336.1 A Bachelor Honours Degree with an average of at least 65% in the final mark in a relevant

Social Science,Humanities, Public Administration or Business discipline.

D.337 SELECTION



D.338 DURATION

Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over 2 years full-time.

D.339 CURRICULUM

D.339.1


Mag Thesis 801 (1st Enrolment) DVS801 180

Mag Thesis 802 (2ND Enrolment) DVS802

TOTAL 180


82


1.


Full-time study: A student should have submitted and had a proposal acceptedby the Faculty Higher Degrees Committee before proceeding to year 2


Registration for the following year of study will be recommended by the supervisor if in his/her opinion adequate progress has been made during the current year.





concerned.

MASTER OF ARTS (Structured) – 1858 D.345 ADMISSION

Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree/programme: Master of Economics – Master of Arts

D345.1 The admission will be governed by the Rule A.2.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1.



Programme.


Honours Degree in Industrial Psychology/Organisational Psychology/Human Resource Management and wanting to pursue a Masters Degree (industrial Psychology) would have





D.345.2.4 The SAQA credits for all modules in the Masters programme are 20 respectively. The mini-thesis carries a weight of 60 credits. Thus the overall weight for the programme is 160

credits Students have to pass five (5) modules in total i.e. 3 core modules, plus complete a

mini-thesis AND 2 elective modules in order to meet the requirements for a Masters Degree. Students who wish to register as Industrial Psychologists have to complete the

three (3) core modules, two (2) electives and a mini-thesis. A student who has not

completed and passed a chosen elective at Honours level, will not be allowed to register for that elective in the Masters Programme.

83

D.345.2.5 A student who has not completed and passed a chosen elective at Honours level, will not be

allowed to register for that elective in the Masters programme.

D.346 SELECTION



D.347 DURATION


part-time.

D.348 CURRICULUM

The programme is comprised of the following specialization areas, namely Economics, Industrial Psychology, Development Studies, Information Systems, Management and Statistics. Students have to

select one (1) area.

D.348.1 Economics



Module Name Alpha Code Cred Core Modules Organizational Development: Diversity and Change Management BPS811 20 Research Methodology BPS812 20 Counselling BPS813 20 Mini-Thesis (1st enrolment) IPS803

60 Mini-Thesis (2nd enrolment) IPS804 Electives (Choose 2) Depending on demand and teaching staff

availability

Labour Relations BPS817 20 Training Management BPS818 20 Assessment BPS819 20 TOTAL 180



Compulsory



84










TOTAL 192

MASTER OF DEVELOPMENT STUDIES (Structure) -

D.349 ADMISSION


enrolled for the degree/programme: Master of Development Studies (M.Dev.Studies)

D.349.1 A Bachelor Honours Degree with an average of at least 65% in the final mark in a relevant

Social Science,Humanities, Public Administration or Business discipline.

D.350 SELECTION



D.351 DURATION

Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over 2 years full-time.

D.352 CURRICULUM

D.352.1

Module Name Alpha Code Cred Core Modules Theories of Social Transformation DVS831 30 Economics for Development Studies DVS832 30 Research Methodology DVS841 30 Mini Thesis (1st Enrolment) DVS803 60 Mini Thesis (2nd Enrolment) DVS804 2 Electives chosen from: Urban and Regional Development DVS834 15 Development Management and Planning DVS808 15 Community Development in theory and practice DVS847 15 Social policy for developing countries DVS846 15 Social-economic problems and policy DVS807 15 Poverty & Inequality DVS843 15

Or up to two electives from the M.Phil Land and Agrarian

Studies Or

or MPA. TOTAL 180


85


1.


Full-time study: A student should pass a minimum of 90 credits to proceed to year 2.








A thesis on an approved topic must be selected in conjunction with the department or relevant person concerned.

DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY (PhD) - 1921

D.358 ADMISSION


enrolled for the degree/programme: PhD

According to rule 6.1.5 in the General Calendar, candidates who are in possession of a Masters Degree or a qualification that the faculty concerned may consider to be an equivalent to a Masters degree,

could be admitted to a doctoral programme.

D.359 SELECTION



D.360 DURATION

Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over 2 years full time and 5 years part-time.

D.361 CURRICULUM


Development Studies

1st Enrolment

360 Development Studies Doctoral Thesis 901 DVS901

2nd Enrolment

Development Studies Doctoral Thesis 902 DVS902

TOTAL 360

D.361.2 Economics

1st Enrolment 360

Economics Doctoral Thesis 901 ECO901

86

2nd Enrolment

Economics Doctoral Thesis 902 ECO902

TOTAL 360


1st Enrolment

360 Industrial Psychology Doctoral Thesis 901 IPS901

2nd Enrolment

Industrial Psychology Doctoral Thesis 902 IPS902 TOTAL 360

D.361.4 Management

1st Enrolment

360 Management Doctoral Thesis 901 MAN901

2nd Enrolment

Management Doctoral Thesis 902 MAN902

TOTAL 360


1st Enrolment

360 Political Studies Doctoral Thesis 901 POL901

2nd Enrolment Political Studies Doctoral Thesis 902 POL902

TOTAL 360


1st Enrolment

360 Public Administration Doctoral Thesis 901 PUA901

2nd Enrolment

Public Administration Doctoral Thesis 902 PUA902

TOTAL 360



1.



opinion adequate progress had been made during the current year.






87

RULES FOR ACCESS PROGRAMMES

PLEASE NOTE: THE FOLLOWING PROGRAMMES ARE ACCESS PROGRAMMES AND ARE

NOT

ACCREDITED

MANAGEMENT DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMME (MDP) – 1601 / 1604

D.366 ADMISSION

D.366.1 Persons meeting the following requirement qualify for admission as a candidate for the

Management Development Programme (MDP) Certificate:

(a) A Senior Certificate (Grade 12) with a Matriculation endorsement PLUS at least five

years appropriate practical experience; or (b) Completion of the University‘s Recognition of Prior Learning process.


(a) completed the School of Business and Finance (SBF) and UWC on-line

Application; (b) furnished proof of previous work experience;

(c) provided the required referee reports from employers(Managers/Supervisors)

and lecturers; (d) submitted certified copies of all transcripts (not certificates) from all secondary

and tertiary educational institutions attended; (e) written the School‘s Admissions Evaluation at the stipulated time and place;

(f) provided proof of English proficiency in terms of D.138.3 below if secondary

and tertiary education was not in English medium; (g) attended an interview and provided any other information if required to do so.

D.366.3 Foreign national applicants, who have not completed a three-year tertiary education in English, may only be admitted to the MDP if they achieve one of the following standards:

(a) Paper Score of 500 in Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) (b) Band 5 (Modest) International English Language Testing System (IELTS)

(c) Passed the Cambridge First Certificate in English (FCE)

(d) Passed the Cambridge Certificate in Business English 2.

Proof of language proficiency must accompany the application. Students who have not

completed one of these tests prior to application will not be considered for admission. If students do not meet one of the minimum English proficiency requirements it is their

responsibility to attend courses in English to develop the required English proficiency. Only

when the student has achieved the admission requirements will he/she be considered for admission to the MDP.

Applications must reach the School no later than the closing date stipulated by the SBF.

D.367 DURATION

D.367.1 The Management Development Programme (MDP) (1601) comprises of four modules of 15 credits or 60 NQF credits. A part-time student completes the programme over 2 semesters.

D.367.2 The Senior Management Development Programme (SMDP) (1604) comprises of four modules of 15 credits or 60 NQF credits. A part-time student completes the programme

over 2 semesters.

88

D.368 SELECTION



D.369 CURRICULUM

D.369.1 MDP (1601)

Module Name Alpha

Code

Cred Management Skills Development MDP565 15 Introduction to Information Systems MDP570 15 Principles of Management and Business MDP551 15 Business Finance MDP570 15

TOTAL 60

D.369.2 SMDP (1604)

Module Name Alpha Code Cred Core Modules

Business Communication MDP567 15 Electives (Choose 3)

SME Management MDP531 15 Business Law for SMEs MDP533 15 Quantitative Analysis MDP548 15 Economics for Managers MDP549 15 Principles of Management Accounting MDP553 15 Marketing Management MDP554 15 Financial Management MDP556 15 Operational Management MDP557 15 Employee Management MDP578 15

TOTAL 60

D.370 ASSESSMENT

D.370.1 Unless the School of Business and Finance determines otherwise, the following will apply:

D.370.1.1 To be admitted to the examination for a module, a student must obtain a coursework mark

of at least 30% for the applicable module.

D.370.1.2 The final mark for each module is composed of either



D.370.1.3 To pass a module a candidate for the MDP or the SMDP must obtain a final mark of at least

50% and a sub-minimum of 40% in the examination for the module.

D.370.2 To be awarded the MDP or the SMDP a student must achieve an average of 50% for the four modules with at least 40% in both the coursework and the examination for each

module.

D.370.3 MDP students are required to pass all 4 compulsory modules with a minimum of 50% to

progress to the SMDP


Part-time students will not be allowed to renew his/her registration if the MDP or SMDP) requirements

are not met within four semesters.

89

D.372 ADMISSION TO ADM, ADM (FINANCE) OR ADM (FINANCIAL PLANNING)

D.372.1 A MDP student who passed all four MDP modules with a minimum of 60% each, at the

first attempt in two semesters of part-time study, qualifies for admission to the ADM, ADM

(Finance) or ADM (Financial Planning). Credits for two modules may be recognized towards the ADM requirements. All other MDP students must complete the SMDP before

qualifying for admission to the ADM, ADM (Finance) or ADM (Financial Planning). On

admission two modules (30 credits) may be transferred provided that:

(i) The MDP is not awarded (ii) The module is part of the ADM curriculum

(iii) The student has a final mark of at least 50% with at least 40% for both the

continuous assessment and the examination marks.

D.372.2 A student who has completed the SMDP requirements qualifies for admission to the ADM,

ADM (Finance) or ADM (Financial Planning) if s/he has passed all four SMDP modules. On admission up to four MDP/ SMDP modules (60 credits) may be transferred provided

that:

(i) The MDP/SMDP is not awarded

(ii) The module is part of the ADM, ADM (Finance) or ADM (Financial Planning) curriculum

(iii) The student has a final mark of at least 50% with at 40% for both the continuous

assessment and the examination marks. D.373 RECOGNITION OF PRIOR LEARNING

Where a student has passed equivalent modules of least 15 NQF credits at NQF level 5 or higher as

part of an incomplete SAQA-accredited qualification, the student may apply in writing on the faculty‘s Recognition of Credits form with appropriate supporting evidence for internal or external recognition

of credits. No more than 60 external credits may be recognized. It is the student‘s responsibility to

provide documentation that the qualification is SAQA accredited and that the module/course is at least 10 NQF credits. Modules of less than 10 credits will not be accredited. Applications must be submitted

before the annual deadline (normally end April).

D.374 RETENTION OF CREDITS

A full-time student retains credits for modules passed for two semesters and part-time student students

for three semesters.

PROGRAMME IN ECONOMIC PRINCIPLES (PEP I) - 1563

PROGRAMME IN ECONOMIC PRINCIPLES AND POLICY (PEPP II) - 1564


The PEPI and PEPPII study programmes is an alternative route into advanced education in Economics

and gives full recognition to prior learning. People working in both the public and private sectors are encouraged to apply.

PEP is a capacity development programme for non-economists. Admission to this programme is open to any student with one of:

a) Grade 12 plus 5 years relevant work experience

b) A Bachelor‘s degree or 3-year National Diploma

D.376 SELECTION

A procedure for selection of applications will take place.

D.377 DURATION

90

The curriculum requires two years of part-time study or one year of full-time study.

D.378 CURRICULUM

The curriculum consists of 8 modules of 15 credits each (Total 120 credits) divided into Semesters for

full-time and part-time students as follows:

D.378.1 Programme in Economic Principles (PEPI) (Part-time)

Module Semester Alpha Code Cred

Microeconomic Principles 1st ECO600 15 Macroeconomic Principles 1st ECO601 15

International Economics and Policy 2nd ECO609 15

Public Economic Principles 2nd ECO605 15 TOTAL 60

D.378.2 Programme in Economic Principles and Policy (PEPPII) (Part-time)


Development Economics and Policy 1st ECO604 15

Econometric Principles and Policy 1st ECO603 15 Microeconomic Theories and Policy 2nd ECO606 15

Macroeconomic Theories and Policy 2nd ECO607 15

TOTAL 60

D.378.3 Programme in Economic Principles ( PEP) (Full-time)


Microeconomic Principles 1st ECO600 15

Macroeconomic Principles 1st ECO601 15 Development Economics and Policy 1st ECO604 15

Econometric Principles and Policy 1st ECO603 15

TOTAL 60

D.378.4 Programme in Economic Principles and Policy (PEPP) (Full-time)


International Economics and Policy 2nd ECO609 15 Public Economic Principles 2nd ECO605 15

Microeconomic Theories and Policy 2nd ECO606 15

Macroeconomic Theories and Policy 2nd ECO607 15

TOTAL 60

D.379 ASSESSMENT

In all modules there will be course work and a written examination. Coursework and the written exam

will count for 50% and 50% of the final mark respectively. The duration of the examinations will be at

least two hours for each of the modules. In all cases the general university rules (A.5.3) will apply.

D.380 PROGRESS

D.380.1 PEPI comprises of 4 modules (of 15 credits each) done in one semester full-time or two

semesters part-time. The modules are ECO 600, ECO 601 and one of the following

combinations: (ECO 604 and ECO 603) or (ECO 609 and ECO 605). A pass mark for all four modules will result in PEP being awarded. PEP, or an equivalent as approved by the

HOD of the Department, is a pre-requisite for admission to PEPP.

91

D.380.2 PEPPII comprises of 4 modules (of 15 credits each) done in one semester full-time or two

semesters part-time. The modules are ECO 606, ECO 607 and one of the following combinations: (ECO 605 and ECO 609) or (ECO 603 and ECO 604). A pass mark for all

four modules will result in PEPP being awarded. A 60% average for PEPP is necessary to

be considered for the Honours programme.

92

MODULE DESCRIPTORS

Accounting

Name of module ADVANCED MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING AND

FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 751

Programme(s) in which

module will be offered

Faculty Core/Elective

Honours in Accounting EMS Core

Home Department ACCOUNTING

Module description

(Header)

B.COM.ACC.(HONS.) MAN.ACC AND FIN.MAN.

Generic module name ADVANCED MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING AND

FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 751

Alpha-numeric code MAN751

Credit value 30

Duration YEAR (Y)

Module Type PROGRAMME

Level 8

Main Outcomes This module is in compliance with the South African Institute of

Chartered Accountants (SAICA) requirements to sit for Part 1 of their qualifying examination. A student will be able to:

Design and evaluate costing systems appropriate for various types

of organizations and processes. Calculate record and report information necessary for effective

cost management. Apply cost management techniques which achieve the strategic

objectives of the business.

Discuss the issues and principles of control Centres Build and manipulate simple financial models and test

assumptions.

Identify and interpret appropriate measures of performance, risk and uncertainty.

Advise on the investment, financing and dividend decisions.

Apply the principles of finance to the valuation of a business entity and to the valuation of financial assets using appropriate

techniques.

Advise on management of working capital. Advise on change in ownership transactions; and

Evaluate and select appropriate financing instruments for

effective risk minimisation.

Main Content The module focuses on Nature of costs

Costing and Cost Management, Material, Labour Overheads

Decision-making Advanced Management Accounting Techniques

Management Accounting Information Systems

Planning and Control Standard Costing

Performance measurement

Function Financial Management Financial Reports Analysis

Valuation Risk and Return

Cost of Capital

93

Capital investment appraisal

Sources and forms of finance

The dividend decision Management of working capital

Treasury function

Pre-requisites Admission to Honours in Accounting

Co-requisites None

Prohibited combinations None

Breakdown of learning time Contact with lecturer/Tutor – 100 hours

Test and Examinations - 16 hours

Assignment and tasks - 100 hours

Self-study - 84 hours

Total learning time - 300 hours

(1 Lecture and 1 Tutorial)

Method of student

assessment

Continuous evaluation: (tests, assignments and tutorials) – 50% Final Examination - 50%

Name of module ADVANCED AUDITING 741


module will be offered Faculty Core/Elective



Module description

(Header) B.COM.ACCOUNTING (HONS.) AUDITING

Generic module name ADVANCED AUDITING 741

Alpha-numeric code ACC 741

Credit Value 30

Duration YEAR (Y)


Level 8

Main Outcomes

This module is in compliance with the South African Institute of

Chartered Accountants (SAICA) requirements to sit for Part 1 of

their qualifying examination. A student will be able to:

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Principles of Corporate Governance

• Demonstrate an understanding of the corporate governance debate.

•Demonstrate an understanding of the need for, and development of

corporate governance. •Demonstrate an understanding of corporate governance

developments globally.

Legislated and Regulatory Corporate Governance

•Demonstrate an understanding of the regulatory environment

governing corporate entities in South Africa.

•Make appropriate recommendations concerning compliance with specific aspects of Company Law and the Close Corporations Act.

The Code of Corporate Practices and Conduct of the King II

Report

•Demonstrate an understanding of the recommendations of the Code

of Corporate Practices and Conduct of the King II Report on

corporate governance. •Make appropriate recommendations regarding practical aspects of

corporate governance with specific reference to the Code of Corporate Practices and Conduct of the King II Report on Corporate

Governance for South Africa (2001).

Business ethics

94

•Explain the concepts and principles relating to business ethics.

•Exercise ethical judgement with regard to practical situations.

Risk management and internal control

•Demonstrate an understanding of the concepts of uncertainty, risk

and opportunity.

•Demonstrate an in-depth understanding of the risk management process.

•Demonstrate an in-depth understanding of the role of internal audit

and audit committees in the risk management process. •In practical scenarios, identify business risks, consider the impact

thereof, and recommend appropriate management responses.

•Demonstrate an in-depth understanding of the principles of sound systems of internal control, in both manual and computerised

environments.

•Demonstrate an awareness of various control frameworks and implement effective monitoring controls.

•Criticise existing systems of internal control constructively, and

recommend improvements.

•Design effective systems of internal control.

AUDITING AND ASSURANCE SERVICES

The legal and regulatory environment governing auditors and

their responsibilities, functions and qualities

•List and explain relevant information pertaining to the auditing

profession; •Analyse and assess the duties, responsibilities and rights of an

auditor as well as the nature of the legal liability of the auditor for audit, related service and other assurance engagements;

•Explain the nature and rationale of self regulation and professional

ethics applicable to the professional accountant and auditor; •Explain the applicable regulatory and standard setting requirements;

and

•Analyse practical situations and identify basic auditing concepts and

principles to be applied.

The audit process

•Explain concepts and principles relevant to the audit function; •Differentiate between the major stages of the audit process and

explain the rationale behind each;

•Assess audit risk at both a financial statement level and at the assertions level for individual balances and classes of transactions

and determine an appropriate response by the auditor to risks

identified; and •Apply the concepts and principles to a given practical situation,

taking cognizance of generally accepted auditing standards and

assessing appropriate audit action.

USER, MANAGER OR EVALUATOR OF INFORMATION

TECHNOLOGY

•Demonstrate an understanding of business and accounting systems, specifically:

•Managing IT systems

•Evaluating IT systems, specifically: •Plan system evaluation

•Evaluate system

• Communicate results of evaluations and follow up

Main Content The module focuses on

Corporate governance

• Principles of Corporate Governance • Legislated and Regulatory Corporate Governance

95

• The Code of Corporate Practices and Conduct of the King II Report

• Business ethics

• Risk management and internal control

Auditing and assurance services

• The legal and regulatory environment governing auditors and their

responsibilities, functions and qualities • The audit process

User, manager or evaluator of information technology


Co-requisites None

Prohibited Combinations None

Breakdown of Learning

Time Hours

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 100

Assignments & tasks: 100

Tests & examinations: 16

Selfstudy 84

Total Learning Time 300

Methods of Student

Assessment

Continuous evaluation: (tests, assignments and tutorials) 50%

Final Examination: 50%

Name of Module ADVANCED FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING 721






Module description

(Header)

B.COM.ACCOUNTING (HONS.) FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING

Generic module name ADVANCE FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING 721

Alpha-numeric code ACC721

Credit Value 50

Duration YEAR (Y)


Level 8

Main Outcomes This module is in compliance with the South African Institute of Chartered Accountants (SAICA) requirements to sit for Part 1 of

their qualifying examination. A student will be able to:

Identify the overall objectives of financial reporting, the specific information needs of equity investors, and the general information

needs of other users. To establish the relationships between

generally accepted accounting practice, legal requirements, financial reporting and prepare and present financial statements in

terms of the Framework (AC 000)

Apply recognition, classification, measurement and disclosure

criteria for the various elements of financial statements.

Apply generally accepted accounting practice

Prepare and report on financial statements, including group financial statements, in terms of International Financial Reporting

Standards (IFRSs) including International Accounting Standards

(IASs) and the Companies Act.

Main Content The module focuses on

Framework

Revenue Recognition Deferred Tax

Financial Instruments

96

Valuations

Group Accounts

Foreign Exchange Earnings Per Share, Headline EPS

Provisions

Employee Benefits Cash Flows

Financial Analysis

Share Based Payments Property, Plant and Equipment (Investment Property and

Property Held for Sale)

Inventory Leases

Reconstruction and Liquidations

Presentation of Financial Statements


Co-requisites None


Breakdown of learning time Contact with Lecturer/Tutor – 200 hours

Tests and Examinations - 16 hours Self-study - 184 hours

Assignments - 100 hours

Total learning time 500 hours (7 Lectures)

Method of student

assessment

Final Examination - 50% final mark

Continuous Evaluation (Tests, Assignments and tutorials) 50%

Name of module ADVANCED TAXATION 706





Module description

(Header) B.COM.ACCOUNTING (HONS.) TAXATION


Credit Value 30

Duration YEAR (Y)


Level 8

Main Outcomes This module is in compliance with the South African Institute of

Chartered Accountants (SAICA) requirements to sit for Part 1 of their qualifying examination. A student will be able to:

Interpret and apply laws and procedures relating to the taxes and

duties levied in terms of :

1. Income Tax Act no.58 of 1962

2. Estate Duty Act no.45 of 1955

3. Value Added Tax Act no.89 of 1991

Main Content The Module focuses on:

1. Income Tax Act no.58 of 1962

The Income Tax Act and any other relevant Acts which may be in force from time to time;

Important decisions of the courts;

The Interpretation and Practice Notes issued by the

Commissioner and by SARS.

The nature of income tax

97

Interpretation of fiscal legislation

Gross income

Specific inclusions

Income exempt from tax

The general deduction formula

Specific Deductions

The taxation of dividends

The taxation of persons other than companies

The taxation of companies and close corporations

Trading stock and deemed trading stock

Foreign exchange profits and losses

Interest incurred and accrued

Lump-sum benefits from pension, provident and retirement

annuity funds

Residents and Non-residents

International double taxation

The avoidance and evasion of tax

Donations tax

Administration

Employees‘ tax and provisional tax

Fringe benefits and allowances

Capital gains tax

Tax planning

2. Estate Duty Act no.45 of 1955

The Estate Duty Act 1955, and any other relevant Acts which may be in force from time to time;

Important decisions of the courts; and

Introduction to estate duty

What constitutes an estate

The valuation of property for estate duty purposes

Allowable deductions

Calculation and apportionment of estate duty payable

Estate planning

3. The Value-Added Tax Act no.89 of 1991

Important decisions of the courts;

The Practice Notes issued by the Commissioner and SARS; and

Definitions

Financial services

Determination of open market value

Administration of the Act

Imposition of value-added tax

Deemed supplies

Time and value of supply

Zero rating

Exempt supplies

Imported goods and services

Accounting basis

Calculation of tax payable

Permissible input tax deductions

Adjustments

Tax invoices, credit and debit notes

Irrecoverable debts

Registration

98

Tax period

Returns and payments of tax

Other returns and assessments

Objections and appeals

Payment, recovery and refunds

Representative

Special provisions

Compliance

Prices and advertisements

Special arrangements (rulings)

Tax avoidance

Fixed property, Transfer duty and stamp duty exemption

Tax planning


Co-requisites None



Time Hours




Selfstudy 84


Methods of Student

Assessment

Continuous evaluation: (tests, assignments and tutorials) 50% Final

Examination: 50%

Name of module Research Project 712





Module description

(Header) B.COM.ACCOUNTING (HONS.) Research Project

Generic module name Research Project 712

Alpha-numeric code ACC 712

Credit Value 20

Duration YEAR (Y)


Level 8

Main Outcomes A student will have the communication and research skills necessary to operate effectively in a professional environment.

Main Content Students are required to do research and write an essay on a topic

from one of the core subjects of the B.Com. Accounting (Hons)

degree being Financial Accounting, Auditing, Management

Accounting & Financial Management and Taxation.

Pre-requisites Admission to B.Com. Accounting (Hons)

Co-requisites None



Time Research and report writing 200 hours

Contact with lecturer/tutor 20

Research and report writing 280


Methods of Student Lecturers will act as supervisors and evaluate the research project:

99

Assessment Research 25%

Content 60%

Presentation 15% 100%

Economics

Name of Module Microeconomics 600

Programme(s) in which new


Faculty Core / Elective

PEPI, Programme in Economic Principles.

Programme in Economic

Principles and Policy (PEPPII)

EM Core

Home Department Economics

Module Topic MICROECONOMICS

Generic Module Name MICROECONOMICS

Alpha-numeric Code ECO600

Credit Value 10

Duration Semester

Proposed semester First Semester

Programmes in which the


PROGRAMME IN ECONOMIC PRINCIPLES AND POLICY

Level 6

Main Outcomes Upon completion of this course students will be able to:

Understand the intermediate concepts of micro-economic principles and their application.

Analyse and interpret graphs.

Make use of mathematical skills for graphical and algebraic

analysis.

Main Content Revision, basic first year level;

Consumer behaviour

Production theory

Costing production

Profit maximization

Dropping assumption of perfect competition

Sales maximization

Pre-requisite modules Previous Degree/Diploma or relevant working experience

Co-requisite modules NONE

Prohibited module

Combination

NONE

A.Breakdown of Learning

Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 48 Lectures p.w. 2

Assignments & tasks: 10 Practicals p.w. 0

Practicals: Tutorials p.w. 1

Selfstudy 30

Other: Please specify 12


Assessment Methods Final Exam = 40% Continuous Assessment Mark = 60% (Assignments; Module Tests;

Tutorial Tests)

Name of Module MACROECONOMICS

100




PEPI, Programme in Economic Principles.

Programme in Economic


EMS Core


Module Topic MACROECONOMICS

Generic Module Name MACROECONOMICS


Credit Value 10

Duration Semester

Proposed semester First semester




Level 6


Understand macro-economic theory

Use graphs and equations to explain macro-economic concepts

Apply macro-economic theory to South African economic

issues.

Main Content National Income

Components of GDP

Goods and Financial Markets

IS-LM model and AD-AS model

Unemployment and Inflation



Prohibited module

Combination

NONE


Time





Selfstudy 29



Assessment Methods Final Exam = 40% Continuous Assessment Mark = 60% (Assignments; Tests)

Name of Module Introduction to Econometrics




PEPI, Programme in Economic

Principles. Programme in Economic Principles and

Policy(PEPPII)

EMS Core


Module Topic Introduction to Econometrics

Generic Module Name Introduction to Econometrics


Numeric Code ECO603

Credit Value 15

101

Duration Semester

Proposed semester 1ST SEMESTER




Level 7

Main Outcomes At the end of the module, students will be able to demonstrate:

An understanding on the basics of probability and statistics

An understanding of the use of econometrics to analyze the

relationship amongst different variables

An ability to run the econometric models and interpret the results

Main Content Nature and scope of Econometrics

Basics of probability and statistics

The linear regression model: Ordinary Least Squares (OLS), bivariate regressions, multivariate regressions,

confidence intervals and hypothesis testing,

Different functional forms of regression models

Regressions on dummy explanatory variables

Introduction to E-Views

Regression analysis in practice: Multicollinearity, autocorrelation and heteroscedasticity



Prohibited module Combination NONE

A.Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week




Selfstudy 83



Assessment Methods Final Exam = 40%

Continuous Assessment Mark = 60% (Assignments; Tests)





Principles. Programme in Economic Principles and

Policy(PEPPII)

EMS Core


Module Topic DEVELOPMENT ECONOMICS

Generic Module Name DEVELOPMENT ECONOMICS


Numeric Code ECO604

Credit Value 15

Duration Semester

Proposed semester 1ST SEMESTER




Level 7

Main Outcomes Upon completion of this course students will be in a position to:

Understand the foundational concepts of development economics and their application.

102

Apply tools of economic analysis to analyse the levels and

patterns of development of developing countries.

Analyse and interpret statistical data.

Make use of mathematical skills for graphical and

algebraic analysis.

Main Content Determination of poverty and inequality

Growth and development experiences of developing countries

Agrarian change and industrialization strategies

Capital Flows, debt and finance








Selfstudy 80




Continuous Assessment Mark = 60% (Assignments, Tests, Presentations)





Principles. Programme in

Economic Principles and Policy (PEPPII)

EMS Core


Module Topic PUBLIC SECTOR ECONOMICS

Generic Module Name PUBLIC SECTOR ECONOMICS


Credit Value 10

Duration Semester

Proposed semester 2ND SEMESTER




Level 6

Main Outcomes Upon the successful completion of this module, students will be

able to:

Understand the composition of the public sector in South Africa.

Critically evaluate the different views on the role of government in an economy

Identify the challenges facing the South Africa government

Understand the basic principles of expenditure- and tax

theory and be able to apply these.

Understand the basics of fiscal policy (including the

budgetary process) in South Africa.

Main Content Composition of public sector in South Africa;

Views on role of government;

Market failures (public goods; mixed and merit goods;

103

externalities; imperfect competition; macro-economic

instability; etc.);

Growth and changing composition of public expenditure in South Africa);

Principles of taxation: equity and efficiency;

Taxation in South Africa;

Fiscal policy and the national budget.








Selfstudy 43



Name of Module MICROECONOMICS





Principles. Programme in Economic


EMS Core


Module Topic MICROECONOMICS

Generic Module Name MICROECONOMICS


Credit Value 15

Duration Semester


Programmes in which the module

will be offered

PROGRAMME IN ECONOMIC PRINCIPLES AND

POLICY

Level 7

Main Outcomes Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to:

Discuss general equilibrium and welfare analysis

Analyse the behaviour of the firm under different market structures

Analyse the firm‘s behaviour using game theory

Explain and formulate the conditions for economic

efficiency

Analyse factor markets under different market structures

Main Content General equilibrium and Welfare Analysis

Market Structure and Competitive Strategy Factor Markets








Selfstudy 88

104




Continuous Assessment Mark = 60% (Assignments, Essays,

Tests, Tutorials)

Name of Module MACROECONOMICS





Principles. Programme in

Economic Principles and Policy (PEPPII)

EMS Core


Module Topic MACROECONOMICS

Generic Module Name MACROECONOMICS


Credit Value 15

Duration Semester





Level 7


Explain monetary and fiscal policy, particularly the contesting approaches of the Neo-classical and Keynesian

schools.

Understand the theory of prices, output, inflation and unemployment.

Discuss the Macroeconomic Policy of South Africa.

Main Content Fiscal and monetary policy

The Phillips curve; the IS-LM model; the AD-AS model; the

Mundell-Fleming model. Government intervention in the macro-economy

Macroeconomic policy in South Africa








Selfstudy 30




Continuous Assessment Mark = 60% (Assignments, Essays, Tests, Tutorials)

Name of Module International Trade Economics





Principles. Programme in Economic Principles and Policy

EMS Core

105

(PEPPII)


Module Topic International Trade Economics

Generic Module Name International Trade Economics


Credit Value 15

Duration Semester





Level 7

Main Outcomes Upon completion of this course students will be in a position to:

Understand the foundational concepts of international economics.

Apply tools of economic analysis to analyse international trade.

Make use of mathematical skills for graphical and algebraic

analysis.

Main Content Theories of why nations trade

Developments in trade theory

Instruments and impact of trade policy

Economic integration & cooperation

International trade and the Developing countries

Balance of payments, Exchange rates and International Trade








Selfstudy 84



Assessment Methods Final Exam = 40% Continuous Assessment Mark = 60% (Assignments, Essays,

Tests)

Name of module International Financial Economics

Programme (s) in which existing


Faculty Core/ Elective

Honours in Economics Economic & Management Sciences Elective


Module description International Financial Economics

Generic module name International Financial Economics

Alpha-numeric code ECO713

Credit Value 20

Duration SEMESTER

Module Type Programme

Level 8

Main Outcomes At the end of this module a student will be able to:

Critically discuss international financial markets,

Demonstrate an understanding of the instruments and strategies that governments and economic agents can

employ to cope with the uncertainties and risk associated

106

with these markets, apply strategies achieved through the

extensive application of case studies.

Main Content The module focuses on:

The Exchange Rate & International Parity Relations

International Monetary System

Eurocurrency Market

Foreign Exchange Market

International Risk

International Portfolio Investment

Managing Foreign Exchange Risk

Valuing Currency Options

Analysis of Currency Options

Sophisticated Hedging Techniques

Managing Interest Rate Risk

The International Bond Market

The Swap Market

Pre-requisites ECO331 & ECO332 and ECO 311 or 338

Co-requisites Applied & Policy Economics (ECO 711) or alternative

Honourslevel course approved by the Department


Breakdown of Learning Time Hours




Practicals: 20

Selfstudy 83

Total Learning Time 200 (3 Lectures )

Methods of Student Assessment CAM 50%

Examination 50%

Name of module CAPITA SELECTA




Honours in Economics ECONOMICS &

MANAGEMENT SCIENCES

Elective

Home Department ECONOMICS

Module description CAPITA SELECTA

Generic module name CAPITA SELECTA


Credit Value 60

Duration ONE YEAR


Level 8


develop and research a topic of interest;

search for relevant literature;

draft a short research proposal;

write clear and coherent academic arguments on

the selected topics

present the topic formally in a seminar session of

the department;

engage in debates on selected topics


Introduction to research methodology and design;

107

Selection of essay topic;

Literature Search;

Research proposal;

Structuring of Research Essay;

Guidance with academic writing and referencing

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None




Assignments & tasks: 45 2 Lectures


Practicals: 4

Selfstudy 120


Methods of Student Assessment Final essay

Name of module Applied Econometrics

Programme (s) in which new



Honours in Economics

Economic & Management

Sciences

Elective / Core if student wish to

proceed to Masters Level


Module description Applied Econometrics

Generic module name Applied Econometrics


Credit Value 20

Duration SEMESTER


Level 8


Demonstrate an understanding of advanced econometrics concepts

Critically discuss variables selection, model formulation and regression analysis.

Write, read and interpret multiple regression results.


A revies of basic statistical concepts

The nature of regression analysis

Two –variable regression analysis: Some basic

ideas

Pre-requisites ECO331 and ECO311 or 3rd Year Statistics,

Co-requisites ECO338





Tests & examinations: 9 3 Lectures

Practicals: 0

Selfstudy 160


Methods of Student Assessment CAM 50% Examination 50%

108

Name of module MICROECONOMICS




HONOURS

In Economics

ECONOMICS &

MANGEMENT SCIENCES

CORE


Module description MICROECONOMICS

Generic module name MICROECONOMICS


Credit Value 20

Duration SEMESTER


Level 8

Main Outcomes At the end of this module students will be able to critically:

interpret the fundamental principles of

microeconomics covered in the undergraduate courses

on a more advanced level;

discuss and debate the relevance of newer developments

in the theory of consumer choice;

analyse more modern approaches to industrial

organisation;

apply theoretical principles to South African

microeconomic issues;

analyse and interpret market structures and concentration

in South Africa;

interpret and debate competition policy in South Africa.


Theory of production;

Theories of Consumer Choice (traditional and

modern);

Competitive Output and Input Markets;

General Equilibrium Analysis;

Non-Competitive Markets;

Efficiency of Markets & Economic Welfare;

Modern Industrial Organisation;

Market Concentration & Competition Policy in South Africa

Pre-requisites ECO 331

Co-requisites None





Tests & examinations: 06 2 Lectures and 2 Tutorials

Selfstudy 120



Name of existing module Macroeconomics

Programme (s) in which existing module will be offered


Honours

In Economics

Economic & Management Sciences Core


109

Module description Macroeconomics

Generic module name Macroeconomics


Credit Value 20

Duration SEMESTER


Level 8

Main Outcomes At the end of this module students will be able to:

Demonstrate an understanding of advanced macroeconomic theory;

Apply the theory as an analytical tool to interrogate and critique macroeconomic policies in emerging

markets in general and South Africa in particular.

Main Content This module focuses on:

Money, interest rates, the global economy; booms and

recessions

Aggregate supply and inflation; dynamic aggregate

supply and demand

Equilibrium in financial markets

Short-run equilibrium

Medium-term equilibrium

Inter-temporal budget constraints in the public sector

Macroeconomic consequences of high inflation

Finance and growth; financial repression

Financial reform; sequencing reforms

Coping with capital flows

Crises in emerging economies

Macroeconomic management in emerging economies

Macroeconomic growth theory and policies

Pre-requisites ECO332

Co-requisites None





Tests & examinations: 06 (2 Lectures)

Practicals: 12

Selfstudy 100



Name of Module LABOUR ECONOMICS




Honours in Economics ECONOMICS &

MANAGEMENT SCIENCES

Elective


Module Topic Labour Economics


Credit Value 15

Duration Semester

Proposed semester First Semester


will be offered

B. Com. Honours

B. Econ. Honours

110

Level 8

Main Outcomes At the end of this module a student will be able to demonstrate

that he/she can:

Apply the basic theory of Labour Economics to

understand the crucial problems facing South

Africa today

Interpret recent trends in labour supply and demand


The theory of Labour Economics

Recent trends in labour supply and demand

Informal sector activities

Education and human capital

Productivity

Trade unions and collective bargaining

Labour market discrimination

Unemployment

Labour market policy

Pre-requisite modules ECO 331 and ECO 332, ECO 233

Co-requisite modules None

Prohibited module combination ECO821



Assignments & tasks: 43 Practicals p.w.

0

Tests & examination: 06 Tutorials p.w. 1

Selfstudy: 70


Assessment Methods Continuous 50% and Final 50%

Name of existing module PUBLIC ECONOMICS




HONOURS in Economics ECONOMICS & MANAGEMENT SCIENCES

ELECTIVE


Module description PUBLIC ECONOMICS


Credit Value 20

Duration SEMESTER


Level 8


debate the various perspectives on government

intervention in an economy;

analyse theories of public expenditure, taxation and debt finance in an advanced manner;

demonstrate an understanding and interpret issues of social security in South Africa;

demonstrate an understanding of the economic rationale for and relationship between sub-national governments

analyse and interpret the impact of public sector

activities on the economy, in a macro as well as microeconomic context;

debate the features of fiscal policy in South Africa, with

111

reference to the theory and international experience


Role of Government in the South African economy;

Market Failure; Public goods & Externalities;

Public Choice Issues; Theory of Taxation; Tax

Issues in South Africa as Developing country;

Income Distribution and Social Security Issues;

Growth of Government and Privatisation;

Public Debt, Budget Balances & Debt Finance;

Fiscal Policy & the National Budget;

Intergovernmental Fiscal Relations in South Africa


Co-requisites None





Tests & examinations: 06 3 Lectures and 2 Tutorials

Practicals: 0

Selfstudy 130



Name of new module International Economics

Programme (s) in which module will be offered


Honours in Economics EMS Elective


Module description International Economics


Credit Value 20

Duration Semester


Level 8


Demonstrate an understanding and analyse the

dynamics of trade among developed and developing countries in the globalized trading

system;

Evaluate trade and industrial policy of the developing countries specially South Africa;

Assess the impact of trade on environment;

Analyse the role of WTO in international trade.


Modern trade Theories

Growth and Development with international trade.

Changes in trade pattern with economic integration

Globalisation and international trade

International resource movements and

multinational corporation

Trade and poverty

Trade and environment

Trade and WTO

112


Co-requisites N/A






Practicals: 0

Selfstudy 120


Methods of Student Assessment Continuous evaluation 50% + Examination 50%

Name of module Development Economics

Programme (s) in which existing



Honours in Economics Economic & Management Sciences Elective


Module description Development Economics


Credit Value 20

Duration SEMESTER


Level 8


Debate the dynamics of challenges confronting developing economies

Critically evaluate alternative models of development

Apply advanced quantitative techniques to analyze and craft development policies

Comprehend scholarly debates and cutting-edge

research in development economics


Perspective on Economic Development

The roles of institutions (states, markets, social capital, etc) in economic development

Dual economy models and agrarian change

Industrial and Technological Development

The effect of globalization on developing economies

Pre-requisites ECO 331, ECO 332

Co-requisites ECO 731, ECO 732

Prohibited Combinations





Selfstudy 120


Methods of Student Assessment

Name of module Advanced International Trade




113

Masters in Economics Economic & Management Sciences Elective


Module description Advanced Macroeconomics


Credit Value 15

Duration SEMESTER


Level 9


Critically demonstrate an understanding and analyse the dynamics of trade among developed and

developing countries in the globalized trading system;

Critically evaluate trade and industrial policy of the

developing countries specially South Africa;

Critically assess the impact of trade on environment;

Critically analyse the role of WTO in international trade.


Modern trade Theories

Growth and Development with international trade.

Changes in trade pattern with economic integration

Globalisation and international trade

International resource movements and multinational corporation

Trade and poverty

Trade and environment

Trade and WTO


Co-requisites None






Selfstudy 85


Methods of Student Assessment CAM50% Final Exam 50%

Name of module Applied Research Workshop

Programme (s) in which



Masters in Economics Economic & Management Sciences

Core


Module description Applied Research Workshop

Generic module name Applied Research Workshop


Credit Value 15

Duration Year Long


Level 9

Main Outcomes At the end of this module a student will be able to critically:

write an effective and persuasive research proposal

observe the ethical conduct of research

114

apply qualitative and quantitative research techniques in

economics research

communicate in writing and orally research outputs

design and execute research projects individually and in a

team


Thinking-writing exercises

Research Ethics – plagiarism, team research

Research problems, questions, purpose and hypothesis statements

Conceptual framework based on literature review

Quantitative and qualitative research methodology

Research proposals and final papers

Pre-requisites Economics Honours

Co-requisites None






Selfstudy 49


Methods of Student Assessment CAM 50% Examination 50%\

Name of module Econometrics




Masters in Economics EMS Core


Module description Econometrics

Generic module name Econometrics


Credit Value 15

Duration Semester


Level 9

Main Outcomes At the end of this module students will be able to critically:

Apply quantitative techniques to Economic model building

Master computation skills through practical examples.

Analyze claims in Economic theory

Main Content Using elementary Algebra in Economics

Systems of equations and matrix algebra

Calculus of single variable and multivariate optimization

Integral calculus

Constrained optimization techniques

Economic applications and model building

Pre-requisites ECO 730 or Equivalent

Co-requisites None





115


Practicals: 0

Selfstudy 70


Methods of Student

Assessment

CAM 50% Examination 50%

Name of module Advanced Macroeconomics




Masters in Economics Economic & Management Sciences Core


Module description Advanced Macroeconomics

Generic module name Advanced Macroeconomics

Alpha-numeric code ECO 832

Credit Value 15

Duration SEMESTER

Module Type Porgramme

Level 9


Apply advanced macro techniques for quantitative

analysis

Analyse macro policy in South Africa

Apply current literature review on selected topics

Write a coherent summary report on selected topics

Write own research papers


Growth and Measurement

Growth theory revisited

SA Labour Market

Consumption and Savings

Classical & Neoclassicla growth models

Growth & Social capital

Business cycle

Fiscal and monetary policies

Exchange rate regimes

Inflation & Investment

Globalisation of trade and financial markets

Trade issues & technical changes


Co-requisites None






Practicals: 3 Lectures

Selfstudy 85



Information Systems

Name of module Building and Buying Systems

116



EMS Core

Home Department Department of Information Systems (B Com Honours IFS, Part time)

Module description Information Systems

Generic module name Building and Buying Systems

Alpha-numeric code IFS713

Credit Value 15

Duration Term


Level 8

Main Outcomes At the completion of the module, the students must be able to

- Describe the major options and issues related to the development and/or purchase of information systems

technology and identify where each option may be

appropriate. - Identify a real-world system acquisition problem, identify the

major options available, and write a formal report

recommending a proposed solution to the problem.

Main Content - An investigation of system development and package implementation options.

- Issues related to the development and/or purchase of

information systems - Real-world system acquisition problems

Pre-requisites Admission to B Com Honours IS (Part time)

Co-requisites None



Formal seminars 30

Small group meetings 40

Individual study 50

Essay research and preparation 28

Examination 2


Methods of Student

Assessment

Examination (40%), Group participation (30%), Essay (30%).

Name of module Innternship



EMS Core

Home Department Department of Information Systems (BCom Hons IFS Full-time

Module description IFS714

Generic module name Internship


Credit Value 45

Duration Semester


Level 8

Main Outcomes At the end of this module the student will be able to:

Apply knowledge learnt at university

Evaluate knowledge applicable in the real world

Write professional reports

Critically evaluate the way things are done in business

compared to theory

117

Self manage one‘s work

Effectively communicate work progress

Main Content This is a practical model.

Students are allocated to various organisations to acquire first hand experience in the field of information systems and business.

Content learnt in business will depend on the type of organisation

the student will be allocated in. The broad scope of envisaged exposure should include:

Analysis

Design

Development

Programming

Facilitation

Testing

Documentation

Training

Pre-requisites Admission to B Com Honours IS (Full time), Students should have finished course work for first semester B.Com Honours (IS).

Co-requisites None



Contact with lecturer : 20

Preparation for report: 30

Exposure at a work environment

and self preparation

400


Methods of Student

Assessment

Students will be expected to write a full report on work done and progress at the organisation (40%)

The mentor/supervisor will evaluate the student based on progress

in terms of the student‘s performance at work (60%).

Name of module The networked world



EMS Core



Generic module name The networked world


Credit Value 15

Duration Term


Level 8


- Describe the major issues and trends in inter-organisational and eCommerce systems

- Describe the roles of systems and enterprise architects

- Describe the strategic opportunities that Information Systems provide and the implications of implementing strategic

systems

Main Content - Investigation of the issues related to inter-organisational and strategic systems and the role of the architect in planning

such systems.

- Inter-organisational and e-commerce systems

118

- The role of systems and enterprise architects

- Strategic opportunities that Information Systems provide


Co-requisites None



Formal seminars 30


Individual study 50

Essay research and preparation 28 3 Lectures

Examination 2


Methods of Student

Assessment


Name of module Knowledge Management



EMS Core



Generic module name Knowledge Management


Credit Value 15

Duration Term


Level 8


- Describe Knowledge Management, Learning Organisations and related concepts in detail, and give a reasoned view of

the role of IT in managing organisational knowledge

- Differentiate between explicit and tacit knowledge and discuss the different techniques required to manage each.

- Discuss specific IT techniques which can assist in knowledge

management

Main Content - Knowledge Management, Learning Organisations and related

concepts

- Explicit and tacit knowledge and different techniques required to manage each.

- IT techniques which can assist in knowledge management


Co-requisites None



Formal seminars 30


Individual study 50 3 Lectures


Examination 2


Methods of Student

Assessment


Name of module Research Methods

Programme (s) in which EMS Core

119


Home Department Department of Information Systems (B Com Honours IFS, Part

time)


Generic module name Research Methods


Credit Value 10

Duration Term


Level 8


- Demonstrate a clear understanding of the issues involved in

formal research projects - Competently apply standard research methods to problems in

the Information Technology arena

- Write a well-reasoned and properly documented research proposal and report

Main Content - Research principles

- Formal research methods

- Application of research methods in the IT field - Proposal writing and referencing

Pre-requisites Admission to B Com Honours IFS (Part time)

Co-requisites This module cannot be completed until the previous four modules

have been completed IFS718, IFS719, IFS714, IFS715



Formal seminars 20

Individual study 30 3 Lectures

Mini-thesis proposal research and preparation

50


Methods of Student

Assessment

Formal research proposal (100%)

Name of module Managing Information Technology



EMS Core



Generic module name Managing Information Technology


Credit Value 15

Duration Term


Level 8


- Identify the important IT/IS technological trends and current status, and discuss their implications for the commercial

world

- Demonstrate a clear understanding of the management issues involved in technology decision-making and control

- Research specific aspects of the technological environment; present reasoned findings to seminar participants; and write

a formal academic paper on a chosen technology subject.

120

Main Content - An investigation of current information technologies and

management issues related to them

- Trends in IT/IS - Management issues involved in technology decision-making

and control

- Research specific aspects of the technological environment


Co-requisites None



Formal seminars 30


Individual study 50 3 lectures


Examination 2


Methods of Student

Assessment


Name of module INFORMATION SYSTEMS PRACTICE



EMS Core

Home Department Information Systems (B Com Honours IFS, Full- time)

Module description IFS 721

Generic module name Information Systems Practice

Alpha-numeric code IFS 721

Credit Value 15

Duration Term


Level 8

Main Outcomes At the end of the course, students should be able to:

Explain how theories, research and ideas from academia are applied in the “real world” of information systems.

Demonstrate insights learned from practicing IS

professionals. Contribute to the design, development and implementation

of information systems in management decision-making and

to analyse the impact of information systems on the enterprise.

Select and use appropriate frameworks for analysing

information system issues and developing decisions to address them.

Analyse a case study in terms of a) the role of IS in business

strategy and organisational design, and b) solving the IS/IT

problems of the particular company.

Main Content Theme 1: Introduction

Overview

The changing face of business

The IS revolution and its impact on transforming business,

organisations and management The role of IT in the networked era

IT/IS STRATEGIC ISSUES

Theme 2: Business platforms for the 21st century Continuous customer connection

o The internet

121

o E-commerce

o M-commerce

Asset reconfiguration Knowledge leverage

Theme 3: IT planning and implementation Management of

organisational change

Planning fundamentals

Formulating IS strategy

Implementation challenges

The management of organisational change

Information systems, organisations, and business processes

Reengineering – changing business and business processes The management of organisational change

Theme 4: IT Governance

Setting direction for information resources Board briefing on IT Governance

Finding a way to measure technology‘s benefits

Theme 5: IT Security Management

Information security governance

Trends in security technology

Information security management: Understanding ISO 17799

Theme 6: Total Cost of Ownership

TCO analyst – next generation total cost of ownership

methodology Determining total cost of ownership

Theme 7: Asset Management

Improving productivity & lowering costs through asset

management

Asset tracking – a logical first step toward distributed enterprise asset management

Theme 8: Outsourcing

Managing IT outsourcing

Evaluating the benefits of IT outsourcing

Theme 9: IT Service Management

ITIL and IT service management

IT/IS OPERATIONAL ISSUES

Theme 10: The Application Service Provider Model

E-sourcing the corporation – harnessing the power of web-based application services providers

ASP fusion for the enterprise

Theme 11: Services Procurement

Application hosting: A customer primer

Alternative approach: Purchasing systems

Theme 12: Preparing for the future

Future trends in information technology

Emerging technologies

Pre-requisites Admission to B Com Honours IS (Full time)

Co-requisites None






Selfstudy 29

Case preparation/Analysis 24


122

Methods of Student

Assessment

Group presentations and case studies 15%

Group assignment 35%

Final exam 50%

Total 100%

Name of module Information Systems Research



EMS Core

Home Department Information Systems (B Com Honours IFS, Full-time)


Generic module name Information Systems Research


Credit Value 15

Duration Term


Level 8


Differentiate between and explain qualitative and quantitative research

Describe a variety of research methods

Create a research proposal Do elementary research

Main Content The main content of this module focuses on:

The nature and history of academic research Research in business

Quantitative and qualitative research methods including case

studies, surveys, actions research, etc. Research proposal and report writing

Pre-requisites Admission to B Com Honours IFS (Full time)

Co-requisites None






Practicals: 6 Lectures

Selfstudy 29



Methods of Student

Assessment

Presentations 15%

Assignments 35%

Final exam 50%

Total 100%

Name of module Research Project



EMS Core



Generic module name Information Systems Research


Credit Value 45

Duration Semester


Level 8

123


Write a research proposal

Conduct a small research project Write a report on a research project

Main Content This is a research project module and there does not offer content

as such. Relevant material on how to do research will however be provided.


Co-requisites None




Research activities 380


Methods of Student

Assessment

Research report 100%

Total 100%

Name of module End User Practical





Generic module name End User Practical


Credit Value 15

Duration Term


Level 8.1

Main Outcomes After completing the course, students will be able to:

Prepare for effective written and oral presentations

Conduct professional presentations

Write professional reports

Critically evaluate effective presentations

Work in teams

Manage teams

Conduct research

Main Content This course is a training course for graduate information systems

students. It encompasses training tyro in both verbal and written

presentation skills. The course take one of the two forms of learning:

Form1: User training skills.

o Students are trained to become trainers and there after are placed in classes where they will teach computer literacy

courses to other students. Or

Form 2: Professional presentation skills.

o Students are first trained in presentation skills through a

workshop and series of classes wherein they will research and present on different topics. Eventually students will

present to established business executives to test

presentation skills learnt in the course. After completion of this course the student will gain skills that

include report writing, presentation, general communications skills

and ability to work in groups. The course gives tyro confidence to present on any topic.

Course content is as follows:

Presentation skills

124

Report writing skills

Effective written and oral communication

Research in various topics

Teaching/Presenting

Working in groups

Pre-requisites Admission to B Com Honours (IFS) Full time

Co-requisites None

Prohibited Combinations IS731



Preparation for assignments: 20 6 Lectures

Presentations (Tests & examinations):

20

Practicals: 50

Selfstudy 40


Methods of Student

Assessment

Students are assessed on report writing and on presentation skills

by the lecturer and business executives (or students they train).

There are no traditional written tests or exams for this course.

Assessment Weight: Form1: Class Participation (15%); Student Assessment Marks

(5%); Your Class Average (5%); Lecturer Assessment (20%);

Presentations and reports (30%); and Personal Report (25%). Form 2: Class presentation (35%); Class participation (15%);

Lecturer assessment (10%); Professional audience report (20%)

and Personal report (20%)

Name of module Capita Selecta



EMS Core



Generic module name Capita Selecta


Credit Value 45

Duration Semester


Level 8

Main Outcomes At the end of the module, students will be able to demonstrate

understanding of the selected topics and be able to:

Analyse and explain current issues in the field;

Engage in debates on selected topics;

Investigate and explain problems related to the selected

topics;

Write clear and coherent academic arguments on the selected

topics.

Main Content The selected topics will vary according to the interest and expertise of the lecturer.

Pre-requisites Admission to B Com Honours IS (Full time)

Co-requisites None






125

Practicals: 150

Selfstudy 190 7 Lectures

Presentations 15

Total Learning Time 450 600??

Methods of Student

Assessment

Tests 20% Assignments 30%

Presentations 10%

Final Examination 40%

Total 100%

Name of module Delivering IS Benefits



EMS Core

Home Department Department of Information Systems (B Com Honours IFS, Full-

time)


Generic module name Delivering IS Benefits


Credit Value 15

Duration Term


Level 8

Main Outcomes At the end of this module the student will be able to: - understand and be able to explain how projects are the

means to deliver a business strategy

- be aware of the organisational competencies that realise

the benefits of an IS/IT investment - have knowledge and experience of how these principles

are applied in practice

Main Content The main content of this module focuses on:

Organisational competencies that are required to deliver IS

benefits. These competencies are presented in a framework that describes the information management body of knowledge. This

framework contains 5 core concepts which together form the outline of the content for this module:

- Information technology knowledge area

- Information systems knowledge area

- Business process knowledge area

- Business benefits knowledge area

- Business strategy knowledge area

Organisations that have competency in these five knowledge areas

are more likely to be able to deliver IS benefits because the framework addresses the well know gap between business strategy

on the one hand and technology on the other.


Co-requisites




Preparation for assignments: 30

Presentations (Tests & examinations):

20

Practicals: 20

Selfstudy 60


126

Methods of Student

Assessment

Continuous assessment through weekly minor assignments (40%)

as well a major assignment (60%).

There are no traditional written tests or exams for this course.

Name of module Practical Research Project



EMS Core



Generic module name Practical Research Project


Credit Value 50

Duration Semester


Level 8


- Conduct a significant piece of research in the Information Technology area and write it up as a formal research report

Main Content - This is a practical research project in an IT-related subject of

the student‘s choice.

Pre-requisites Admission to B Com Honours IS (Part time), Module 140716 (Research Methods)

Co-requisites None



Supervisor meetings 50

Group presentations 20 3 Lectures

Individual research and report

preparation

430


Methods of Student

Assessment

Final research report (100%)

Faculty EMS FACULTY

Home Department INFORMATION SYSTEMS

Module Topic Principles of Information Technology in business

Generic Module Name Principles of Information Technology in business

Alpha-numeric Code IFM711

NQF Level 8

NQF Credit Value 15

Duration SEMESTER

Proposed semester to be

offered. (For Calendar Groups)

1



PGD IN ICT

Year level 1

Main Outcomes This module will provide an introduction to the management and

procurement of IT in business,

Main Content Key aspects of business applications, the World-Wide-Web,

Computer hardware, software and infrastructure, as well as mobile

applications and current IT trends.

127

Pre-requisite modules NONE



A. Breakdown of Learning

Time(example) Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

(example)

Contact with lecturer / tutor: Lectures p.w. 2

Assignments & tasks: Practicals p.w.

Practicals: Tutorials p.w. 1.5

Assessments

Selfstudy

Other: Please specify


Method of Student Assessment

Assessment Module type

Faculty EMS FACULTY


Module Topic Principles of Information Technology in business

Generic Module Name Principles of Information Technology in business


NQF Level 8

NQF Credit Value 15

Duration SEMESTER

Proposed semester to be offered.

(For Calendar Groups)

1


will be offered

PGD IN ICT

Year level 1

Main Outcomes This module will provide an introduction to the management and

procurement of IT in business,

Main Content Key aspects of business applications, the World-Wide-Web,

Computer hardware, software and infrastructure, as well as mobile applications and current IT trends.






(example)




Assessments

Selfstudy




Assessment Module type

128

Faculty EMS FACULTY


Module Topic Information Technology Service Management

Generic Module Name Application management [15 Credits]


NQF Level 8

NQF Credit Value 15

Duration SEMESTER



1



PGD IN ICT

Year level 1

Main Outcomes This module will focus on planning, implementing, and maintaining of

business IT applications.

Main Content The module will expand on the application management opportunities and

challenges, vendor neutral desktop management of office productivity,

messaging and internet applications. It will also look at vendor neutral server application management and specifically directory management,

networking, enterprise messaging/email and database management.

Mainframe applications management will encompass user account controls, job management, partition management, virtualisation, middleware,

databases and business applications.

Enterprise Application Management will include the particulars of Service Oriented Architecture (SOA) Management and Virtualized Application

Management will look at Virtual Environments using VMWare ESX,

Microsoft Hyper-V and Citrix XEN Server. Internet Application Management will focus on Internet Firewalls, Internet Proxies, Messaging,

Voice/Video and Social Networking. The storage, backup, messaging and

business applications aspect of Cloud Computing will be studied. Mobile Applications Management will focus on Mobile OS‘s, App Store‘s,

and industry specific Mobile Applications.

Application Service Providers or Software as a Service (SaaS) will cater for

Web Applications, Application Service Provider (ASP) Models, ASP

Security, and ASP Risks.

Systems Integration will look at aspects of Electronic Data Interchange, Industry standards XML such as Interactive Financial Exchange or IFX,

Web Services and Database Integration.



Prohibited module

Combination

NONE



(example)




Assessments

Selfstudy




Assessment Module type FA

129

Generic Module Name Information Technology Governance and Risk Management


NQF Level 8

NQF Credit Value 15

Duration SEMESTER



2



PGD IN ICT

Year level 1

Main Outcomes Module 5 will introduce IT Governance and Risk Management from a

theoretical perspective, specifically looking at models from the IT Infrastructure Library (ITIL) and ISO20000/2 Implementation, the Open

Government Architecture Framework (TOGAF), Control Objectives for

IT (CobIT), the King III Governance Requirements, Sarbanes Oxley Act

Generic Module Name Information Technology Service Management


NQF Level 8

NQF Credit Value 15

Duration SEMESTER



1



PGD IN ICT

Year level 1

Main Outcomes Module 4 will focus predominantly on IT Services management from

an ISO20000/1, and BS15000 and IT Infrastructure Library perspective.

Main Content It will provide practical and theoretical training on Project Management

for IT Managers, Finance for IT Managers, IT Procurement Management, IT Process Management, IT Helpdesk/Call Centre

Management, Change and configuration management, Customer

Relationship Management and Client Management.



Prohibited module

Combination

NONE



(example)


Assignments & tasks: Practicals

p.w.


Assessments

Selfstudy





130

Requirements, Security and ISO27001 Information Security Framework,

IT Sourcing Strategies, IT Asset Management and IT Risk management

and the ISO 27005 framework.

Main Content Module 5 will introduce IT Governance and Risk Management from a

theoretical perspective, specifically looking at models from the IT

Infrastructure Library (ITIL) and ISO20000/2 Implementation, the Open Government Architecture Framework (TOGAF), Control Objectives for

IT (CobIT), the King III Governance Requirements, Sarbanes Oxley Act

Requirements, Security and ISO27001 Information Security Framework, IT Sourcing Strategies, IT Asset Management and IT Risk management

and the ISO 27005 framework.



Prohibited module

Combination

NONE



(example)




Assessments

Selfstudy





Faculty EMS FACULTY


Module Topic Business specific systems and applications

Generic Module Name Business specific systems and applications


NQF Level 8

NQF Credit Value 15

Duration SEMESTER



2



PGD IN ICT

Year level 1

Main Outcomes Module 6 will cater specifically for host organisation specific

infrastructure and applications, and will provide an Introduction to business specific systems and applications, Enterprise Resource Planning,

Customer Relationship Management (CRM), Document Management,

Content Management, Internet Banking (Banking specific) and Banking Trading Platforms (Investment Banking specific). This module will likely

be hosted/co-presented by one or all of the host companies.

Main Content Module 6 will cater specifically for host organisation specific infrastructure and applications, and will provide an Introduction to

business specific systems and applications, Enterprise Resource Planning,

Customer Relationship Management (CRM), Document Management, Content

131

Management, Internet Banking (Banking specific) and Banking Trading

Platforms (Investment Banking specific). This module will likely be

hosted/co-presented by one or all of the host companies.



Prohibited module

Combination

NONE



(example)




Assessments

Selfstudy





Faculty Community and Health Sciences

Home Department School of Public Health

Module Topic Health Systems

Generic Module Name Health Systems

Alpha-numeric Code IFH811

NQF Level 9

NQF Credit Value 20

Duration One Semester


offered.

2nd Semester



M.Com in Information Management

Year level 1

Main Outcomes At the end of this module students should be able to:

Identify the components of, and describe the organisation

and operation of healthcare and public health systems on an international basic.

Identify the role of policy processes and health politics in health management.

Apply and describe different types of policy analyses in health policy development scenarios.

Recognize the interdependence of the different professions

within the health workforce and assess the degree to which each profession is meeting the health needs of the

population and the goals of an effective, efficient health

service systems.

Identify the various facilities and programs that exist in a

health service system, and assess the degree to which each form of organization, individually and in combination with

other types of organizations, is meeting the health needs of

the population and the goals of an effective, efficient Health services system.

Identify the major characteristics of various health financing programs.

132

Apply and articulate their understanding of vertical health programs on different levels, particularly on

Evaluate and design health services integration initiatives

Main Content

Introduction to Health Systems

Health Policy and planning

National Health Systems in Europe, USA, Asia and Africa

Vertical Health Programme Management

Pre-requisite modules None


Prohibited module

Combination

None


Time

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 70 Lectures 2

Assessments: 5 Practicals

Assignments & Tasks 45 Tutorials

Practicals:

Selfstudy 80



Assessment Module type Continual assessment, assignments, presentations; final assessment

Assessment Module Type CFA



Module Topic Health Systems

Generic Module Name Health Systems


NQF Level 9

NQF Credit Value 20



offered.

Semester two




Year level 1

Main Outcomes

At the end of this module students should be able to:

Apply their understanding of the special requirements of data management in healthcare.

Develop and implement a data model within a database

management system.

Define measures to ensure consistency, completeness, timelines, robustness and relevancy of data.

Apply their understanding of a range of different international

Classification Systems.

Identify and manipulate encodings within and translations into

other classification systems.

Map data terminologies to each other and to classification

systems.

Develop and implement policies and technologies to protect

data integrity and validity.

133

Design and implement risk assessment, risk management and

business continuity plans to ensure data security and confidentiality.

Review and evaluate the processes necessary for monitoring

quality in healthcare settings.

Maintain balance among the three vital health related aspects:

quality, utilization, and risk.

Main Content

Health care data management

Health data quality

Health classification systems

Health care data security

Healthcare risk management



Prohibited module

Combination

None


Time




Practicals:

Selfstudy 50







Module Topic Hospital Information Systems

Generic Module Name Hospital Information Systems


NQF Level 9

NQF Credit Value 20

Duration Year module


offered.

Both




Year level 1

Main Outcomes


Apply their understanding of the different types of Information

technology (IT) applications used in healthcare settings

Articulate and apply their knowledge of state-of-the art IT

applications of hospitals, their core business processes and functions.

Provide healthcare organizations with the necessary conceptual and technical know-how for planning, implementation and

monitoring of Electronic Health Records (EHR).

Define key performance indicators and reporting systems for hospital management.

134

Apply data modelling to ensure query performance, data

availability and overall Business Intelligence (BI) results.

Apply data governance principles.

Apply their understanding of the value of telemedicine in

health management systems.

Apply their understanding of future technological development in software and hardware to meet upcoming requirements in

healthcare.

Articulate their knowledge of innovation cycles for new technologies.

Define rules and implementation pathways for new technologies

Main Content

Health Information Systems

System functionality of state-of-the art health information systems Electronic Health Records

Features and functionality of IT systems for HER

Typical clinical pathways and related workflows in HER

Business Intelligence in Health

Business Intelligence tools

Data extraction procedures and transformation tools

Handling of ―Extraction-Transformation-Loading‘-Processes (ETL)

Reporting and visualization of data Telemedicine

Overview of eHealth

Infrastructure and technologies as applied to eHealth

National and international regulations regarding telemedicine Emerging technologies

Future technological developments in software and hardware

Potential application fields for new practises and technologies

Assessment of emerging technologies



Prohibited module

Combination

None


Time




Practicals:

Selfstudy 85







Module Topic Information Systems Planning and Implementation

Generic Module Name Information Systems Planning and Implementation


NQF Level 9

NQF Credit Value 15

135



offered.

Semester two




Year level 1

Main Outcomes


Articulate and apply their understanding of the role of

information technology and management information systems in the delivery of health services.

Organize and evaluate effective and efficient computer systems

to enhance the functioning of hospitals, physician practices, integrated service delivery systems, and managed care

organizations.

Define the information needs of an organization and design appropriate Information Technology (IT) solutions.

Organize and conduct information requirements analysis.

Apply and articulate their understanding of process modelling.

Implement and optimize essential healthcare processes.

Design innovative system processes with appropriate IT-support, with the inclusion of continuous and sustainable

system improvement.

Define, lead and/or structure an information system project.

Articulate and apply their knowledge of procedure models and

international reference modes for project management.

Apply methods of systems engineering to the development of

information systems in health care.

Main Content

Health Information Management

Strategic alignment of information technology

Information systems analysis

Design and management of information systems

Process Management

Principles of process management

Design, optimization and re-evaluation of structures and processes

Information Systems Project Management

Basic principles of project management

Identification and allocation of resources

Project management tool Information Systems Analysis, Design, Implementation and Evaluation

Methods for systems engineering

The systems development lifecycle

User resistance and change management in IS/IT

Evaluation of clinical information systems



Prohibited module

Combination

None


Time




Practicals:

136

Selfstudy 35







Module Topic Strategic management and Leadership in Health Organization

Generic Module Name Strategic management and Leadership in Health Organization


NQF Level 9

NQF Credit Value 15

Duration Year Module


offered.

Year Module




Year level 1

Main Outcomes

At the completion of the module, the students should be able to:

Develop a business strategy for a health organization.

Apply key concepts and theories of strategies management to

the management of an organization.

Conduct all stages of a basic cost effectiveness analysis.

Design a financing plan for clinical purposes

Plan and allocate human resources according to IT-support in

healthcare

Establish, structure and manage inter-departmental project

teams.

Handle professional and emphatic staff management.

Apply statistical process control techniques for healthcare management and clinical problems.

Design, plan, implement and monitor QM processes in all

fields of healthcare.

Apply ethical principles in the execution of their management

duties.

Main Content

Strategic Management In health Organizations

Management economics

Theory and practise of systemic organizational change

Development, integration, and application of key elements of

organizational and management theory

Financial Management for Health Organizations

Basic principles of finance and selected insurance concepts

Methods, standards and approaches of financing

Cost analysis and evaluation of cost-effectiveness

HRM in Health Organizations

Concepts in human resources management.

Relationship between human resources management and general management, nature of work and human resources.

137

Risk and Quality Management in Healthcare

Overview of relevant laws and regulations regarding HIM

Perspectives on managerial, organizational, professional and clinical

ethics



Prohibited module

Combination

None


Time




Practicals:

Selfstudy 80







Module Topic IT Resource Management

Generic Module Name IT Resource Management


NQF Level 9

NQF Credit Value 15

Duration One semester


offered.

One or Two




Year level 1

Main Outcomes


Design, plan, implement and monitor Information Technology

(IT) services in a healthcare environment.

Define service level agreements between the IT department and

user departments.

Align IT services with the current and future needs of the

healthcare organization and its patients.

Design an IT infrastructure for a health organization according

to general IT standards

Ensure the interoperability of used applications among organizational and external entities.

Define requirements for IT Vendors.

Develop, manage and control vendor contracts.

Leverage small specialist providers against global providers according to the advantages and disadvantages inherent in their

products

Apply monitoring and performance management with regards

to vendors.

138

Main Content

Health Service Management

Reference models for IT service management

Evaluation, implementation and continual improvement of IT service

delivery

Monitoring the functionality and cost-effectiveness of running healthcare systems

Management of external services and resources IT Infrastructure Management

IT infrastructure management principles

The divisions of an infrastructure management

Frameworks of IT-infrastructure and their client processes

Comparison of standardized systems with custom systems

Healthcare Information Technology Vendor Management

Evaluation of IT Vendor and distributors

Vendor relationship management



Prohibited module

Combination

None


Time




Practicals:

Selfstudy 45







Module Topic Intercultural Management and Communications

Generic Module Name Intercultural Management and Communications


NQF Level 9

NQF Credit Value 15



offered.

One or Two




Year level 2

Main Outcomes


Rationalize and deal with structured and unstructured knowledge.

Structure, formalize and translate data into different formats according to language and cultural differences.

Transform collected data into valuable information and

innovative processes.

Overcome departmentalized thinking in health management.

Create awareness of HIM and argue its usefulness.

139

Introduce emerging technologies

Write and speak effectively

Develop effective communication program to support system

implementation.

Apply their skills in intercultural behaviour

Manage conflicts, negotiations and intercultural prejudices

Work collaboratively with others as part of a team or group

Manage meetings and group deliberations

Main Content

Knowledge translation

Different approaches to knowledge management

Cross-cultural aspects in structuring data and its transformation into

information. Social and Organization Issues of HIM

Departmentalized thinking as a general problem

Health information management as a valuable tool for daily business, change management and continual improvement

Organizational issues of HIM

Communication and Negotiation Skills

Professional communication, presentation and negotiation

Collaboration, conflict management, mediation and motivation of teams and employees

Rational decision making and communication of changes

Team and Intercultural Management

Team productivity and effectiveness

Process methods of group management

Management of cross-cultural or international teams



Prohibited module

Combination

None


Time

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 80 Lectures


Assignments & Tasks Tutorials

Practicals:

Selfstudy 30



Assessment Module type 100% seminar participation and presention


Faculty Economic and management Science

Home Department Information Systems

Module Topic Research Project

Generic Module Name

Alpha-numeric Code ISE701

NQF Level 8

NQF Credit Value 30



offered.

Semester 2

140



PGD in information Systems in e-Skills Development

Year level

Main Outcomes

At the completion of the module, the students will be able to demonstrate:

1. The ability to undertake and finish a research project related to e-

skills development 2. An integrated approach to e-skills development ( be it in analysis, in

recommendations regarding e-skills interventions, multidisciplinary

approach 3. A understanding of the application of e-skills research to the

workplace ( or, in more theoretical research project, within the wider

complex o issues relating to e-skills development)

Main Content

This is a research module that can be done in one of three contexts: (i) in the

company/organisation context in which the part-time student work; (ii) in a

company/organisation in which the student allowed to do research (which could also be a community organisation); or (iii) a more theoretical study relating to e-

skills development. Students will

1. Identify a topic suitable for Research project, i.e. one that has solid academic basic, has practical merit or value in the industry, and on in

which the student has related knowledge;

2. Identify the research problem clearly; 3. The application of research methodology principles in developing a

proposal meeting the specific requirements of the EMS Faculty;

4. The ability to create a framework for the study by using accepted research design principles;

5. The ability to conduct an effective literature study of the relevant

subject literature, identifying the key propositions, extracting the important or significant issues and building a suitable foundation for

the study

6. In the case of an empirical study the ability to develop a suitable

measuring instrument for a specific population or sample, administer

the instrument, analyse the data, draw suitable conclusions and

make appropriate recommendations; 7. In the case of conceptual o interpretive study demonstrate the ability

to develop the necessary framework, identify key academic

propositions, intelligently agrue or analyse a case, present the findings, draw suitable conclusions and make appropriate

recommendations;

8. An ability to write a well-reasoned and properly documented research report acceptable for examination using scientific, nuanced

writing skills

Pre-requisite modules ISE 702,ISE 703,ISE 704,ISE 705, ISE 706,ISE 707


Prohibited module

Combination

None


Time



Assignments & Tasks Tutorials

Practicals:

Selfstudy 260



Assessment Module type Final Assesment(100%)

141



Module Topic Tools of the Digital Era

Generic Module Name



Module Topic The knowledge Society and the Related Labour Market

Generic Module Name


NQF Level 8

NQF Credit Value 15



offered

Semester 1




Year level

Main Outcomes

At the completion of the module, the students will be able to

demonstrate:

Describe the nature and characteristics of the information/

knowledge society

Describe the role of information systems and information

technology in the information/knowledge society

Describe the changing nature of the working environment

Describe the south African labour market needs and provision in as far as e-skills are concerned, also in the

context of current (BB)BEE theory and practice

Main Content

The information/knowledge society and its characteristics

The role of information systems and information technology

in the information/knowledge society

The changing nature of the working environment in the

information/knowledge society (incl. the various kinds of e-

skills)

Labour market intelligence regarding e-skills in South

Africa, according to recent surveys

(BB)BEE in theory and practice in South Africa



Prohibited module

Combination

None


Time


Assessments & Tasks 45 Practicals

Group Work 10 Tutorials

Test & examinations 10

Selfstudy 55



Assessment Module type Assignment: 50%

Final Exam: 50%

Total: 100%

142


NQF Level 8

NQF Credit Value 15



offered

Semester 1




Year level

Main Outcomes

At the completion of the module, the students will be able to:

Demonstrate an understanding of the functioning of the information technology in business/organisations

Describe the systems concept in information systems

Demonstrate and understanding of the internets and the

world wide web

Demonstrate the modern application of the various types of

information systems in business/organisations

Demonstrate an understanding of the major trends in the development of the tools in the digital era

Main Content

Information technology and its functioning in business/organisations at a user level (hardware [incl.

mobile technology], software [operating systems;

application software; utility programs])

The systems concept in information systems

Application of the internet and the World Wide Web in the 21st century

Information systems – an overview of the various types of systems and their application in the modern

business/organisation (inter alia business intelligence tools,

the use of artificial intelligence [intelligent agents, neural

networks, genetic algorithms], tools for knowledge

management and collaboration, strategic enterprise

management tools, customer relationship management tools)

Trends in the development of the tools of the digital era and tools of the future



Prohibited module

Combination

None


Time





Selfstudy 55



Assessment Module type Assignment: 50% Final Exam: 50%

Total: 100%

143



Module Topic The SA Regulatory environment for Learning and development

Generic Module Name


NQF Level 8

NQF Credit Value 15



offered

Semester 1




Year level

Main Outcomes


Describe the role and function of the various regulatory authorities for learning and training in South Africa

Describe the nature of formal qualifications and

certification, as well as the concepts of the following: the various NQF levels, credits, learning outcomes, RPL

Describe the realistic expectations that can be held of the various providers of learning/training

Demonstrate the resourcing of appropriate e-skills qualifications from public and/or private suppliers, in the

case of specific e-skills needs

Main Content

The National Qualifications Framework (NQF)

The South African Qualifications Authority (SAQA): its

role and functioning

SETAs (Sectional education and training Authority): their

role and functioning

The FET and Higher education sectors and the regulatory and funding frameworks within which they functions (with

special focus on the providers of ―short courses‖ offered in the sector)

Recognition of prior Learning (RPL)

Private providers of education and training



Prohibited module

Combination

None


Time





Selfstudy 55




Final Exam: 50%

Total: 100%

144



Module Topic International E-skills frameworks

Generic Module Name


NQF Level 8

NQF Credit Value 15



offered

Semester 1




Year level

Main Outcomes


Demonstrate an understanding of various e-skills

frameworks, the environments within which they originated,

and their use

Demonstrate the ability to link e-skills frameworks to the South African regulatory environment for learning and

training

Demonstrate the ability to position specific e-skills requirements and qualifications on e-skills frameworks and

to link this positioning to the NQF

Demonstrate the ability to design a coherent e-skills

framework for a specific hypothetical company

Main Content

The business and e-skills environment within which e-skills frameworks originated

The SFIA (―Skills Framework for the Information Age‖)

The Europeans e-competence Framework

Other competence Frameworks of importance

Linking e-skills frameworks to national education/training

frameworks



Prohibited module

Combination

None


Time





Selfstudy 55




Final Exam: 50% Total: 100%



Module Topic E-skills Analyses and interventions

Generic Module Name

145


NQF Level 8

NQF Credit Value 15



offered

Semester 1




Year level

Main Outcomes


Demonstrate an understanding of the link between business processes, information systems and e-skills requirements

Identify the essential traits of company policy (e.g. a hypothetical company), and specifically the strengths and

deficiencies regarding e-skills

Describe the various kinds of interventions in the workplace

relating to e-skills development

Design a programme (in broad outline) for in – house training and development regarding e-skills

Design a coaching programme for e-skills developments of mid-levels and managerial staff

Main Content

The implications of business processes, practices, policies,

operating models and strategy, as well as the data – information – knowledge – intelligence/ wisdom hierarchy

on e-skills requirements

Recruitment, training, re-skilling, up-skilling and coaching policies in companies and the way in which e-skills are

taken into account

The nature and scope of interventions in the workplace

The design and implementation of e-skills programmes for

training, re-skilling, up-skilling and coaching

Outsourcing of training and other e-skills interventions



Prohibited module

Combination

None


Time





Selfstudy 55




Final Exam: 50% Total: 100%



Module Topic Organizational Behaviour and development

Generic Module Name

146


NQF Level 8

NQF Credit Value 15



offered

Semester 1




Year level

Main Outcomes


Demonstrate an understanding of contemporary organisational theory

Demonstrate an understanding of the organisation as an

open system

Critically discuss the different theories of motivation

Diagnose complex organisational problems using the socio – Technical Model

Apply and implements the action reseach paradigm in organisation development

Demonstrate an understanding of resistance to change and interventions to minimise such resistance

Critically evaluate and implement individual and group level interventions to enhance individual performance in

relation to proposed technological changes – based on a

Socio – Technical diagnosis

Critically compare appropriate organisational/systems wide

interventions and implement these in a planned change

process to enhance organisational performance

Evaluate and analyse the effectiveness of organisation

development interventions and take appropriate steps to

make corrections.

Main Content

Advance contemporary organisational theory

Organisations as an open systems model

Advance models of organisational diagnoses

Models of planned organisational change

Dealing with resistance to change

Advanced techniques to improve technological performance

of the organisation

Advanced techniques to improve employee empowerment

Advance process consultation

Complex team and inter – group enhancement approaches



Prohibited module

Combination

None


Time





Selfstudy 55



147


Final Exam: 50%

Total: 100%

Name of module Masters in Information Management

Programme Faculty Core/ Elective

Post-graduate (Masters‘) EMS Core


Module description Research-only, Masters degree in Information Management

Generic module name MIM

Alpha-numeric code IFS801and IFS802

Credit Value

Duration 2 years plus an additional 6 month prior period for the preparation of a

suitable proposal.

Module Type University

Level 8

Main Outcomes Students should be able to demonstrate:

(a) an ability to identify a topic suitable for a detailed Masters‘ study; ie. one that has a solid academic basis, has practical merit

or value in the industry, and one in which the student has related

knowledge; (b) the application of research methodology principles in developing

a proposal meeting the specific requirements of the Faculty

Higher Degrees Committee; (c) that, once the proposal has been approved, using accepted

research design principles, the student can create a framework

for the study; (d) the ability to conduct an effective literature study, identifying

related academic and practical works;

(e) that they can identify the key propositions from the literature study, extract the important or significant issues and build a

suitable foundation for the next step in the research process;

(f) If an empirical study, demonstrate an ability to develop a suitable measuring instrument for a specific population or

sample, administer the instrument, analyse the data, draw

suitable conclusions and make appropriate recommendations. (g) If a conceptual or interpretive study, demonstrate the ability to

develop the necessary framework, identify key academic

propositions, intelligently argue or analyse a case, present the findings, draw suitable conclusions and make appropriate

recommendations;

(h) An ability to present, using scientific, nuanced writing skills, a thesis acceptable for examination;

(i) A high degree of self-motivation, and the ability to work with

the minimum of supervision while maintaining a passion for

their subject.

Main Content (a) A detailed proposal

(b) A thesis meeting the requirements of the University

Pre-requisites (a) Suitable, permissible, academic credentials at undergraduate or Honours level, in Information Systems / Technology /

Management, Computer Science, Business, Management or

Commerce; or (b) In a few special cases, recognition of prior learning

(accompanied by extensive knowledge and working experience in the field of study, including a demonstrable willingness to

attend selected modules such as research methodology); plus

148

(c) A high degree of self-motivation; and

(d) Sufficient time (from family, job and social interaction).

Co-requisites Practical business or working experience is always helpful.


Breakdown of Learning Time Hours The successful MIM student will apply 5 - 8 hours per week

to their study.

Contact with lecturer / tutor: (a) Relatively intensively during the proposal-formulation

phase. This includes two interactive seminars aimed at introducing the student to his/her peers, meeting the

academics in the Department, and revisiting some

theory such as research methodology and scientific writing.

(b) Once engaged in the study, contact is usually limited

to ad-hoc or pre-arranged meetings with the student‘s supervisor.

Assignments & tasks: Meeting agreed deadlines, both for the proposal and thesis

phases.

Tests & examinations: Thesis examination only

Practicals: None, other than the seminars.

Selfstudy The entire course is one of self-study.

Total Learning Time 2 ½ years of part-time study.

Methods of Student

Assessment

(a) Successful proposal submission

(b) Successful thesis examination

Industrial Psychology

Modules: Honours Programme

Name of Module BPS701 Organisational Psychology

Programme in which module will be

offered


Honours in Industrial Psychology EMS Core

Home Department Industrial Psychology

Module Description Organizational Psychology

Generic Module Name BPS Organizational Psychology

Alpha-numeric code BPS701

Credit value 20

Duration Semester


Level 8

Main Outcomes After completion of this module students should be able to:

Engage in a critical discussion and evaluation of

contemporary organisational theory;

Explain and evaluate anorganisation as an open

system;

Critically discuss the different theories of motivation;

Apply different theories of motivation to case studies;

Engage in a critical discussion of the different theories

of leadership;

Apply critical thinking skills in resolving leadership

challenges;

Critically discuss the relevance of of various leadership theories;

Explain group and team dynamics

Critically discuss and evaluate team effectiveness;

149

Discuss advanced organisational theory and the major

challenges facing modern organisations in this regard

Main Content Advanced contemporary organisational theory

Organisations as an Open systems model;

Theories of motivation;

Theories of leadership

Group and Team Effectiveness

Aspects of the external environment of organisations

Organizational Behaviour challenges facing modern

organisations

Pre-requisites A major in Industrial Psychology

Co-requisites None

Prohibited combination None

Breakdown of Learning Time

(Hours)

Contact with lecturer – 60

Class Preparation - 35

Assignments – 40

Test(s) and Examination – 5

Self-study – 60

Total learning Time: 200 Hours

Methods of Student Assessment Continuous Evaluation 60% Formal Examination 40%

Name of Module BPS702 Research Methodology


offered




Module Description Research Methodology

Generic Module Name BPS Research Methodology


Credit value 20

Duration Year (First and Second Semester)


Level 8

Main outcomes After completion of this course, students should be able to: Provide a critical discussion of scientific research;

Explain the logic of scientific research;

Apply the methodology of scientific research within the work environment;

Formulate research problems;

Anticipate, interpret and rectify practical problems encountered during research;

Plan projects to solve such problems;

Evaluate the empirical studies of other researchers; Formulate and compile a research proposal;

Collate relevant information by means of appropriate

measuring instruments and/or techniques; Analyse data using SPSS;Interpret the information and

come to appropriate conclusions;

Write a research report; Present data to others.

Main content

Different methods of acquiring knowledge (non-

scientific and scientific);

Sources and identification of research problems; Literature review;

150

Variables and hypothesis formulation;

Conceptual and operational definitions;

Research Design; Validity of research design;

Sampling techniques;

Data Collection; Scales of measurement;

Techniques of data collection;

Construction of questionnaires; Reliability and validity of measurements;

Data capturing;

Interpretation of results and writing reports;

Pre-requisites Bachelors degree with major in Industrial Psychology

Co-requisites None


Breakdown of learning time Contact with lecturer – 60.

Assignments – 120

Practical Research Project - 100

Test(s) and Examination –

Self-study – 20


Methods of student assessment Final Assessement 40% Continuous Evaluation 60%

Total 100%

Name of Module BPS704 Psychometrics


offered




Module Description Psychometrics

Generic Module Name BPS Psychometrics


Credit value 20

Duration Semester


Level 8

Main outcomes After completion of this course, students should be able to:

Critically discuss the nature, characteristics, uses and

abuses of psychometric tests; Explain why use of assessment measures should be

controlled, how control over the use of psychological

assessment measures is exercised in SA, statutory control, different categories of psychological

professionals who may use psychological measures,

the role of the Professional Board for Psychology and the protection of the public

Describe and explain the legislative and ethical

framework pertaining to psychological tests based on the roles played by various users of psychological tests

Evaluate selection techniques and decisions and

determine fairness and bias involved Explain the basis and application of competency-based

assessment

Apply their knowledge of psychometrics

151

Main content An overview of assessment

Psychological assessment: retrospective overview

Levels of measurement Reliability of measures

Validity

Norms Developing a psychological measure

Cross-cultural test adaptation and translation

The practice of psychological assessment: Controlling the use of measures, competing values and

ethical practice standards

Administering psychological measures Assessment of young children, physically disabled

individuals, mentally challenged learners and

individuals with chronic conditions Computer-based and Internet-delivered assessment

Use of assessment measures in various applied

contexts:

Interpreting and reporting assessment results

Factors affecting assessment results

The future of psychological assessment

Pre-requisites Bachelors degree with major in Industrial Psychology

Co-requisites None


Breakdown of learning time

Contact with lecturer 60 hours

Assignment and seminar 40 hours Tests and examinations 20 hours

Self-study 80 hours Total learning hours 200 hours

Methods of student assessment Final Assessement 40%

Continuous Evaluation 60%

Total 100%

Name of Module BPS705 Advanced Human Resource Management


offered




Module Description Advanced Human Resource Management

Generic Module Name Advanced Human Resource Management


Credit value 20

Duration Semester


Level 8

Main outcome On completion of this module, students should be able to

demonstrate:

Provide a critical discussion of the activities involved

in HRM as the intervening process in matching organizations and employees;

Engage in a meaningful debate about the changing role

of the human resource management function in organisations.

Integrate the theoretical concepts and issues of human resource management with the practical realities found

in organizations;

152

Apply effective selection procedures, operations and

techniques of HR that is required to solve a particular problem in the filed.

Main Content The changing context of SA organizations;

HR Planning;

Workforce diversity and regulatory challenges;

Job Analysis and work design;

Recruitment and Selection;

Performance management;

Career and development management in organizations;

Job evaluation and compensation/Aids in the

workplace;

HR Information systems

Pre-requisites A B-degree in Industrial Psychology or Human Resource

Management

Co-requisites None




Assignment and seminar 40 hours

Tests and examinations 20 hours Self-study 80 hours

Total learning hours 200 hours

Methods of Student Assessment Class participation : 5%

Oral presentations; : 20%

Written Assignments : 30%

Case Studies : 5%

Examination 40%

Total: : 100%

Name of Module BPS706 Practical Training


offered


Honours in Industrial Psychology EMS Elective


Module Description Practical Training

Generic Module Name Practical Training


Credit value 15

Duration Year (First and second semester)


Level 8

Main Outcomes

On completion of this module, students should be able to:

Use psychometric tests in a professional and ethical

manner.

Identify and discuss the strengths, weaknesses, advantages and limitations of psychometric measuring

instruments;

Comply with appropriate test administration procedures (i.e. familiar with the test administrator‘s

roles/duties before, during and after a psychometric assessment in accordance with psychometric standards

and ethical principles

Critically discuss the strengths, weaknesses, advantages and limitations of psychometric measuring

153

instruments;

Accurately administer, score and interpret

psychometric test results;

Compile information from a variety of instruments and

sources to formulate an integrated psychometric report

Main Contents Administrater a range of psychometric tests; (i.e.

cognitive, interest and personality tests);

Accurate scoring of psychometric tests and measuring

instruments; analysis and interpretation of test results;

Communication of psychometric test results (i.e. and observations; Integrated psychometric reports.

Pre-requisites A B-degree in r in Industrial Psychology , Human Resource

Management.

Co-requisites None




Assignment and seminar 120 hours

Self-study 20 hours

Total learning hours 200 hours

Methods of Student Assessment Continuous evaluation by means of written Psychometric reports

Name of Module BPS707 Labour Relations

Programme in which module will

be offered




Module Description Labour Relations

Generic Module Name Labour Relations


Credit value 15

Duration Semester


Level 8

Main Outcomes On completion of this module, students should be able to:

Critically discuss the dynamic nature of the labour

relationship in local and international labour relations

Discuss the different frames of reference in labour

relations and its impact on the quality of the Employer-

Employee relationship;

Engage in critical debate regarding the role and duties of

all parties involved in the labour relationship;

Identify and provide a discussion about internal and

external factors (economic, political, social, cultural,

ideological etc.) impacting on the relationship between

Employers and Employees.

Critically discuss the legislative framework regulating the employment relationship (inter alia the S.A.

Constitution, BCEA, LRA, SDA, SDLA).

Evaluate and explain the role of trade unions and

employer organisations, and the various alternative

dispute resolution procedures (negotiation, mediation, arbitration, CCMA)

Main Content Labour relationship and labour relations system of

154

various countries.

The role of various stakeholders within the labour relations system

Factors (economic, political, social, cultural, ideological

etc.) governing and regulating interaction between the various stakeholders.

The South African labour relations system in societal and historical context

The legislative framework governing the employment relationship

The role of trade unions and employer organisations

The central roles of conflict and collective bargaining in the tripartite relationship

The distinction between alternative dispute resolution procedures

The role of industrial democracy and workers‘ participation, organizational change and renewal

processes and anticipated future developments in labour relations in South Africa.

Pre-requisites A B-degree in Industrial Psychology, Human Resource

Management

Co-requisites None


Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer – 60


Assignments – 30


Selfstudy – 25


Methods of Student Assessment Continuous Evaluation (60%)

Formal Examination (40%)

Name of Module BPS708 Training Management


be offered




Module Description Training Management

Generic Module Name Training Management


Credit value 15

Duration Semester


Level 8


Integrate and discuss theory and practice in managing Human Resource Development;

Analyse and synthesise the local requirements of the

NQF with international trends;

Apply and evaluate the transformational purpose and

principles underpinning the skills development legislation in South Africa;

Critically analyse an organizations‘ developmental needs, on an individual level or general, and implement

certain training interventions accordingly;

155

Evaluate and apply the practical steps for planning,

designing and implementing a sustainable skills development strategy;

Critically evaluate the learning organisation as a

performance management tool;

Critically analyse the roles in the management of the

Human Resource Development function;

Critically analyse and apply various HRD approaches;

Critically analyse and apply approaches in the evaluation of HRD interventions.

Main Content Essential aspects of the theory and practice of managing human resource development from an

outcomes-based approach.

International and local trends in HRD;

Purpose and principles underpinning the Skills

development legislation in South Africa;

Training needs analyses;

The design and implementation of various HRD interventions;

Learning organization and performance management;

Managing the HRD function (e.g. marketing, budgeting,

etc.)

Technology-based learning, Adult Basic Education and

Training, Multi-skilling, Employment Equity and

diversity training.

Training evaluation.

Pre-requisites A B-degree in Industrial Psychology that contains modules in Human Resources Management

Co-requisites None


Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer – 60


Assignments – 30


Selfstudy – 25


Methods of Student Assessment Continuous Evaluation (60%) Formal Examination (40%)

Name of Module BPS811 Organisational Development: Diversity and

Change Management


be offered


Masters in Industrial Psychology EMS Core


Module Description OD: Diversity and Change Management

Genric Module Name OD: Diversity and Change Management


Credit value 20

Duration Semester


Level 9


Diagnose complex organisational problems;

156

Apply and implement the action research paradigm in

organisation development;

apply the systems perspective to planned organisational

change;

Critically compare and implement individual level interventions to enhance individual performance;

Critically evaluate and implement the most effective group level interventions to enhance group performance

– based on a formal diagnosis;

Critically compare appropriate organisationsystem wide

interventions and implement these in a planned change

process to enhance diversity;

Evaluate and analyse the effectiveness of organisation

development interventions and take appropriate steps to make corrections.

sMain Content Advanced models of organisation diagnosis;

Models of planned organisation change;

Dealing with resistance to change;

Advanced techniques to improve employee

empowerment, developing sensitivity towards diversity,

and coaching;

Advanced process consultation;

Complex team and inter-group enhancement approaches;

Advances models of high-performing organisation, mergers, acquisitions and strategy

Ethical issues in planned organisational change and diversity.

Pre-requisites An Honours or 4-year Bachelor‘s degree in Industrial

Psychology, Human Resource Management

Co-requisites None






Practicals: 0

Selfstudy 54


3 lectures

Methods of Student Assessment Continuous Evaluation (60%) Formal Examination (40%)

Name of Module BPS812 Research Methodology


be offered





Generic Module Name Research Methodology


Credit value 20

Duration Semester


Level 9

157

Main Outcomes At the end of this module, students should be able to:

Critically discuss different research paradigms and their practical applications

Identify research problems

Plan projects to solve such problems as individuals and in a team context

Evaluate the studies of other researchers

Write a research proposal

Gather relevant information

Analyse data

Interpret the information and come to appropriate

conclusions

Write a research report

Present data to management

Discuss research issues.

Main Content Advanced theory of research and research methodology

Different research paradigms

Identification of research problems

Project planning

Ethical issues when doing research

Evaluation of the studies of other researchers

Planning and conducting research

Gathering of relevant information

Interpreting the information and reaching appropriate conclusions

Reporting and presentation of findings



Co-requisites None






Practicals: 0

Selfstudy 54


3 Lectures

Methods of Student Assessment Class participation 5%

Case studies 5% SPSS practical applications 10%

Research proposal 40%

Class presentation of research results 10%

Written research report 30%

Name of Module BPS803 Counselling


offered




Module Description Counselling

Generic Module Name Counselling


Credit value 20

158

Duration Semester


Level 9

Main outcomes On completion of the module, students should be able

to:

Critically discuss current theory pertaining to

counselling in general and in the workplace;

Engage in critical debate regarding ethical

practice and procedures during a counseling relationship;

Apply appropriate counselling strategies based on a needs assessment;

Structure and apply counselling skills during

practical and context-specific counselling sessions.

Main content Intensive assessment and interviewing

Career planning and assist others in planning their

careers

Recognise others in crises and assist in crisis management

Be familiar with HIV/AIDS-, substance abuse counselling

Conduct Stress management



Co-requisites None






Selfstudy 54


Methods of Student Assessment Class participation 10% Oral presentations 35%

Written research report 35% Role plays 20%

Name of Module BPS807 Labour Relations


offered


Masters in Industrial Psychology EMS Elective


Module Description Labour Relations

Generic Module Name Labour Relations


Credit value 20

Duration Semester


Level 9

Main Outcomes After completion of the module, students should be

able to:

Engage in critical debate regarding strategic

labour relations management;

Critically discuss the impact of relevant South

159

African labour legislation on the employer-

employee relationship;

Develop and communicate industrial relations policies and procedures in line with legislation.

Discuss and apply strategies in conflict resolution,

Evaluate grievance and disciplinary hearings

Facilitate procedural and substantive negotiations

Discuss and evaluate the appropriateness of

various disciplinary procedures.

Apply negotiation skills.

Main Content Strategic Labour Relations management

South African Labour Legislation

Comparative Labour Relations systems

Labour Relations systems and procedures

Negotiations

Disciplinary procedures and dispute mechanisms



Co-requisites None






Practicals: 0

Selfstudy 90


3 Lectures

Methods of Student Assessment Continuous Assessment 60%

Formal Assessment 40%

Name of Module BPS808 Training Management


offered




Module Description Training Management

Generic Module Name Training Management


Credit value 20

Duration Semester


Level 9

Main Outcomes After completion of this module students should be able

to:

Critically analyse and evaluate the clutch of learning and development legislation and its impact on

training and development in organisations.

Evaluate and apply the various theories of learning to

the development and/or implementation of learning and development strategies and practices.

Evaluate current thinking on workplace learning.

Critically analyse how organisations can utilise their collective organisational knowledge to develop

160

value-adding skills.

Analyse and evaluate E-learning, online learning and blended learning and their impact on workplace

learning.

Evaluate Performance management systems and their uses as tools to make learning and development

decisions.

Evaluate best practices analyses and training needs analyses.

Main Content Learning and development legislation

Theories of learning

Current thinking on workplace learning

Knowledge management

Using collective organisational knowledge

E-learning, online learning and blended learning

Performance management systems

Best practices analyses and training needs analyses

Pre-requisites An Honours or 4-year Bachelor‘s degree in Industrial Psychology, Human Resource Management

Co-requisites None






Selfstudy 80


3 lectures

190



Name of Module BPS 809 Assessment


offered




Module Description Assessment

Generic Module Name Assessment

Alpha-numeric code BPS 819

Credit value 20

Duration Semester


Level 9

Main Outcomes After completion of this module, students should be able

to:

Critically discuss competency based assessment

Apply the principles and theories of competency

based assessment;

Engage in critical debate and/or discussions

regarding emerging issues and debates pertaining to competency based assessment;

identify, analyse and deal with concrete and abstract problems faced by assessment practitioners, using

appropriate approaches

161

identify and analyse information needs and retrieve

information when conducting assessments;

critically analyse, synthesise and evaluate

quantitative and qualitative data to assist in the

decision making process

Main Content An overview of competency based assessment, from

a national and international perspective

The impact of legislation on the practice of

assessments in general and competency based

assessments in particular

Validity, bias and reliability studies

The development of competency based job profiles

Competency based assessment techniques, including

interviews, role plays, group exercises, presentations

Generating assessment results/outcomes

Interpreting and reporting assessment results

Legislative and other organisational factors

impacting on assessment results

The future of competency based assessment and

competencies for the future

Ongoing researchComputer generated competency

based assessments

Pre-requisites An Honours or 4-year Bachelor‘s degree in Industrial Psychology, Human Resource Management or Psychology

that contains modules in Human Resource/Personnel

Management and Psychometrics.

Co-requisites None






Selfstudy 80




Institute for Social Development

Module Name DVS703 : Development Management

Home Department Institute for Social Development

Module Code DVS703

Module description Development Management

Generic module name Development Studies 703

Credit Value 24

Duration 1 Semester


Level 7

Main Outcomes To provide students with a conceptual introduction to, and the opportunity to apply, basic tools and techniques of

development management

To introduce students to basic concepts and principles of community development

To enhance students‘ capacity to apply concepts and

principles to actual situations

162

To enable students to consider development problems in

communities that they know and to consider responses to

those problems To enhance students‘ capacities to develop their own ideas

and to communicate their ideas clearly

To strengthen students‘ capacity to work in teams To reinforce students‘ inclination toward and commitment to

service

To build students‘ confidence and self-esteem, so that they see themselves as potential leaders of and contributors to

development in their communities

Main Content Topics that will be covered include: Theoretical overview of Development Management

Development Management in practice

Situation Assessment Programme Conceptualization and Planning

Programme Implementation, Monitoring, and Evaluation

Use of Management Information Systems

Budgeting and Financial Management

Resource Mobilization

Negotiation and Representation Leadership and Empowerment

Pre-requisites Faculty Honours admission requirements

Co-requisites None




Reading 25

Papers 25

Group assignments 30

Extra-class activities 10

Self-study 120


Methods of Student Assessment Class participation and presentations, 2 seminar papers, 5

group assignments, class tests and final examination

(externally moderated)

Method of Lecturer Assessment Lecturer is assessed through confidential evaluations written

by students during the last class of the semester

Module Name DVST 706 : Social Policy and Development


Module Code DVS706

Module Description Social Policy and Development

Credit Value 24

Duration 1 Semester

Module Type Program

Level 7

Main Outcomes Outcomes of the course

Upon completion of the course students should

Have a framework within which to understand global

problems of poverty and development;

Have the ability to understand, formulate and critique

social policy in developing countries such as South Africa;

Have an overview of key social-economic policy areas

such as employment creation, social security, education

163

and training, health and labour, against the backdrop of

poverty and inequality in developing countries such as

South Africa;

Have improved analytical and writing skills, which are

critical to engaging in policy debates.

Main Content Introduction to the course

Social issues and problems in our time

Social Policy as a response: Definitions, models and

challenges

The socio-economic context – coping with social problems within the context of globalisation

Models of social security

The crisis of the socialist, social-democratic model and

conservative welfare states

The spread of the neo-liberal model to developing nations:

South Africa and Chile

The relevance of gender to social policy: Measuring the

impact of social policy

Measuring the impact of social policy

The challenge for social policy in developing countries

Labour

Job creation strategies: Small Business and Public works programmes.

Health

Education

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None


Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer: 28 hours

Assignments & tasks: 100 hours

Tests & examinations: 48 hours Self-study 64 hours

Total Learning Time 240 hours

Methods of Student Assessment Weekly preparation papers, 2 long assignments, examination

Module Name DVS731 : Theories of Social Transformation


Module Code DVS731

Module Description Theories of Social Transformation


Credit Value 24

Duration 1 Semester


Level 7

Main Outcomes Students will have an understanding basic concepts

critical to the development debate

Students will have an understanding of the dynamics

between these concepts and role-players within

development

Students will have an understanding the historical context

of the various theories of social transformation

Students will have an understanding how these theories

fit

into the current debate around development

164

Students will be able to apply these theories to

contemporary developmental issues

Students will be able to apply these concepts to

contemporary South African development debate

Main Content The central backbone of this course is Development

Theory.

This we may divide into three streams: Marxist

Development theories, Modernisation theory, and Other Social theory.

Neo-liberal economic theories associated with the World

Bank and the International Monetary Fund.

We examine all of these theories with special reference to

South Africa.

We look at a number of basic sociological concepts which

illuminate the theories mentioned above i.e topics like the

nature of power, civil society and the nature of the state

Pre-requisites Faculty Honours admission requirements

Co-requisites None




Reading 132

Papers 50

Preparation for semester and class

tests

34


Methods of Student Assessment Participation, 2 papers, semester test, 5 class tests and final examination. Externally moderated



Module Name DVS732 : Economics for Development Studies


Module Code DVS732

Module description Economics for Development Studies


Credit Value 24

Duration 1 Semester


Level 7

Main Outcomes Upon completion of the course students should

Be acquainted with the recent economic history of a

range of countries with economic policies of interest to

developing countries.

Have an insight into the nature of the economic

debates between free marketers, socialist democrats,

socialists and developmental economists.

Know some of the more technical contemporary

economic terminology important for an understanding of the discussions of economic issues in the media;

Develop a better understanding relevance of some of the contemporary economic policies for a developing

country of the student‘s choice.

165

Main Content The nature of a free market economy and the limited

but crucial regulating role a government plays in such an economy.

The key economic policies and debates in two

countries with a free market orientation, e.g. the USA, Chile or Uganda.

The key features of a number welfare capitalist economies, with a social democratic or social market

orientation.

Some of the key economic and social policies adopted in at least one welfare capitalist state, e.g. in Sweden,

Germany or Norway.

The key economic policies of socialist states,

including a discussion of the policies and reasons for

transition of previous socialist states.

In broad outlines, the economic history of at least two

socialist states, e.g. of Cuba, of the Soviet Union or of

Mao‘s China.

The key economic strategies adopted in developmental states, and an overview of the reasons for their

success.

An understanding in broad outlines of the history of two counties in which a successful developmental state

emerged, e.g. of Malaysia, South Korea, Taiwan or of China post 1978.

An understanding, in the light of the experiences of the

other countries, of the specific challenges faced by at least one African country, e.g. Ethiopia.

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None






Selfstudy 54


Methods of Student Assessment Weekly preparation for short tests on prescribed reading, 2

short (8-10pp) essays, an overview test and an examination

(Externally moderated)

Module Name DVS733 : Research Methodology


Module Code DVS733


Generic Module Name Development Studies 733

Credit Value 24


Duration 1 Semester

Level 7

Main Outcomes A Student will be able to:

1. to understand the logic and principles that guides social enquiry

2. to master the methods and techniques used to conduct

social research using the different research paradigms and

166

traditions

3 to apply correctly the different research paradigms,

methods and techniques in the real world in real situations amongst real people.

This module has a strong practical and empirical dimension

and character. Social research methods cannot only be taught. In order to master the methods and techniques and

to understand the philosophy and logic underpinning it, one

has to apply the methods and techniques in the real world

Main Content The module will focus on:

The philosophy of science

The different types of research Research design and problem formulation

Quantitative research design (surveys, sampling,

questionnaire construction) Qualitative studies

Participatory action research (par)

Evaluative research

Ethics and politics of (social) research

Pre-requisite modules Faculty Honours admission requirements


Prohibited module Combination None



Selfstudy 214


Methods of Student Assessment Active participation of students, a number of minor written

worksheets, number of small class tests (non counting for year mark), one major empirical research project and a 3

hour 40 minute open book examination (Externally

moderated)

Module Name DVS734 : Urban and Regional Development


Module Code DVS734

Module Description Urban and Regional Development


Credit Value 24


Duration 1 Semester

Level 7

Main Outcomes The student will be able to

Understand key historical and contemporary theories and

concepts in social development generally and rural

development theory and practice in particular

To apply these concepts to case study material drawn

from the current South African and Southern African context.

To critically engage in debate and discussion of current official policy thinking and theoretical frameworks in

relation to rural development in South and Southern

Africa.

To understand why some local rural development

initiatives practices/interventions succeeded while others failed

167

through

application of theoretical tools to empirical situations

Main Content The module will focus on

Overview of the state of underdevelopment of the rural

areas in Southern Africa with reference to rural poverty

and its manifold of socio economic implications for both rural and urban areas

Analysis of the main theories of rural development, dealing with both the establish approaches like

modernization theory as well a the more recent holistic,

post modern and substantivist approaches including sustainable rural development paradigm

The Sustainable Rural Livelihood Approach as a methodological tool to the development of the rural areas

Micro and Rural Finance and MFIs as an critical

interventionist strategy to sustainable rural development

The Land Reform Programme and its potential role in

(under) development of our rural hinterland.

The efficacy, sustainability and economic viability of

contemporary Poverty Reduction Strategies

Pre-requisite modules Faculty Honours admission requirements



A.Breakdown of Learning Time Hours


Selfstudy 212



worksheets, one major assignments and a 3 hour

examination (Externally moderated)

Module Name DVS746: Community Development in Theory and Practice


Module Code DVS746

Module Description Community Development in Theory and Practice


Credit Value 24

Duration 1 semester


Level 7

Main Outcomes Aims of the course: To create a more complete understanding and clarity on:

The theoretical origins of community development

Theoretical changes regarding community development

within the broader framework of development thinking

The current views on community development based on the

practical situation in South Africa and Africa and the Third World

To stimulate critical thought and academic debate on the

topic of community development To introduce students to basic concepts and principles of

community development and to enhance students‘ capacity

to apply concepts and principles to actual situations To provide students with the opportunity to apply basic

tools needed to facilitate action in the 21st century

168

To enable students to consider development problems in

communities that they know and to consider responses to

those problems

Main Content Specific module content

Conceptualization of community development within the

framework of current development thinking Classical Development Theories

Alterative Development Theories

Building a base for Community Development Legislative framework of Community Development

Participatory Rural Appraisal (PAR)

Community Development Process Assessing Community

Community Development Lessons from NGOs

Community Action Plan and Application Community Action Plan

Participatory Monitoring and Evaluation (PM&E)

Communication Skills and CD

Leadership and CD

Pre-requisites Degree

Co-requisites None




Reading 35

Papers 35

Internship/Research report 40


Self-study 90


Methods of Student Assessment Class participation, one individual based long essay (8

pages) and one short essay (6 pages) as well as an

internship report (8 pages). group assignments, class tests and final examination

Method of Lecturer Assessment Lecturer is assessed through confidential evaluations

written by students during the last class of the semester

Module Name DVS807 : Social Policy and Development

Home Department ISD

Module description Social Policy for Developing Countries


Alpha-numeric code DVS807

Credit Value 24

Duration 1 Semester

Module Type 267250

Level Programme

Main Outcomes Outcomes of the course

Upon completion of the course students should

Understand how different historical experiences and socio-

political perspectives may lead to different kinds of policies;

Critically analyse social policies appropriate for a developing country;

Understand how policies are formulated and institutionalised;

Have a thorough understanding of social policy in a number

169

of key fields;

Be able to write a green paper on a social policy issue.

Main Content Social issues and problems in our time Social Policy as a response: Definitions, models and

challenges

The socio-economic context – coping with social problems within the context of globalisation

Models of social security

The social-democratic model and conservative welfare

states

The spread of the neo-liberal model to developing

nations: South Africa and Chile; problem of this model

The Developmental State

The relevance of gender to social policy

Measuring the impact of social policy

The challenge for social policy in developing countries

Labour policies important for social development, with

specific reference to the debates in South Africa

Education policies important for social development, with

specific reference to the debates in South Africa

Job creation strategies: Public works programmes. Health policies important for social development with

specific reference to the South African debates.

The impact on the environment of all social and economic policies.

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None






Selfstudy 80


Methods of Student Assessment 5 Weekly preparation papers, 1 long assignment, examination (Externally moderated)

Module Name DVS808 : Development Management

Home Department ISD

Module description Development Management



Credit Value 24

Duration 2 semester


Level 8

Main Outcomes To provide students with a theoretical understanding and

conceptual introduction to development management

To provide students the opportunity to apply, basic tools and techniques of development management

To introduce students to basic concepts and principles of

community development To enhance students‘ capacity to apply concepts and

principles to actual situations

To enable students to consider development problems in communities that they know and to consider responses to

170

those problems

Main Content Topics that will be covered include:

Overview of Development Management Contextualisation of development

Contemporary Management Theories and Approaches

Critiques of and Alternatives to Conventional Planning and Management Ideas and Practices

The institutional role players in development

Development Management in practice: i.e. Public participation and integrated development planning

Situation Assessment, Programme Conceptualization and

Planning Programme Implementation, Monitoring, and Evaluation

Use of Management Information Systems

Budgeting and Financial Management Resource Mobilization

Negotiation and Representation

Leadership and Empowerment

Pre-requisites Honours

Co-requisites None




Reading 100

Papers 60




Methods of Student Assessment Presentations, Seminar papers, class test and final examination



Module Name DVS831: Theories of Social Transformation - Masters


Module Code DVS831

Module Description Theories of Social Transformation


Credit Value 24

Duration 1 semester


Level 9

Main Outcomes + Students will have an understanding of basic concepts

critical to the development debate

+ Students will have an understanding of the dynamics

between these concepts and role-players within the

international development context + Students will have an ability to deconstruct debate around

development though the application of social theories.

+ Students will make class presentations to fellow masters students

+ Students will have an an ability to think critically about

issues surrounding social transformation

Main Content + Development Theory.

+ Divided into three streams:

171

Marxist Development theories, Modernisation theory,

and other social theory i.e.

+ Neo-liberal and Keynesian macro -economic theories + Other topics like the globalisation (Castells), nature of

Power (Foucault), post-

Modernism (Ferguson, Escobar, Fanon), structuration (Giddens) and the nature of the state.

+ Finally in the course the Social

Choice Theory of Amartya Sen

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None




Reading 180

Papers 36


Methods of Student Assessment Participation, 7 papers (of which one paper serve as the

theoretical chapter of their theses), final oral examination

Method of Lecturer Assessment Lecturer is assessed through confidential evaluations written by students during the last class of the semester

Module Name DVS832: Economics for Development Studies


Module Code DVS832

Module Description Economics for Development


Credit Value 24

Duration 1 Semester


Level 9


Be thoroughly acquainted with the economic terminology and the economic theories relevant for the

understanding of a number of key economic policies at

the micro-, meso- and macro-level that are critical for development

Have developed the ability to argue for or against the applicability of specific economic policies based on a

rigorous theoretical and comparative analysis.

Have developed a thorough understanding of domestic and international as well as the economic, legal,

political and cultural determinants of the variance in

the developmental outcome of different economic

policies across different countries

Be acquainted with the political-economic development experiences of a broad range of

developed and developing countries

Main Content Overview, application and critical analysis of different institutional economic and political-economic theories

relevant for a comparative analysis of the

developmental outcome of different types of political-economic systems

Critical analysis of the developmental impact of the economic system, that is, different types of economic

172

policies and economic institutions at the micro-

(organisational), meso- (industry/market) and macro

(economy) level. Policies and other institutions discussed vary depending on the interest and

background of the students and the current

developmental relevance and may comprise some of the following:

o micro-level: property rights regimes

(ownership), governance structures, contracting, corporate social responsibility,

organisational culture etc

o meso-level: industry regulations, competition policies, market liberalisation,

privatisations

o macro-level: inflation policies, monetary policies, (un)employment policies etc

o Critical analysis of the influence of the legal

and judicial system on development

Critical analysis of the influence of the political-

constitutional system on development

Critical analysis of the international economic system

(e.g. international treaties, multilateral agreements etc) on development

Critical analysis of the influence of the cultural system, such as religions, social norms, collective beliefs and

traditions on development

Critical discussion of the (systemic and non-systemic) determinants of the development and dynamics of

economic and financial crises

Depending on the interest and background of the

students as well as the current developmental relevance, up to 6 different country experiences from

low, middle, and high income countries are discussed

(such as, for example, China, South Africa, Argentine, Bolivia, Brazil, Malaysia, Germany, Sweden, India,

Russia, Cuba etc) and are systematically compared.

Pre-requisites Preferably the honours in Comparative Economics, the

masters in Poverty Alleviation and Public Finance or other courses or experiences which can provide the students with

an equivalent economic background on development

Co-requisites None






Selfstudy 100


Methods of Student Assessment A varying combination of the following: One to two case

studies & presentations, two short essays (a 8 to 10 pages) or

one long essay (25 to 30 pages), final written exam (externally moderated)

Module Name DVS834 : Urban and Regional Development


173

Module Topic Urban and Regional Development


Alpha-numeric Code DVS834

Credit Value 24


Duration 1 Semester

Level 8

Main Outcomes 1. Understand key historical and contemporary

concepts in rural development theory and practice 2. Ability to apply these concepts to case study material

drawn from the current South African and Southern

African context. 3. Ability to critically engage in debate and discussion

of current official policy thinking and theoretical

frameworks in relation to rural development in South and Southern Africa.

4. Ability to understand why some local rural

development initiatives practices/interventions succeeded while others failed through application

of theoretical tools to empirical situations

5 Ability to contribute to a critical debate regarding appropriate rural development strategies and general

policy development for SA

Main Content The module will focus on

The Masters module broadly covers the same crucial aspects and themes covered in the Honours module with more concentrated

focus on theories and some additional themes included. 1. Overview of the state of underdevelopment of the rural

areas in Southern Africa with reference to rural poverty

and its manifold of socio economic implications for both rural and urban areas

2. Analysis of the main theories of rural development,

dealing with both the establish approaches like modernization theory as well a the more recent holistic,

post modern and substantivist approaches including

sustainable rural development paradigm 3. Different agri economic models for Africa

4. The Sustainable Rural Livelihood Approach as a

methodological tool to the development of the rural areas 5. Exploration and assessment of Government‘s

contemporary conceptual thinking and policy

implementation (ISRDS) regarding the sustainable economic transformation of the rural areas of SA.

6. Micro and Rural Finance and MFIs as an critical

interventionist strategy to sustainable rural development

7. Pro – Poor Tourism and Sustainable Rural development

8. The Land Reform Programme and its potential role in

(under) development of our rural hinterland. 9. Rural Education: Sowing the Seeds of Learning

10. The efficacy, sustainability and economic viability of

contemporary Poverty Reduction Strategies 11. Designing a conceptual framework for appropriate and

sustainable agri rural development for SA

Pre-requisite modules Normal academic requirements relevant for entrée to Masters.

Co-requisite modules Masters


174




Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w.

Selfstudy 212



worksheets, three major assignments and a 3.5 hour examination

Module Name DVS839 : Social Problems


Module Topic Social Problems


Alpha-numeric Code DVS 839

Credit Value 24



Level 8

Main Outcomes Understanding of the dynamics various social problems

Understanding of the historical context within which social problems exist in South Africa and the importance of paying

attention to historical context

Understanding of social problems within a development framework Understand how some social problems can be socially constructed

that further the agendas of those in power

Ability to apply critical eye to development itself through the exploration of the deeper causes of social problems (e.g., social,

economic & structural inequality)

Deep historical exploration and sharing of own social/cultural/familial group to evidence social challenges and

strengths.

Some experience with teaching honours students

Main Content Application of work of current development theorists to understand

elements and critique social problems and development in South

Africa and sub-Saharan Africa Use of theoretical work of current development theorists to

critically explore the concepts of poverty, poverty reduction and

poverty production Use of recent critiques of development paradigms to propose

alternative approaches to social problems and their resolution

Use of specific case studies of social problems as selected by students in consultation with the lecturing staff to apply and

critique these theoretical approaches









Selfstudy 201


Methods of Student Assessment Class participation and presentations (10%)

Preparation of research proposal (10%)

175

Research project and seminar paper (30)

Final examination (40%)

Module Name DVS841 : Research Method


Module Topic Research Methods


Alpha-numeric Code DVS 841

Credit Value 24



Level 8

Main Outcomes A Student will be able to: 1. understand the logic and principles that guides social enquiry

2. examine the most influential paradigms/traditions of social

sciences, that include logical positivism, interpretisvism/phenomenology, critical theory, feminism and

post-modernism

3. understand that research includes quantitative, qualitative or participatory methods

4. master the methods and techniques used to conduct social

research using the different research paradigms and traditions 5. understand that research is a process and involves a number of

different stages

6. Access a range of appropriate information as the basis for research using different methodological tools

7. Analyse and synthesise gathered information

8. Include researched material in reports 9. Interpret documents for their value in terms of their research

content

10 construct a research proposal for Masters dissertation

Main Content The module will focus on Introduction to literature and referencing procedures

The planning of a research proposals The philosophy of science

The scientific research process

The different types of research Research design and problem formulation

Quantitative research design (surveys, sampling, questionnaire

construction) Qualitative studies

Participatory action research (par)

Evaluative research The ethics and politics of social research

Data collection and sampling methods

Data processing, data analysis and interpretation of results Introduction to computer packages, computer analysis of data

Graphical representation of results.

Report writing








176

Selfstudy 214


Methods of Student Assessment Class participation and presentations (10%)

Preparation of research proposal (10%)

Research project and seminar paper (30)

Final examination (40%)

Module Name DVS843 : Poverty and Public Finance

Home Department ISD

Module description Poverty and Public Finance



Credit Value 24

Duration 1 Semester


Level 8


have a detailed understanding of concepts, causes and measures of (under)development and poverty (reduction)

have a detailed understanding of different means of public finance

and to what extent they can contribute to enabling both development and poverty alleviation.

have a detailed understanding of, be able to critically discuss and

to apply relevant economic theories in the field of public economics and development economics to problems related to

public finance, development and poverty alleviation.

have a detailed understanding of the economic, political and cultural determinants and of the institutional and situational

context dependency of the effectiveness of different means of

public finance. have the ability to derive theory based policy recommendations

that enable development and poverty alleviation and that are

adapted to developing country contexts.

Main Content A thorough conceptualisation and critical analysis of different

definitions and measurements causes of (under)development

and poverty

Overview and critical analysis of different economic theories of

(under) development.

Overview and critical analysis of (micro) economic theories in the field of public and development economics that are

relevant for the analysis of the effectiveness of means of public

finance, especially Neoclassical Economics, New Institutional

Economics and Behavioural Economics

Critical discussion of the possibilities and limitations and

determinants of the following means of public finance to enable

development and poverty alleviation:

Savings & Remittances

Direct and Indirect Taxation State Owned Enterprises

Privatisations

Public Private Partnerships Foreign (Direct & Portfolio) Investments

(Official and Private) Foreign Aid

Two Case Studies: The Determinants of Foreign Aid Effectiveness & Negotiating Public Private Partnership Contracts

Pre-requisites None

177

Co-requisites None






Selfstudy 100


Methods of Student

Assessment

Course Work: Memorandum writing exercise, two short essays,

two case studies including presentations, final written exam

Module Name DVS846 : Community Development in Theory and Practice

Home Department ISD

Module description Community Development in Theory and Practice



Credit Value 24

Duration 1 semester


Level Masters

Main Outcomes Aims: To provide students with a conceptual introduction to, and the

opportunity to apply, basic tools and techniques of community

development, including: Conceptualization and theories of community development

Historical and theoretical roots of community development

Community development principles, processes, models and debates

Assessment of communities

The community action planning process Dealing with differences and diversity

Basic group processes

Community communications Impact assessment and measuring outcomes

Networks, partnerships and coalitions

The local economic base and strategies for economic development Participatory research approaches

Leadership in communities

To enhance students‘ capacity to apply concepts and principles to actual situations and equip students with practical skills in

facilitating a participatory, people centred grassroots process;

To reinforce students‘ inclination toward and commitment to service

To build students‘ confidence and self-esteem, so that they see

themselves as potential leaders of and contributors to development in their communities and in their country

The course will broaden the experience of people in community

development practice who work in such specific areas as health education, worker education, environmental education and

training, rural development and local government, agriculture,

public works programmes etc. It will empower students to function effectively and expand their

knowledge in a rapidly changing micro and macro society.

Main Content Programme outline:

I : Community Development Theory:

This section introduces community development theory: The

178

following aspects will be addressed:

Defining and examining the concept of community and

understanding the differences in a historical, urban or rural context.

An examination of the historical and theoretical roots of

community development and the linkage between these and various current theories of practice. Current strategies for

community regeneration and development which promote

sustainability in their local areas will be explored. Defining community development, its link to poverty reduction

processes, Community development principles and practices,

community relations and community development in developing countries and South Africa

A general overview of the community development field will be

provided and an introduction to the key principles and debates in community development.

A critical examination of the process of community development

and associated projects by discussing a number of models through

which this work is undertaken.

Major Issues in Community Development This section aims to

critically explore the impact of some ‗key issues‘ and how they impact on community development. Examples of such topics are:

Gender and community development

The environment and community development The impact of globalisation (globalisation) of the local economy

II : Community Development Practice: This section introduces community development practice: The

following aspects will be addressed:

The first section aims to engage students in the key processes, stages, skills and knowledge involved in community development

and project management.

Practical issues of community development will be dealt with

including community mobilisation and how to engage community

members in participatory methods of dealing with community

challenges as well as handling local initiatives. Students will be introduced to the field of project management,

planning and control with particular emphasis on community-

based development projects.

Pre-requisites Honour‘s degree

Co-requisites None




Reading 100

Papers 60




Methods of Student

Assessment

Assessment:

Throughout the semester a diversified mode of evaluation will be carried out which includes the following:

Long essay on individual prescribed topics Class participation

Group work and presentations

Research project and internship Externally moderated

179

Method of Lecturer

Assessment

Lecturer is assessed through confidential evaluations written by

students during the last class of the semester

School of Business & Finance

Mo

du

le C

od

es

Prere

qu

isit

es

MD

P

Sen

ior M

DP

Ad

v D

iplo

ma i

n M

an

agem

en

t

AD

M(F

ina

nce

)

AD

M(F

ina

nci

al

Pla

nn

ing

)

Po

stgra

d D

ip i

n M

an

ag

emen

t

PG

DM

(F

ina

nce

)

BC

om

(Ho

ns)

(Ma

nag

emen

t)

BC

om

(Ho

ns)

(Fin

an

ce)

Ho

no

urs

in

Bu

s. A

dm

in (

clo

sed

)

Ho

no

urs

in F

ina

nce

/In

v (

clo

sed

)

CORE

MODULES

Business

Communication

MDP567 MDP565 - C - - - - - - - - -

Business Finance MDP680

ADM668

None C - E - E - - - - - -

Economics for

Managers

MDP549

ADM

MAN749

MDP580/

ADM616/

MAN748

- E E C C C C C C C C

Employee

Management

MDP578

MAN651

MAN759

MDP551/

ADM618/

MAN751

- E E - - C -- - - C -

Finance Research & Communication

FRC611

ADM616/ MAN748

- - C - - - - - - -

Financial

Accounting 1

ADM681

ACC781

MDP553/

ADM619/MAN753

- - E C - E C - C E C

Financial &

Analytical

Techniques

ADM610 ADM622 - - - E - - - - - - -

Financial

Management

MDP556

ADM622

MAN756

MDP580/

ADM668/

ADM616/MAN748

- E E C C E C C C C C

Information

Systems &

Technology

ADM647

MAN747

- - - C C - E E C C C C

Intro to Information

Systems

MDP550 - C - - - - - - - - - -

Management Skills

Development

MDP - C - - - - - - - - - -

Marketing MDP554

ADM620

MAN754

- - E C - - C - C C C -

Operations

Management

MDP557

ADM623

MAN757

MDP551/

ADM618/

MAN751

- E C - - C - C C C -

Principles of MDP553 - - E E C C C C E C - C

180

Management

Accounting

ADM619

MAN753

Principles of Management &

Business

MDP551 ADM618

MAN751

- C - C C C C C C C C C

Mo

du

le C

od

es

Prere

qu

isit

es

MD

P

Sen

ior M

DP

Ad

v D

iplo

ma i

n M

an

agem

en

t

AD

M(F

ina

nce

)

AD

M(F

ina

nci

al

Pla

nn

ing

)

Po

stgra

d D

ip i

n M

an

ag

emen

t

PG

DM

(F

ina

nce

)

BC

om

(Ho

ns)

(Ma

nag

emen

t)

BC

om

(Ho

ns)

(Fin

an

ce)

Ho

no

urs

in

Bu

s. A

dm

in (

clo

sed

)

Ho

no

urs

in F

ina

nce

/In

v (

clo

sed

)

CORE MODULES cont

Quantitative

Analysis

MDP548

ADM616 MAN748

MDP580/

ADM668

- E E C C E C E - C C

Quantitative Mgt

Topics - see Fin & Analytical

Techniques

MAN710 ADM622

MAN756

- - E - E - E - E

Research & Comm for Business

ADM626 RCB711

ADM618 - - C - C - C - - -

Strategic

Management

ADM629

MAN769

ADM618/

MAN751,

ADM620/

MAN754,

ADM623/

MAN757

- - E E - C E C E C E

C – Core

E – Elective

- - Not Applicable

Mo

du

le C

od

es

Prere

qu

isit

es

Sen

ior M

DP

Ad

v D

iplo

ma i

n M

an

agem

en

t

AD

M(F

ina

nce

)

AD

M(F

ina

nci

al

Pla

nn

ing

)

Po

stgra

d D

ip i

n M

an

ag

emen

t

PG

DM

(F

ina

nce

)

BC

om

(Ho

ns)

(Ma

nag

emen

t)

BC

om

(Ho

ns)

(Fin

an

ce)

Ho

no

urs

in

Bu

s. A

dm

in (

clo

sed

)

Ho

no

urs

in F

ina

nce

/In

v (

clo

sed

)

FINANCE & FINANCIAL PLANNING

Adv. Financial

Management

ADM604

MAN704

MAN312/

ADM622MAN756

- - E - E C - C E C

Adv Long Term

Ins & Retirement

RPP715 IST714/ IST310/ - - - - - - E - -

181

Planning

Adv Management

Accounting

MAN745 ADM619/

MAN753/ MAN681

- - - - E E E E E E

Financial

Accounting 2

ACC782 ADM681/

ACC781

- - - - C - E E E

Financial Analysis MAN706 MAN604 MAN704

- - - - - E - C E E

Financial Planning ADM632 ADM668,

ADM622

- - - C - - - - - -

Finance Research FRP711 MAN314,ADM626

FRC311RCF711;

MAN307ADM605 MAN705;

MAN312MAN756

ADM622

- - - - E - C - -

Finance Research

Report

FRR711 FRP711 - - - - - E - C - -

Finance Seminar

(Currency Risk Management)

MAN742 MAN307/

ADM605/ MAN705

- - - - - E - E E E

Financial

Statement

Analysis

FSA711 ADM681/

ACC781

- - - - - E - E - -

Investment

Analysis

ADM780

/

MAN780

MAN307/

MAN605/

MAN705

- - E - - E - E E E

Investment

Management

ADM605

/MAN70

5

MAN234/

ADM622/

MAN756

- - E - - C - C E E

Long-term Insurance

LTI614 None - - - C - - - - - -

Long-term

Insurance

IST713 MAN234

ADM668 ADM622

MAN756

- - - - - E - E - -

Research &

Comms for Finance

RCF711 MAN616/

MAN748

- C - C - E

Short-term

Insurance & Risk

IST611

IST712

None - - - C - E E - -

Statistics for Investments

MAN787 ADM616/ MAN748

- - - - - C E C E E

Tax & Estate

Planning

ADM631 ADM668/

ADM622

- - - C - - - - - -

182

EL

EC

TIV

ES

Mo

du

le C

od

e

Prere

qu

isit

es

Sen

ior M

DP

Ad

v D

iplo

ma i

n M

an

agem

en

t

Po

stgra

d D

ip i

n M

an

ag

emen

t

PG

DM

(Fin

an

ce)

BC

om

(Ho

ns)

(M

an

ag

emen

t)

BC

om

(Ho

ns)

(F

ina

nce)

Ho

ns

in

Bu

s. A

dm

in (

clo

sed

)

Ho

ns

in F

ina

nce/I

nv

ess

t. (

clo

sed

)

MANAGEMENT & ENTREPRENEURSHIP

Advanced Employee Management

MAN714 MAN324/MAN651/MAN755

- - E - E - E -

Advanced Labour

Law

LBL431 EMP711 - - - - E - - -

Advanced Marketing MAN702 MAN231/ ADM620/MAN754

- - E - E - E -

Analytical and

Critical Thinking

MAN746 MAN314/

ADM626/ RCB711

- - E - E - E -

Consumer Research CRP711 MAN314/ ADM626/ RCB711

- - E - E - - -

Contemp.

Management Topics - Corporate

governance

MAN709 ADM618/MAN751 - - E E E E E E

Entrepreneurship &

Enterprise Development

ADM607

/MAN711

MDP551/

ADM618/ MAN751

- E E - E - E -

Field Study (30

credits)

MAN717 MRP711 - - - - E E - -

Global Marketing MAN719 MAN554/ ADM620/

MAN754

- - E - E - E -

Management Information Systems

MAN712 ADM647/ MAN747

- - E E E E - E

Management

Research

MRP711 MAN314/

ADM626/ RCB711

- - E - E - - E

Management Research Report

MRR711 MRP711 - E - E C - - -

Project Management ADM620

MAN720

MAN233/MAN623

/ MAN757

- E E E E E E E

Services Marketing MAN728 MDP554/

ADM620/

MAN754

- - E - E - E -

SME Management MDP531

MAN631 MAN731

MDP551/

ADM618/ MAN751

- E E - E - E -

Strategy and Global

Competition

MAN726 MAN304/

ADM629/ MAN769

- - - - E -

Supply Chain

Management

MAN730 MAN233/

ADM623/MAN757

- - E - - E

Technical Report MAN763 MRP711 - - - E - - E

183

World Class

Operations

MAN721 MAN233/

ADM623/MAN757

- E E - E - E -

C: Core

E: Elective

--: Not applicable

A. MDP CORE MODULES

Name of module Business Communication

Programme Senior Management Develoment Programme

Core

Alpha-numeric code MDP567

Credit Value 15

Duration Semester


Level 6

Main Outcomes At the end of the module, students should be able to:

Read and analyse case studies, do presentations and write

reports based on presentations

Identify problems, research those problems, do presentations

and write up reports based on the research.

Main Content 1. Case analysis

2. Presentations: Group & individual (including Power Point)

3. Report writing based on case study analysis 4. Researching problems

5. Identifying research tools

6. Collating and interpreting data 7. Independent report writing (formats)

8. Introducing: Investigative feasibility reports

Pre-requisites MDP579


Time Hours




Selfstudy 44



Methods of Student

Assessment

Assignments; Tests; Case studies (60%); Examination (40%)

Home Department School of Business and Finance

Module Topic Business Finance


Credit Value 15

Duration Semester


offered

2nd


module is offered.

MDP

Level 5

Main Outcomes At the end of the module students will be able to:

Compute mathematical calculations used in financial

management;

Understand and interpret graphs and basic descriptive

184

statistics;

Interpret financial statements through ratio analysis; and

Demonstrate an understanding of the basic use of analytical

techniques in finance.

Main Content Basic operations and fractions;

Percents and their applications;

Graphs and basic statistics;

Financial management concepts;

Financial statements and analysis (ratios);

Risk and return;

Time value of money;

Valuation of shares and bonds;

Cash flows, budgeting and working capital management;

Capital budgeting

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None



Time Hours



Assessment 15

Practicals: 43

Selfstudy 40


Methods of Student

Assessment

Tests, Assignments, Practicals (60%), Examination (40%)

Assessment Module type CFA

Module Topic Introduction to Information Systems


Credit Value 15

Duration Semester


module is offered.

MDP

Level 5

Main Outcomes The course aims to develop foundational competencies in the use of information systems and information technology as a personal

productivity tool and in organizational decision-making and

problem-solving. On completion of the course the student will be able to

demonstrate:

Demonstrate the use personal computer technology effectively and productively.

Use the computer to organize and manage information at a personal level.

Know and understand the role of information systems in supporting organizational operations and decision-making

Know and understand the place of the information systems department in organizations

Main Content The use of information systems (IS) and information

technology in decision-making and problem-solving. The module provides an overview of business information systems

–

185

o transaction processing systems,

o functional management IS

o end-user computing and systems development

Practical exposure to PC-based tools such as Windows, word-

processing, spreadsheets, databases and the Internet.

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None



Time

Amended Hours



Assessment 20

Practicals: 14

Selfstudy


Methods of Student

Assessment

Tests, Assignments, Practicals (60%), Examination (40%)


Name of module Management Skills Development

Programme Management Development Programme Core

Alpha-numeric code MDP 579

Credit Value 15

Duration Semester


Level 5

Main Outcomes The module aims to develop listening, writing, reading, speaking

and life-skills. On completion the student will have demonstrated

competence to

Manage their own and cooperative learning processes as well

as expressing well-informed points of view in a confident way

Formulate diverse types of well-constructed academic and business writing (e.g. business correspondence, assignments)

in a professional manner.

Apply academic reading skills in various contexts, e.g. text

books & articles in journals, newspapers, magazines.

Use accurate and appropriate language in oral and written

communication

Deliver well-developed oral presentations and express coherent, informed points of view in oral discussions.

Apply cross-cultural communication strategies successfully in oral communication

Demonstrate their ability to effectively manage learning time

using planning techniques..

Main Content 1. Listening and note-taking skills.

2. Learning to write and writing to learn, e.g. constructing coherent paragraphs, summarising and paraphrasing skills .

3. Introducing students to multiple reading strategies, e.g. pre-

reading skills, reading with comprehension, and critical reading.

4. Organising, managing and controlling a coherent, formal

presentation 5. Problem diagnosis

6. Task and time management, career planning, giving

186

instructions and delegating

Pre-requisites Management Skills Development



Assignments & tasks: 50 3 lectures 0 Tutorials


Selfstudy 54


Methods of Student

Assessment

Assignments; Tutorials; Tests; Case studies (60%); Examination

(40%)

Name of module Principles of Management and Business

Programme Management Development Programme Core


Credit Value 15

Duration Semester


Level 5

Main Outcomes At the end of the module, the student will be able to:

Demonstrate a clear understanding of management and business concepts

Apply the principles of management by using personal and group exercises that draw on student experience, self-

assessment, work applications, and situational management

techniques.

Main Content This module covers all key management topics and concepts. It is

comprehensive in scope and key outcomes are reinforced throughout

the module. The business is presented as a system and managers must work within a system of relationships.

Managing in a global environment: Management, Culture,

Ethics, Social Responsibility

Planning: Creative problem-solving and decision-making;

Strategic and Operational Planning Process;

Organising: Organising and Delegating Work; Managing

Change, Innovation and Diversity; Human Resources Management and Staffing

Leading: Organisational Behaviour; Team Leadership; Communicating for Results; Leading with Influence

Controlling: Control Systems, Financial and Human;

Operations, Quality, Technology and Information Systems


Time

Hours




Practicals/Tutorials: 20 1 lecture and 2 tutorials

Selfstudy 50


Methods of Student

Assessment

Semester test, Group report, Assignments/case studies, Tutorials &

Unannounced class tests (60%); Examination 40%)

B. CORE MODULES – MANAGEMENT & FINANCE DIVISIONS

Name of module Business Finance

Programme Advanced Diploma Management & ADM(Financial

187

Planning) Core

Alpha-numeric code ADM668

Credit Value 15

Duration Semester


Level 6

Main Outcomes At the end of the module students should be able to:

Compute mathematical calculations used in financial anagement;

Interpret graphs and descriptive statistics;

Analyse and interpret financial statements; and

Demonstrate an understanding of the use of analytical

techniques in finance.

Main Content Basic operations and fractions;

Percents and their applications;

Graphs and basic statistics;

Financial management concepts;

Financial statements and analysis (ratios);

Risk and return;

Time value of money;

Valuation of shares and bonds;

Cash flows, budgeting and working capital management;

Capital budgeting


Time

Hours


Assignments & tasks: 40 3 lectures


Selfstudy 63


Methods of Student

Assessment


Module Topic Economic for Managers

Alpha-numeric code MDP549/ADM617/MAN749

Credit Value 15

Duration Semester


offered

1st


module is offered.

SMDP, ADM, ADM (Finance), ADM (Financial Planning), PGDM, PGDM (Finance), BCom(Hons)(Management),

BCom(Hons)(Finance)

Level 6, 7, 8

Main Outcomes The module provides an introduction to economic concepts from the perspective of managers as users and interpreters of economic

information. At the end of the module, the student will be able to:

Understand the general economic theory and the working of the South African Economy.

Understand the implications of economic developments and policies for business.

Main Content The main aspects that will be covered are:

The Market process: Supply, Demand & Price determination;

The Economic Role of Government;

Measuring the performance of the economy;

188

The Business Cycle: Inflation & unemployment

Production cycle;

Money and Financial Markets – interest and exchange rates;

and

International Trade and Finance.

Pre-requisites MDP548; ADM616; MAN748

Co-requisites None

Prohibited Combinations Economics at Level 6


Time

Hours

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 14 1 lecturer and 2 tutorials


Assessment 6

Practicals: 28

Selfstudy 82


Methods of Student

Assessment

Assignments/essay, tutorials, tests (60%); Examination (40%)


Name of module Employee Management

Programme B.Com Honours (BusAdmin)(closed) Core

Senior Management Development Programme,

Advanced Diploma in Management,

PGDM, BCom(Hons)(Management)

Elective

Alpha-numeric code MDP578/MAN651/MAN755

Credit Value 15

Duration Semester


Level 6/7/8

Main Outcomes At the end of the module, students should demonstrate (a) an understanding of:

main issues faced in employment relations (ER) and employee management in South Africa from a practically

oriented perspective

why management needs a coherent philosophy about employees individually and collectively and how to select an

approach

how human resources can be effectively developed and

utilized to enhance efficiency and effectiveness

the field from the perspectives of different disciplines and of management, labour and government

(b) practical competencies in wage negotiations and conducting

simple research projects, individually and as members of a team.

Main Content The main areas that will be covered are:

Conceptual frameworks for ER and human resource management

Historical and environmental context

Trade union and management approaches

Role of state and labour legislation

Bargaining forums and negotiation

Training and skills development

Flexible utilization of labour

Pre-requisites MDP551/ADM618/MAN751 or equivalent

189

Prohibited Combinations MAN324 or equivalent





Selfstudy 55

Class preparation 20


Methods of Student

Assessment

Research Project; Tutorial exercises; Oral Presentation; Semester

Test (60%); Examination 40%

Generic Module Name Finance Research and Communication

Alpha-Numeric Code FRC 611

Credit Value 15

Duration Semester

Proposed Semester To Be Offered.

Semester 1

Programmes In Which The

Module Will Be Offered

ADM(Finance); ADM(Financial Planning), PGDM(Finance),

BCom(Hons) (Finance)

Level 7

Year Level 1

Main Outcomes The module aims to develop communication and research skills in

an integrated manner. On completion, students should be able to:

Explain the finance research process Formulate research questions and identify research objectives.

Design a simple finance research project Conduct a literature review on a finance topic.

Produce a basic seminar paper

Conduct professional oral and written communications relating to the research project using appropriate technology

Main Content Basic Research processes in finance.

Research topics in investment and corporate finance.

Prepare a finance research proposal Basic computational research techniques.

Research analysis and presentation.

Professional oral and written communications, including letters, proposals, presentations and report writing

Pre-Requisite Modules MDP548, ADM616, MAN748

Co-Requisite Modules ADM622

Prohibited Module Combination ADM626


Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per

week



Tests & Examinations: 7 Tutorials p.w. 1

Selfstudy 20

Practicals

Seminar Paper 43


Method of Student Assessment Tests, Seminar Papers, Assignments, Presentation, Proposal (60%)

and Exam (40%)


Name of module Financial Accounting 1

Programme Advanced Diploma in Management, Core/ Elective

190

ADM(Finance) , PGDM, PGDM(Finance),

B.Com (Hons) (Finance)/ B.Com

Hons(Fin/Inv)

Alpha-numeric code ADM681/ACC781

Credit Value 15

Duration Semester


Level 7/8


Prepare Financial Statements

Reconcile various control accounts

Analyse business transactions for Accounting reporting

Use Financial statements to assess performance

Evaluate firm‘s capacity to meet future obligations

Assess Financial and Business risk


Accounting Concepts and Organisation of Financial Statements

Revenue recognition

Accounting for and control of assets Cash Marketable securities and receivables

Inventory costing methods Property Plant and Equipment

Operating assets

Accounting for Liabilities and Shareholders‘ Equity

Statement of Cash flows

Accounting for Long-Term Liabilities and Equity

Financial Statement Analysis

Pre-requisites MDP553/ADM619/ MAN653 or equivalent

Prohibited Combinations ACC131 and ACC132 or equivalent – Financial Accounting Level 6




Selfstudy 60


Methods of Student

Assessment

Weekly Class Test(18%); Mid-Term Test (16%); Assignments

(16%) ;Exam (50%)

Name of module Financial and Analytical Techniques (ADM610)

Quantitative Management Topics (MAN710)

Programme ADM(Finance), PGDM (Finance), B.Com

(Hons) (Finance)

Elective

Alpha-numeric code ADM610, MAN710

Credit Value 15

Duration Semester


Level 8

Main Outcomes At the end of the course, students will be able to:

Apply the various analytical techniques that managers use in practice in respect of decision making, forecasting and also

have a working knowledge of project management

Main Content Fundamentals of decision theory

Decision trees

Forecasting

Linear programming

191

Network models

Simulation

Project management

Pre-requisites MAN656

Prohibited Combinations MAN305




Selfstudy 73


Methods of Student

Assessment

Tests; Assignments (50%); Exam (50%)

Name of module Financial Management

Programme ADM ( Finance)/(B.Com Honours (BusAd)/ B.Com (Hons) (Finance/Inv)

(closed), BCom(Hons)(Management)

Core

Senior Management Development

Programme/ Advanced Diploma in Management,

PGDM

Elective


Credit Value 15

Duration Semester


Level 6/7/8


Demonstrate the use of finance related analytical techniques;

Evaluate the profitability of an enterprise;

Determine project and enterprise risk;

Analyze Fixed Income securities and shares;

Evaluate project feasibility.


time value of money;

analysis and interpretation of financial statements;

determination of cost of capital, return on equity;

determination of bond and share prices;

risk and return;

evaluation of leasing;

budgetary systems for planning and control; and

Working capital management.

Pre-requisites MDP580 OR ADM668; ADM616 or MAN748 or equivalent




Assignments & tasks: 30 3 lectures 0 tutorials


Selfstudy 70


Methods of Student

Assessment

Weekly tests; class tests; project – (60%); Examination (40%)

192

Name of module Information Systems and Technology

Programme Advanced Diploma in Management,

ADM(Finance), PGDM, PGDM(Finance), B.Com(Hons) (Management),

B.Com(Hons)(Finance), B.Com Honours

(BusAd) (closed), (Finance & Investments) (closed)

Core

Alpha-numeric code ADM647/MAN747

Credit Value 15

Duration Semester


Level 78


(c) demonstrate an understanding of:

The basic concepts of information systems and technology (IST); how they are managed and their potential benefit for

organizations;

How organizations can use IST to enhance competitiveness;

How IST can be utilized by organizations in problem solving, increasing efficiency, improving customer service, enhancing

communications and collaboration.

(d) Demonstrate practical competence in desktop tools.


Information technology uses in organizations;

Network, E-business computing, Mobile computing;

Transaction processing and enterprise systems;

Data, knowledge and decision support systems;

Business process and architectures;

E-learning technology; and

Strategic alignment and competitive strategy




Tests & examinations: 15 3 lectures 0 tutorials

Practicals: 20

Selfstudy 33

Case preparation/Analysis


Methods of Student

Assessment

Assignments; Tests; Practicals, Case studies (60%); Examination

(40%)

Name of module Marketing Organization and Management

Programme Advanced Diploma in Management /B.Com

Hons (BusAd)(closed), PGDM, BCom(Hons)

(Management)


Programme

Core

Elective


Credit Value 15

Duration Semester


Level 6/7/8


Discuss the fundamental principles of marketing

Apply the principles and practices to profit-seeking and non

193

profit-seeking organizations

Demonstrate an understanding of the different marketing mix components, that is, the product, distribution, pricing and

promotion policies and strategies.

Develop a marketing mix strategy for an organization.

Develop marketing plans and formulate strategies for all

types of organizations.

Critically discuss important international marketing issues.

Main Content The main areas that will be covered in this course are:

Marketing strategic planning;

Environmental analysis;

Competitor analysis;

Consumer Behaviour;

Product policies and strategies;

Pricing related issues;

Distribution methods;

Promotional methods and strategies

International marketing

Prohibited Combinations MAN 231 or Marketing Level 6



Assignments & tasks: 30 1 lecture and 2 tutorials


Selfstudy 55



Methods of Student

Assessment

Assignments; tests; tutorials (60%); examination (40%)

Name of module Operations Management

Programme Advanced Diploma in Management, PGDM, B.Com (Hons)(Management)

B.Com (Hons) (BusAd)(closed) Senior Mnaagement Development

Programme

Core

Elective


Credit Value 15

Duration Semester


Level 7/8


Define and discuss basic operations management concepts

Apply basic operations management techniques and

management tools

Apply the operations management concepts, techniques and

tools to analyse and improve operations.

Main Content Basic concepts of Operations Management

Business process types & management

Forecasting

Capacity management

Production & Service planning

Inventory management

Quality management


194


Group case studies: 46


Selfstudy 42


Methods of Student

Assessment

Tests, Group case assignments (Preliminary Components, Final

Report), tutorials; (60%); Examination (40%)

Name of module Principles of Management Accounting

Programme ADM(Finance), ADM(Fin Planning)/B.Com (Hons)

(Fin/Invest)(closed)

Core/ Elective

SMDP, Advanced Diploma in Management / B.Com (Hons) (BusAd)

Elective


Credit Value 15

Duration Semester

Module Type Faculty

Level 6/7/8

Main Outcomes Accounting principles and conventions are considered from the

perspective of financial managers as users and not accountants as

preparers. At the end of the course, students will be able to demonstrate and understanding of:

The product costing structure

The accounting systems needed to record the Costs/Expenses

and Sales of a Business

Budgetary Control

The use of Financial Statements


Cost/Expense Terminology and Management

Product costing structure

Recording Costs/Expenses and Sales of a Business

Budgetary Control

Financial Statements (Balance Sheet, Income

Statement and Statement of Cash flows)

Prohibited Combinations MAC234; AC M255; Management Accounting at Level 6



Tests & examinations: 10 3 lectures 0 tutorials (MDP553) 1 lecture and 2 tutorials (MAN753)

Selfstudy 50


Methods of Student

Assessment

Weekly Class Tests, term tests; assignments (60%) and exam (40%)

Name of module Principles of Management and Business

Programme Advanced Diploma in Management , ADM

(Finance), PGDM, PGDM(Finance), B.Com(Hons)(Management), B.Com

(Hons)(BA) (closed)/,B.Com (Hons)

(Fin/Inv)(closed) ADM(Fin Plan)

Core

Elective


Credit Value 15

Duration Semester

195


Level 7/8


Demonstrate a clear understanding of management and

business concepts

Apply the principles of management by using personal and group exercises that draw on student experience, self-

assessment, work applications, and situational management

techniques.

Main Content This module covers all key management topics and concepts. It is

comprehensive in scope and key outcomes are reinforced

throughout the module. The business is presented as a system and managers must work within a system of relationships.

Managing in a global environment: Management, Culture, Ethics, Social Responsibility

Planning: Creative problem-solving and decision-making;

Strategic and Operational Planning Process;

Organising: Organising and Delegating Work; Managing

Change, Innovation and Diversity; Human Resources Management and Staffing

Leading: Organisational Behaviour; Team Leadership; Communicating for Results; Leading with Influence

Controlling: Control Systems, Financial and Human;

Operations, Quality, Technology and Information Systems

Breakdown of Learning Time Hou

rs




Practicals/Tutorials: 20

Selfstudy 50


Methods of Student

Assessment

Semester test, Group report, Assignments/case studies, Tutorials & Unannounced class tests (60%); Examination 40%)

Name of module Quantitative Analysis

Programme Advanced Diploma in Management

(Finance), B.Com (Hons) (BusAd)/B.Com(Hons) (Fin & Inv),

Core


Programme Advanced Diploma in Management,

PGDM, BCom(Hons)(Management)

Elective

Alpha-numeric code MDP548, ADM616, MAN748

Credit Value 15

Duration Semester


Level 6/7/8


Demonstrate an understanding of introductory statistical techniques; and

Demonstrate the application of these techniques to management decision making.


Statistical methods;

196

descriptive statistics;

probability distribution;

sampling and estimation;

regression;

time series and correlation.

time value of money

Pre-requisites MAN668 (ADM(Management), SMDP)






Practicals: 20

Selfstudy 50


Methods of Student

Assessment

Practicals; tutorials, tests (60%); Examination (40%)

Generic Module Name Research and Communication for Business

Alpha-Numeric Code ADM626/RCB711

Credit Value 15

Duration Semester

Proposed Semester To Be

Offered.

1st

Programmes In Which The Module Is Offered.

Advanced Diploma in Management, PGDM , BCom. (Hons) (Management)

Level 7/8

Main Outcomes The module aims to develop a broad understanding of business

research in the context of management decision-making, together with professional oral and writing skills.

On completion, students should be able to:

Explain how business research questions are formulated and design a simple study;

Explain the difference between quantitative and qualitative

methodologies and the philosophical approaches which inform the choice of research design and methods;

Conduct a literature review on a contemporary business topic;

Work collaboratively to collect and analyse relevant primary and secondary data from appropriate sources and compile a business

research report.

Apply all the elements of the business research process through the analysis of real-world case studies;

Utilise oral and written communication and appropriate

technology professionally in conducting a business research

project.

Main Content The nature of business research;

Approaches to business research; The business research process ;

Business research questions;

Sourcing and reviewing relevant management literature; Business research project design including Sampling Design

Qualitative and quantitative data collection

Analyzing data and reporting findings; Commercial case study analyses for management decision-making

(presentation and written);

197

Professional oral and written communication skills required to

conduct business research projects, including email, letters,

proposals, report writing and presentations

Pre-Requisites MDP567(from 2013); ADM618/ MAN751

Co-Requisites None

Prohibited Combinations FRC311 or FRC312; MDP567 (before 2013)


Time


Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Assignments & tasks:

Assessment Selfstudy

Total Learning Time

42

50

7

51

150

Lectures p.w. 2 Tutorials p.w.1

Methods of Student Assessment: Research Assignments; Tests; Case studies (60%); Examination

(40%)

Name of module Strategic Management

Programme PGDM, PGDM(Finance), B.Com (Hons)

(Management), B.Com (Hons)

(BusAd)(closed) Advanced Diploma in Management/

Core

Elective


Credit Value 15

Duration Semester


Level 7/8

Main Outcomes At the end of the module, students will have the ability to

demonstrate (a) a conceptual understanding of selected analytical tools used to:

manage the process of strategic management

develop competitive advantage

formulate and integrate strategic analysis and

functional strategies to develop business unit strategies

implement and monitor strategies (b) the practical application of the above tools by analyzing and

developing viable solutions to strategy case studies

Main Content The main areas that will be covered are:

Strategic management and decision-making processes;

Influence of leadership, power, values and organizational culture on strategy formulation.

Formulation of mission and objectives in context of industry

and competitive analysis, and internal analysis of resources and capabilities

Integration of corporate, business unit and functional strategies

Identification of competitive advantage and strategy selection.

Designing systems for effective strategy implementation and monitoring.

Pre-requisites MDP551/ADM618/MAN751;ADM620/MAN754;

ADM623/MAN757

Co-requisites ADM647/MAN747





198

Selfstudy 50

Board meetings/Case

preparation

30


Methods of Student

Assessment

Case Studies; Tutorial exercises/Assignments; Oral Presentation;

Semester Test (60%); Examination (40%)

C. FINANCE & FINANCIAL PLANNING MODULES

Name of module Advanced Financial Management


(Finance)/B.Com Honours

(Finance/Investments)

B.Com.(Honours) in Management

Core

Elective


Credit Value 15

Duration Semester


Level 8


Use Financial techniques to make investment decisions

Show proficiency in assessing risk and the opportunity cost of Capital

Demonstrate an understanding of the limits of the Efficient

Market Hypothesis in the South African Context and share valuation.

Discuss the relationship between borrowing, risk, cost of capital and the expected return

Value shares and bonds


Growth (Absolute and proportional increases)

Advanced topics in Risk and Return

Financing decisions and Market Efficiency

Dividend policy

Capital structure, risk, cost of capital and return

Mergers and Acquisitions

Control, Governance and Financial Architecture

Pre-requisites MAN622 or MAN312 or equivalent




Selfstudy 60


0

Methods of Student

Assessment

Weekly class test; mid-term test; assignments; (50%); Examination

(50%)

Name of module Advanced Long Term Insurance and Retirement Funds

Programme (s) in which module

will be offered

B.Com(Hons)(Finance) Elective

Alpha-numeric code RPP 715

Credit Value 15

Duration 1 semester

199

Module Type Faculty

Level 8

Main Outcomes Students should be able to

Critically assess the legal and tax implications of Long Term Insurance and retirement Funds

Assess and review the Code of Conduct of Life Offices Association

Critically assess and compare Retirement Funds

Critically assess Group Benefits Estate Duty and Planning

Critically assess and compare nature of Investment Instruments and Individual Retirement Options

Evaluate and implement policy proposals

Main Content • Personal Insurance Policy

• Life Insurance as a Service Industry

• Legal and Taxation Principles • Legislation that Affects Retirement Funds

• Life Insurance - A Product Introduction

• Individual Retirement Options • Policy Proposals.

Pre-requisites INT714 / INT310

Co-requisites None






Practicals: 10

Selfstudy 50

Case studies 30


Methods of Student Assessment Case Studies; Tutorial exercises/Assignments; Oral Presentation;


Name of module Advanced Management Accounting

Programme PGDM, PGDM(Finance), B.Com (Hons) (Mgt); B.Com (Hons) (Finance)

Elective


Credit Value 15

Duration Semester


Level 8


Analyse Capital Expenditure Decisions

Investigate Financing liabilities

Analyse Leases and off-balance sheet debt

Understand Post employment benefits

Analyse Inter-corporate Investments

Assess Financial and Business Risks


Budgetary Planning

200

The Capital-Expenditure Decision

Analysis of Inventories

Cost-Control Reporting

Analysis of Financing Liabilities

Pensions and Post employment Benefits

Analysis of Inter-corporate Investments

Business Combinations

Credit and Risk Analysis

Pre-requisites ADM619, MAN753




Selfstudy 60


Methods of Student

Assessment

Weekly class test; mid-term test; assignments; (50%)

Examination (50%)

Generic Module Name Finance Research

Alpha-Numeric Code FRP711/FRP712

Credit Value 15

Duration 1 Semester

Proposed Semester 1st



B.Com Honours (Finance), PGDM(Finance)

Level 8

Main Outcomes The module aims to develop quantitative and qualitative research skills in the area of finance. On completion of the module, students

should be able to:

Apply the methods of sound reasoning and analysis to finance research

Engage critically with academic literature in proposed area of

research Identify logical fallacies and correct poorly reasoned arguments in

finance.

Identify areas of research interest in the finance domain Evaluate alternatives and select an appropriate methodology for

their study

Design a research study under the supervision of a project leader Professionally write-up and present a finance research seminar

paper

Develop a comprehensive research proposal (or complete draft Introduction, Literature Review and Research Method chapters) to

complete the requirements of the Research Report or Field Study


Research processes in finance.

Research topics in investment and corporate finance

Critical Analysis of academic literature in proposed area of finance research

Formulating coherent academic arguments and research questions

Seminar preparation and presentation. Computational research techniques.

Quantitative and qualitative research design for Finance

Technical academic writing and Research proposal-writing Writing up the Research Report

Pre-Requisite Modules MAN314 or ADM626 or FRC311 or FRC312 or RCF711 or

201

RCF712; PLUS MAN307 or MAN705; PLUS MAN312 or

MAN756 or ADM616

Co-Requisite Modules MAN704; FRR711 or FRR712 or MAN717 Field Study (Honours students only)

Prohibited Module Combination None


Time


week



Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 0


Selfstudy 50



Methods of Student

Assessment

Case Studies; Oral Presentations and Test (40%); Research

Proposal (30%); Examination (30%)

Generic Module Name Finance Research Report

Alpha-Numeric Code FRR712

Credit Value 15

Duration Semester


Offered.

Semester 2

Programmes In Which The Module Will Be Offered

B.Com Honours (Finance) Core, PGDM(Finance) elective

Level 8

Main Outcomes The module aims to develop applied quantitative and qualitative research skills in the area of finance. On completion of the

module, students should be able to:

Formulate finance research question Design methodology in line with the research question

Collect, sort and prune financial data from databases

Apply appropriate quantitative computational skills necessary to obtain research results.

Describe and analyse research results.

Compare and contrast research results to significant prior empirical findings.

Identify contributions to the existing body of knowledge.

Write-up and compile research dissertation.

Main Content Research design and problem statement Research goal and objectives

Data collection, sorting and pruning

Research methodologies Analysis of Research Results

Oral and written presentation of the research dissertation

Pre-Requisite Modules FRP711/FRP712

Co-Requisite Modules FRP711/FRP712

Prohibited Module Combination MAN717 Field Study


Time



Assignments & tasks: 40 Practicals p.w. 0.5

Tests & Examinations: 5 Tutorials p.w. 0.5

Selfstudy 20

Practicals 10

202

Research Dissertation 40


Method of Student Assessment Tests, Seminar Papers, Assignments, Presentation, Dissertation

and Exam

Name of module Finance Seminar (Currency Risk Management)


(Finance) PGDM (Finance), B.Com (Hons) (Finance)

Elective


Credit Value 15

Duration Semester


Level 7/8

Main Outcomes At the end of the module, students will be able to:

Demonstrate an understanding of the concepts and structures

of financial risk management.

Analyse how currency markets work.

Trade currency and hedge currency exposures

Account for foreign currency transactions

Price currency futures and forwards


The role of risk management in the enterprise

Concepts and economics of foreign exchange

Currency markets and systems.

Foreign currency exposure

Currency hedging

Managing currency risk in portfolio investment.

Foreign currency accounting issues

Pre-requisites ADM605/705 or MAN307




Selfstudy 60


Methods of Student

Assessment

Weekly Class Test; Mid-Term Test; Assignments; (60%);

Examination (40%)

Name of module Financial Accounting 2

Programme PGDM(Finanace), B. Com

(Hons)(Finance), BCom(Hons) (Fin/Inv) (closed)

Elective


Credit Value 15

Duration Semester


Level 8

Main Outcomes At the end of the course students will be able to:

Prepare a set of Financial Statements;

Analyze financial statements to assess the performance of the

business;

Evaluate a firm‘s capacity to meet future obligations; and

Assess Financial and Business risk.

203


Accounting for Long-Term Liabilities

Accounting for Equity

Long-term Investments and Consolidated Financial

Statements.

Analysis of Financial Statements

Inflation Accounting

Income Taxes

Analysis of Intra - corporate Investments

Pre-requisites ADM681/ACC781 or equivalent Level 6 Financial Accounting




Selfstudy 60


Methods of Student

Assessment

Tests; assignments; tutorials (50%); Examination (50%)

Name of module Financial Analysis

Programme Post-Graduate Diploma in Management (Finance)

B.Com (Hons) (Finance)

Elective

Core


Credit Value 15

Duration Semester


Level 8


Demonstrate an understanding of the relationship between

the Financial Statements and Company performance.

Conduct Sectoral and Industry analysis

Forecast performance and predict failure

Value the various methods of Mergers


Strategy analysis

Implementing Accounting and Financial Analysis

Forecasting (Sensitivity Analysis)

Valuation theory and Concepts

Credit Analysis and Distress Prediction

Pre-requisites MAN604/MAN704 and ADM681/ACC781 or equivalent level 6

module




Selfstudy 60


Methods of Student

Assessment

Weekly class test; mid-term test; assignments; (50%); Examination (50%)

Name of module Financial Planning

Programme Advanced Diploma in Management (Financial Planning)

Alpha-numeric Code ADM 632

Credit Value 15

204

Duration Semester

Level 6

Main Outcomes a) Students should demonstrate the ability to

Critically evaluate Collective Investment Schemes

Critically evaluate linked products

Assess value of Multi-manager funds

Evaluate the value of Hedge funds in a portfolio

Develop asset allocation decisions

Implement a Financial Plan

assess, analyse and manage insurance risk.

b) Apply the above tools by analyzing and developing viable solutions to case studies.

c) Provide Financial Planning advice as is required of an Associated

Financial Planner which is accredited by the Financial Planning Institute

Main Content • Collective Investment Schemes

• Linked products

• Mult-manager funds • Hedge funds

• Asset Allocation

• Financial planning process

Pre-requisite modules ADM668 or ADM622

Co-requisite modules

Prohibited module

Combination


Time

Hours




Practicals: 10

Selfstudy 50

Case studies 30


Methods of Student

Assessment

Case Studies; Tutorial exercises/Assignments; Oral Presentation; Semester Test (60%); Examination (40%)

Generic Module Name Financial Statement Analysis

Alpha-Numeric Code FSA711

Credit Value 15

Duration Semester


Offered.

Semester 2



B.Com Honours (Finance), PGDM(Finance)

Level 8

Main Outcomes On completion of the module, the student should be able to:

Use Financial Ratios to assess Financial Risk

Use Financial statements to assess performance Evaluate firm‘s capacity to meet future obligations

Assess Financial and Business risk Use Financial Instruments to mitigate Financial Risk

Use Financial Statements to value businesses


Company Financial Statements

205

Revenue recognition

Cash Marketable securities and receivables

Cash flow Analysis Inventory costing methods

Accounting for Liabilities and Shareholders‘ Equity

Accounting for Long-Term Liabilities and Equity Analysis of Inter-corporate Investments

Pensions and Postemployment benefits

Business Combinations Valuation and Forecasting

Pre-Requisite Modules ADM681/ACC781 or equivalent Level 6 Fin Acc module

Co-Requisite Modules None

Prohibited Module

Combination

FIA341 and FIA342

Breakdown Of Learning

Time

Hours

Contact With Lecturer / Tutor:

35

Assignments & Tasks: 50

Tests & Examinations: 5

Selfstudy 70


Methods Of Student

Assessment

Assignments; Tests (50%); Examination (50%)

Name of module Investment Analysis

Programme Advanced Diploma in Management (Finance) PGDM(Finance); BCom(Hons)(Finance),

B. Com (Honours) (Fin/Inv)(closed)

Elective

Alpha-numeric code ADM680MAN780

Credit Value 15

Duration Semester


Level 7/8


Demonstrate an understanding of investment and portfolio management principles.

Critically discuss the characteristics of the most commons

investment instruments and markets. Analyse company and industry trends.

Evaluate options and futures

Main Content The main aspects that will be covered are: BONDS: Fundamentals, Analysis and Valuation

EQUITIES: Company & Share valuation and analysis

Charting and Technical Analysis DIRIVATIVES: Futures, Forwards, Options and Swaps

PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT: Trading stategies.

Collective Investments Investment performance measurement

Pre-requisites ADM605/MAN705/ MAN307





Selfstudy 60

206


Methods of Student

Assessment

Weekly Class Test; Mid-term test; Assignments; (50%);

Examination (50%)

Name of module Investment Management

Programme Advanced Diploma in Management (Finance)

PGDM(Finance); B.Com(Hons)(Finance)

B.Com (Hons)(Fin/Inv) (closed)

Elective

Core


Credit Value 15

Duration Semester

Module Type Faculty

Level 7/8


Critically discuss the investment environment.

Demonstrate an understanding of the construction of Market Indexes.

Critically discuss the developments in Investment Theory

Effect Individual Financial Planning


The Investment Environment.

Asset allocation and selecting investments in a Global Market

Security market indicator series and functioning of markets

Efficient Capital markets

Portfolio Management and Asset pricing models.

Introduction to Security Valuation

Stock market and industry analysis

Company Analysis and Stock Valuation

Pre-requisites ADM622/MAN756/MAN312 or equivalent





Selfstudy 60


Methods of Student

Assessment

Weekly Class Test; Mid-term test; assignments (50%); Examination

(50%)

Name of module Long Term Insurance and Retirement Funds

Programmes ADM (Financial Planning)

PGDM(Finance), B. Com (Hons)(Finance) Core

Elective

Alpha-numeric code LTI 614/IST713

Credit Value 15

Duration 1 semester


Level 7/8

Main Outcomes Students should be able to

Assess long term Insurance Risk Assess and Implement the Legal Framework of Retirement Funds

Compare different types of Retirement Funds and their associated

risks Evaluate and compare defined Benefit and Contribution Funds

review the FAIS Act and its implications with respect to long term

retirement Insurance

207

Asssess and implement Legal and Taxation Principles

Compare different Life Products and their risks

b) Assess, identity and analyse insurance risk.

Main Content • Retirement Funds

• Risk and Insurance

• Different types of Retirement Funds • Group Benefits

• Life Insurance – A Product Introduction

Pre-requisites LTI614 - None

IST713 – MAN234/MAN756/ADM 668 or equivalent

Co-requisites None

Prohibited Combinations IST310


Time

Hours




Practicals: 10

Selfstudy 50

Case studies 30


Methods of Student

Assessment



Name of module Short Term Insurance & Risk



ADM (Financial Planning) PGDM(Finance), BCom(Hons)(Finance)

Core Elective

Alpha-numeric code IST712

Credit Value 15

Duration 1 semester

Module Type Faculty

Level 8.0

Main Outcomes On completion, students should be able to

•Apply legal and tax issues to analyse Short Term Insurance (STI) contracts

• Critically analyse the principles and practice of Personal and

Commercial Insurance • Describe the FAIS Act and discuss its implications for STI

• Describe legal and taxation principles and apply them to STI

• Critically analyse Insurance Products and their risks • Describe the regulation of Health Insurance and recommend the

choice of appropriate solutions

• Describe and apply the principles of Insurance and Risk Management.

• Identify and critically analyse insurance risk

Main Content • The Law of Contract

• Risk Management • Basic Insurance Principles

• The insurance Market in South Africa.

• Personal and Commercial Insurance Policy • The Financial Advisory and Intermediary Services Act (FAIS)

• Legal and Taxation Principles • Legal Framework – Insurance Environment

• The principle of indemnity

• Insurable interest • Good faith, warranties, misrepresentation and non-disclosure

208

• Beneficiary nominations

• Cessions

• Short-term Insurance • Introduction to medical schemes

The application of Medical Schemes Act

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None



Time

Hours




Practicals: 10

Selfstudy 50

Case studies 30


Methods of Student

Assessment



Name of module Statistics for Investments

Programme PGDM (Finance), B.Com (Hons) (Finance),

PGDM, B.Com (Hons) (Management),

B.Com (Hons) (BA) (closed)

Core

Elective


Credit Value 15

Duration Semester


Level 7.1/8.1


Demonstrate an understanding of statistical concepts and

probability theory and theoretical distributions.

Perform hypothesis testing, one-way and two-way analysis of variance.

Build a basic linear regression model.

Construct an index; and

Do basic time-series analysis


The main aspects that will be covered are:

Probability and probability distributions

Estimation & Hypothesis Testing

Analysis of Variance

Correlation & Linear Regression

Time series analysis & forecasting

Indices, benchmarking and performance measurement

Linear Model building

Pre-requisites ADM616/MAN748 or equivalent, Intermediate Excel Skills




Selfstudy 70


Methods of Student

Assessment

Weekly Class Test; Mid-Term Test; Assignments; - 60%;

examination (40%)

209

Name of module Tax and Estate Planning

Programmes Advanced Diploma in Management (Financial Planning)

Alpha-numeric Code ADM 631

Credit Value 15

Duration Semester

Level 6

Main Outcomes Students should demonstrate the ability to

Evaluate the tax liability under various schemes

Perform Estate Planning to reduce duties and taxes

Provide Succession advice in Estate Planning

Evaluate the implications of the Matrimonial and Property Act on Estate Planning

Evaluate the implications of the Will Act on Estate Planning

Evaluate the implications of the Trust Property and Control Act on Estate Planning

Main Content • Income and Capital Gains Tax

• Estate Duty, Donations Tax, Transfer Duty

• Securities Tax

• Succession and Estate Planning • Matrimonial Property Act

• Wills Act

• Trust Property and Control Act

Pre-requisite modules ADM668 or ADM622


Prohibited module

Combination

None


Time

Hours




Practicals: 10

Selfstudy 50

Case studies 30


Methods of Student

Assessment



D. MANAGEMENT & ENTREPRENEURSHIP

Module Name Advanced Employee Management

Alpha-Numeric Code MAN714

Credit Value 15

Duration Semester


Offered.

To be determined


Module Is Offered.

B.Com Honours (Management), PGDM

Level 8

Year Level Post-graduate

Main Outcomes At the end of the module, students should be able to: Critically analyse how the management of employees and the

organisation of work are shaped by markets, institutions and

processes in which employers, organised labour and the state are

210

key role players.

Critically discuss key developments in strategic human resource

management (HRM) and employment relations (ER) from a comparative perspective

Critically analyse strategic human resource developments at firm-

level in South Africa, where new ideas are borrowed from, the distinct context in which they arose, and the challenges faced in

transposing them into the local context.

Main Content The most important issues include: Comparative approaches to ER, HRM and national institutions

Integrating HRM, employee management and operations

strategies Industrial Democracy, Co-determination and Participation in

Germany and Japan

High Performance Work Practices in liberal market economies Emerging markets – Competitive challenge of Chinese HRM

Interpreting SA experience from an international perspective

Training and Skill Development

Performance related pay and executive compensation

Organisational restructuring and flexible work practices

Talent Management and Migration Employee Participation

Employment Equity and Affirmative Action

Pre-Requisites MAN324 or MAN651 or MAN755

Co-Requisites None


A. Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week



Assessment 5 Tutorials p.w. 0

Selfstudy 45

Other: Class Preparation 28


Methods of Student Assessment Research Paper/Essay; Discussion papers; Oral Presentations

(60%); Examination (40%)

Name of module Advanced Marketing Policy and Strategy


(General)/ B.Com Honours (BA) Elective

Alpha-numeric code MAN602/MAN702

Module numeric code 111602/111317

Credit Value 15

Duration Semester


Level 7/8


Critically discuss the importance of marketing policy and

strategy;

Demonstrate an understanding of how it relates to the

company‘s overall policy and strategy

Analyze the external and internal environments with a view to identify threats and opportunities for the organization;

Evaluate the Marketing policies and strategies of competitor organizations to gain a competitive edge.

Develop and implement a marketing policy and strategy

211

unique to the organization.

Main Content The themes are:

Business policy and strategy;

Marketing models;

Marketing environment;

Marketing policies;

Marketing objectives;

Marketing strategies.

Marketing performance models.

Pre-requisites MAN654 OR MAN231 & MAN303





Practicals: 15

Selfstudy 40



Methods of Student

Assessment

Assignments (15%); Case studies (15%); class discussion with peer evaluation (10%); Weekly chapter outlines (10%) and

examination (50%).

Name of module Analytical and Critical Thinking

Programme PGDM, B.Com (Hons) (Mgt)/ B.Com

Honours (BusAd) (closed) Elective


Credit Value 15

Duration Semester


Level 8


a) Apply the methods, of sound arguing, reasoning and analysis.

b) Identify logical fallacies in arguments.

c) Identify and correct poorly reasoned arguments and

conclusions.

d) Critically discuss why clear thinking is important and necessary.

e) Engage critically with academic literature and arguments in

proposed are of research. f) Develop a research prosal to complete the requirements of

the Techinal Report.


Plagiarism and academic writing

writing a coherent Academic Argument and Research Report

Structure of Arguments

Identifying Fallacies

Avoiding poorly Reasoned Arguments

Research Proposal

Selecting a Research Topic

Literature Review

Critical Analysis of Literature in Proposed Area of Research

Selecting a Research method

Prerequisites MAN314/ADM626

212

Co-requisistes MAN763 Technical Report


Time

Hours




Selfstudy 50



Methods of Student

Assessment

Case Studies; Group work; Oral Presentations and test (50%); Research Proposal (25%); Examination (25%)

Generic Module Name Consumer Research

Alpha-Numeric Code CRP711

Credit Value 15

Duration Semester


Offered.

1st

Programmes In Which The Module Will Be Offered

PGDM B.Com (Hons) (Management)

Elective

Level 8

Main Outcomes On completion of the module, students should be able to:

Explain the theories and central concepts of consumer behaviour. Apply consumer behaviour concepts to develop a research project

Formulate a research proposal on a consumer behaviour topic.

Appreciate the necessity and value of the scientific method in consumer research

Read and critically analyse theoretical and empirical research in

consumer behaviour Construct a research question and craft a literature review on an

appropriate topic

Demonstrate a conceptual and practical understanding of the use of quantitative and qualitative research methodologies in consumer

research.

Design a research study under the supervision and guidance of a project leader

Develop a comprehensive research proposal (or draft Introduction,

Literature Review and Research Method chapters) to complete the requirements of the Research Report or Field Study.

Main Content Introduction to Consumer behavior and consumer research

Consumer behaviour - Internal and external influences Consumer decision-making

Reviewing the literature

Developing a Conceptual Framework and Formulating Research

Questions in Consumer studies

Linking Concepts & Constructs to Data in Consumer studies

Research Design Creating Qualitative and Quantitative Consumer Data

Qualitative and Quantitative Consumer data analysis

Ethics in consumer research Writing the Final Research Report

Pre-Requisite Modules MAN303 or ADM620 or MAN754

Co-Requisite Modules MRR711/MRR712; MAN787 (recommended)

Prohibited Module Combination

MRP711 or MRP712 or MAN746

A. Breakdown Of Learning Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

213

Time



Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 0

Assessments 7

Selfstudy 51


Method of Student Assessment Tests, presentations and assignments (40%), Research Proposal or

draft research report chapters (30%); Examination (30%)

Name of module Contemporary Management Topics (Corporate Governance)

Programme PGDM, PGDM(Finance), B.Com (Hons)

(Management), B.Com (Hons)(Finance) B.

Com (Honours) (BusAd)(closed)

Elective


Module numeric code 111387

Credit Value 15

Duration Semester


Level 8


Critically discuss corporate governance rationale: principal and agent theory;

Critically analyse corporate governance in South Africa (i.e. King 2

Report) from a comparative perspective;

Engage critically in debates about Corporate Governance issues of

relevance to public sector institutions and private enterprise

Conduct research and write corporate governance analyses;

Manage/negotiate ambiguous/difficult ethical issues

Main Content Principles of corporate governance in the context of

diverse organisational types

Fundamental nature of Corporate governance (CG)

CG Theories;

CG Law in SA and King 2 Report;

Role of Governing Boards

Responsibilities of directors

Role of Top Management and relationships with Boards

Accountability and implementing of Board decisions





Selfstudy 50


Total Learning Time 150 150

Methods of Student Assessment Semester test, research essay, assignments: 50%; final written exam :

50%

Name of module Entrepreneurship and Enterprise Development

Programme SMDP/Advanced Diploma in Management, PGDM B.Com (Hons)/(Mgt), B.Com (Hons)

(BusAd)(closed)

Elective


Credit Value 15

214

Duration Semester


Level 6/7/8


Demonstrate an understanding of the nature of enterprise

development and entrepreneurship, both as areas of knowledge

and as characteristics of the growth and development processes in South Africa.

Critically discuss enterprise development

Apply enterprise development skills in the career they wish to

pursue.

Develop strong entrepreneurship tendencies as the key process

needed to meet economic challenges and to make a nation

economically competitive.

Meet the various requirements necessary for starting a business

Continually evaluate the risks attached to starting and managing a small business

Define an enabling small business environment

Critically discuss the stages and dimensions of business growth

Critically discuss strategies of harvesting the enterprises

Main Content The module comprises:

A series of topics and discussions on entrepreneurship and enterprise development;

Assignments and case studies addressing contemporary issues in enterprise development and entrepreneurship; and,

Seminars dealing with selected topics in entrepreneurship.

Elements of starting, managing and harvesting an enterprise


Time

Hours




Case studies 15

Tutorials 15

Self study 50


Methods of Student

Assessment

Semester test, Group report, Assignments, Tutorials, Case Studies,

Unannounced class tests (50%); Examination (50%)

Name of module Global Marketing

Programme PGDM, B.Com (Hons)/(Management)B.Com (Hons)

(BusAd)/(closed)

Elective


Credit Value 15

Duration Semester


Level 8

Main Outcomes At the end of the module, students must be able to demonstrate the

ability to:

Evaluate the global environment and challenges of

globalisation that companies or organisations operate in.

Evaluate the strategic global position of in a

business/institution,

Demonstrate an understanding of the impact of culture on

215

global marketing.

Critically discuss the ethical considerations in global businesses

Evaluate the power relationships that influence trading

relationships.

Demonstrate an understanding of consumer behaviour in the dynamically changing context.

Develop a global marketing strategy as it relates to the global context.

Apply global marketing theory in practical case examples.

Main Content Global marketing research theories

Environment of Global business

The context within developing and developed nations

Ethical considerations in global businesses

Trading blocs and trade relations and the power of governments

and regions to influence them

Culture and global business

Consumer Behaviour and global marketing strategy

Global marketing, entry, communications and distribution

Strategies

Developing a comprehensive integrated global marketing

strategy

Pre-requisites MAN654 or the undergraduate 3rd year courses in marketing.


(hours)

Contact with lecturer 40

Assignments and tasks 40

Tests and examinations 10

Self-study 30

Practical 30

Total learning time 150

Methods of Student Assessment

Cases, Written tasks, Position paper (50%) and final exam consisting of a case study and a research paper 50%.

Name of module Management Information Systems

Programme PGDM, PGDM(Finance), B.Com (Hons)/(Management),

B.Com(Hons)(Finance), B.Com (Hons) (BusAd)/(closed) Elective


Credit Value 15

Duration Semester


Level 7/8

Main Outcomes The course is presented as an advanced elective in Management Information Systems (MIS) and as such the content will change as the

agenda of the Chief Information Officers (CIOs) in the knowledge

economy changes. At the end of the module, students will be able to:

analyze current strategic MIS issues facing managers in the knowledge economy;

present some solutions to allow effective decision-making.

Main Content Though the content will change from time to time, the following themes will be addressed:

The Business Context of Information Systems

The Internet

Benefits Realization and Information Systems Delivery Valuation

216

Outsourcing Perspectives in the knowledge economy

Supply Chain Management (SCM) and strategic disintermediation

Value Maps

Other selected MIS topics

Pre-requisites ADM647/MAN747


Time

Hours




Selfstudy 55



Methods of Student

Assessment

Literature reviews; Individual Assignment; Group Assignment; Class test (50%); Final examination (50%)

Generic Module Name Management Research

Alpha-Numeric Code MRP711

Credit Value 15

Duration 1st Semester

Proposed Semester/Term 1st



B.Com (Hons) (Management); PGDM

Level 8

Main Outcomes On completion of the module, students should be able to:

Critically analyse empirical and theoretical management research

Appreciate the necessity and value of the scientific method Read and critically analyse theoretical and empirical research in the

proposed area of management research.

Construct an academic argument and craft a literature review Demonstrate a conceptual and practical understanding of quantitative and

qualitative research methodologies in a business context.

Design a research study under the supervision of a project leader Develop a comprehensive research proposal (or draft Introduction,

Literature Review and Research Method chapters) to complete the

requirements of the Management Research Report or Field Study.

Main Content Thinking like a Researcher & Reading Critically Reviewing the literature

Developing a Conceptual Framework and Formulating Research

Questions Linking Concepts & Constructs to Data

Research Designs

Creating Qualitative and Quantitative Data Qualitative and Quantitative data analysis

Ethics in business research

Writing the Final Research Report

Pre-Requisite Modules MAN314 or ADM626 or FRC311 or FRC312 or RCF711

Co-Requisite Modules MRR712 (Honours students only)

Prohibited Module

Combination

FRP711 or FRP712


Time





Selfstudy 43

217

Other: Fieldwork 10


Methods of Student

Assessment

Tests, Assignments, Presentations (40%) Draft Research Report or

Research Proposal (30%); Examination (30%)

Generic Module Name Management Research Report

Alpha-Numeric Code MRR711

Credit Value 15

Duration Semester

Proposed Semester To Be Offered.

Semester 2



B.Com Honours (Management)

PGDM

Core

Eelective

Level 8

Year Level Postgraduate

Main Outcomes The module aims to enable the student to complete a research report

applying quantitative or qualitative research skills in the area of

management. On completion, students should be able to: Formulate a management research question

Select an appropriate methodology in line with the research question

Collect, sort and analyse data, applying appropriate skills necessary to obtain research results.

Describe and analyse research results.

Compare and contrast research results to significant prior empirical findings.

Identify contributions to the existing body of knowledge. Write-up and compile research dissertation.

Main Content Research goal and objectives

Literature Review

Research methodologies Research design and problem statement

Data collection, sorting and analysis

Review of Research Results Oral and written presentations of the draft and final research dissertation

Pre-Requisite Modules MRP711 or MRP712


Prohibited Module Combination

None


Time


week



Selfstudy 20

Research Dissertation 70


Method of Student Assessment Seminar Papers, Assignments and Presentations (25%) Dissertation

(75%)

Name of module Project Management

Programme Advanced Diploma in Management, PGDM, B.Com

(Hons) (Management) & B.Com (Hons) (BusAd)

(closed)

Elective

Alpha-numeric code MAN620/MAN720

Credit Value 15

Duration Semester

218


Level 8

Main Outcomes At the end of the module, the students will be able to:

Understand the need for project management in today‘s life and

understand the role and necessary characteristics of a Project

Manager,

Demonstrate an understanding of:

o the five Project Management Process Groups – and apply these

processes to effectively manage a project through its life cycle, o the nine focussed expert Knowledge Areas required to succeed

in Project Management - apply these knowledge areas in order to more effectively manage a project,

Demonstrate an understanding of the relationship between the

inputs, tools and techniques and expected outcomes of each of the knowledge

Critically assess the viability of a project proposal.

Main Content Project Management Introduction,

Characteristics of a Project Manager

Project Processes and Actions

Initiating, Planning, Executing and Controlling Processes

Closing Activities Key Knowledge and Competence Areas

Project Scope, Cost, Time & Quality Management

Project Communication and Procurement Management

Project Stakeholder and Social Compact Management

Project Risk Management

Project Integration Management

Pre-requisites A module in operations management, MAN233 or MAN757


Time

Hours




Practicals: 15

Selfstudy 40



Methods of Student

Assessment

Assignments; test; class discussion with peer evaluation (60%); and

examination (40%).

Name of module Services Marketing

Programme Advanced Diploma in Management / B.Com

Honours (BA)

Elective


Credit Value 15

Duration Semester


Level 7/8


Demonstrate an understanding of the importance of services marketing.

Identify aspects within organizations that can improve the service delivery to their customers.

Develop a services marketing policy and strategy

Evaluate the Service Marketing policies and strategies of competitor

219

organizations, to develop a competitive advantage.

Main Content The major areas that will be covered in this course are:

The role of services in a changing economy;

The relation and importance of services to the Gross Domestic

product;

The principles of the Servqual model;

Service design, service setting, service quality and the use of the SERVQUAL model, the service encounter;

Managing supply and demand for services;

Service communications;

Performance measurement and delivering satisfactory service;

Monitoring and evaluating service.

Pre-requisites MAN754 OR MAN231


Time Hours




Practicals: 20

Selfstudy 34



Methods of Student

Assessment

Assignments, Case studies, class discussion; Weekly chapter outlines

(50%) and examination (50%)

Name of module Strategy and Global Competition

Programme PGDM, B. Com (Honours) (Management),

BCom(Hons)(Bus Ad) Elective


Credit Value 15

Duration Semester


Level 8

Main Outcomes At the end of the module, students will have demonstrated the ability to:

critically analyze a broad range of domestic and international topics

which are currently of strategic importance to management in South Africa.

Apply the theories, concepts and principles covered in the course

readings to the practical organizational context.

conduct secondary empirical research on the competitiveness of firms

and/or sectors.

Main Content The general focus is on environmental factors that are currently having a significant impact on firm competitiveness and strategies and the areas to

be covered are:

Strategy and international competition

Globalisation and competition

Comparative and Competitive Advantage

Competitive strategy for global players

Industrial Policy & Strategy in South Africa and Newly Industrialised

Countries

South Africa: Global, Regional & Local Competition

Strategic Linkages -Value Chains and Supplier Relations

Regions and Clusters

Pre-requisites MAN304/ADM629/MAN769

220



Time

Hours




Selfstudy 50



Methods of Student

Assessment

Case Studies; Research Project; Commentaries; Oral Presentations (50%); Examination (50%)

Name of module SME Consulting

Programme Advanced Diploma in Management//PGDM, B.Com (Hons) (Management)/ B.Com (Hons)

(BusAd)(closed)

Elective


Credit Value 15

Duration Semester


Level 7/8

Main Outcomes At the end of the module, the student will be able demonstrate the ability

to:

Prepare a profile of a business;

Do a SWOT analysis;

Prepare an action plan;

Present the action plan to a mentor and the owner of the business;

Prepare a final action incorporating the suggestions from the mentor

and owner (s);

Present the final action plan and overall plan to the owner.


what is consulting;

consulting to a family business;

the SMME environment;

productivity improvement model;

business planning


Time

Hours



Practicals: 20

Selfstudy 30



Methods of Student

Assessment

Profile; swot analysis; action plan (60%); final report and verbal

presentation (40%)

Name of module Supply Chain Management

Programme PGDM, B.Com (Hons) (Management)/ B.Com

(Hons) (BusAd) (closed) Elective


Credit Value 15

Duration Semester

221


Level 8

Main Outcomes At the end of the module, the student should be able to:

• Apply the principles of world class supply chain management (SCM)

to real world settings.

• Critically analyse the role that SCM plays in providing organizations

with a competitive edge. • Utilise analytical tools to integrate various functional areas of a

business with suppliers locally and globally

• Evaluate the holistic effectiveness of a supply chain operation • Explain the challenges of developing sustainable supply chains.

Main Content • Professional SCM

• Supply Chain Organisation and Management • New Product Development

• Purchasing Descriptions and Specifications

• Managing Quality in the Supply Chain • Procurement of Equipment and Services

• Strategic Sourcing and Outsourcing

• Global Supply Management • Contract Negotiation and & Relationship Management

Ethics, Social Responsibility and Sustainability

Pre-requisites ADM623/MAN757/ MAN233


Time Hours

Contact with lecturer 35

Assignments 25

Case studies 30

Tests 20

Examination 15

Preparation 25


Methods of Student

Assessment


Module Name World Class Operations

Programme Advanced Diploma in Management/ B.Com Honours

(BA)/B.Com Honours (Mgt)

Elective


Credit Value 15

Duration Semester


Level 8

Main Outcomes At the end of the module, the student will be able to: Critically discuss the interactive relationship between Operations,

Strategy and Technology in today‘s global competitive environment.

Critically discuss the various trade-off/conflicts associated with revolutionary approaches of managing operations.

Analyze critically an organization‘s approaches to the design of its

products, processes and services. Evaluate the implication of various revolutionary manufacturing

techniques to the efficient and effective transformation/use of aggregate

inputs – raw materials, personnel, machines, technology, capital, information, & other resources – into marketable and competitive

outputs.

Main Content This module will cover theoretical and practical contemporary issues related Operations management. The following will be covered:

222

What are the challenges in global competitive environment and its

implications on local operations

How to create competitive advantage through Operations, New product & process development, and Operations improvements..

Examine various revolutionary approaches (World Class

Manufacturing/Lean/JIT/Team work, etc), and note some growing disillusionment with some of these approaches.

Dynamic processes for building firm-level technological capabilities

Dynamic Organizational capabilities needed to offer products or services that are cost competitive, of consistently high quality, and meet the thrice

delivery objectives of flexibility, dependability and speed.

Pre-requisites MDP557/ MAN233/ADM623/MAN757


Contact with lecturer / tutor 42

Assignments & critiques 30

Case studies & Class

discussions

20

Selfstudy 25

Test 15

Examination 18


Methods of Student

Assessment

Assignments/critiques, Case studies, Tests (50%); Examination (50%)

MASTERS IN MANAGEMENT

Core modules Electives

Business and the Political Economy MAN809 Advanced Marketing Seminar

Business Research Methods MAN860 Advanced Strategic Management MAN814

Critical Analytical for Research in Management

MAN833

Comparative Organisation and Management

MAN812

Ethics and Leadership MAN805 Corporate Governance MAN808

Management Research Seminar MAN864 Social Entrepreneurship and the Social Enterprise

MAN813

Organisational Diagnosis MAN815 Strategic Human Resource Issues MAN832

SA Business and Globalisation MAN865 Work Organisation MAN850

Name of module Business and the Political Economy

Programme Masters in Management Core


Credit Value 15

Duration Semester


Level 9

Main Outcomes At the end of the module, students should demonstrate an ability to:

understand the political economy approach to business, economics and employment relations.

analyse the roles and interests of domestic and international capital, the state and organised labour

analyse the impact of globalisation, liberalisation, re-regulation and social transformation on the economy.

analyse the contested terrain between capital, labour and the state in policy formulation and regulatory reforms.

understand the political process underlying changes

domestically from comparative perspective

223

Main Content The main areas that will be covered in this course are:

Business, Politics, Economics and Policy

Capitalism in context – Globally embedded in politics,

society, institutions

Varieties of Capitalism and the political economy of South Africa

Liberalisation, democratisation and societal corporatism

Political Economy of Economic Policy, Industrialisation &

Economic Development

Political Economy of Trade, foreign direct investment and

multi-national corporations

Labour market, Training, Skill Development and

Manufacturing Competitiveness

Pre-requisites Major in Management, Politics, Economics or related discipline

Prohibited Combinations MAN724 Political Economy of Industrial Relations





Selfstudy 65



Methods of Student

Assessment

Research Project; Discussion papers; Oral Presentations (50%);

Examination (50%)

Name of module Business Research Methods



Credit Value 15

Duration Semester


Level 9

Main Outcomes At the end of the course, the student will be able to:

Demonstrate an understanding of the research process for a Business Research Project;

Critically discuss the philosophy surrounding the identification of a workable Research topic,

conceptualization of a Research Project, preliminary survey

of relevant literature.

Apply relevant theory to chosen topic, identified relevant

concepts, the relationships between them, and their operationalization.

Analysed how different research methods are utilized to

address particular research questions.

Demonstrate an understanding of various Data collection and

Analysis tools, and identified what is applicable to him/her.

Complete a draft Research Proposal.

Main Content This module offers an in-depth introduction to theoretical and

practical issues surrounding the conduct of Business Research at Masters level. Topics that will be covered are:

Introduction to Business Research Process and Proposal writing.

Library resources and using internet, referencing and plagiarism.

Formulating and clarifying researchable topic and research

224

questions and/or hypotheses.

Developing Theory, and how to do a preliminary literature review.

Concepts, relationships and operationalization of concepts.

Examination of different Research Strategies/designs - Qualitative vs. Quantitative studies.

Designing, Planning and doing a Case Study

Designing, planning and doing a Survey

Questionnaire design and administration

Data analysis and reporting

Report writing and presentation of findings

Pre-requisites MAN833 CARM



Assignments & Critiques 20

Draft Research Proposal 25

Class presentations &

discussions

10

Selfstudy 45

Examination 20


Methods of Student

Assessment

Critique/Assignments, Oral Presentations, Draft Research Proposal


Generic Module Name Critical Analysis for Research in Management


Credit Value 15

Duration Semester

Programmes in which the Module Will Be Offered

Masters in Management Core

Level 9


Understand the business research process and apply this to drafting a comprehensive draft research proposal

Apply the requirements and methods of sound arguing, reasoning

and analysis for Master‘s-level academic writing. Identify logical fallacies in research and correct poorly reasoned

arguments and conclusions.

Apply critical reasoning and analytical skills to academic literature on a selected research topic.

Construct an organising framework to integrate relevant literature

on a selected topic Identify an appropriate research design

Develop a draft proposal using a conceptual analytical framework

that incorporates all of the above


The research and proposal-writing process

Developing and refining the topic for a research project Avoiding plagiarism and writing coherent academic arguments

Fundamentals and application of analytical and critical thinking

Structure of complex arguments in research context Identifying and avoiding common research fallacies

Surveying, analysing, organising and reviewing literature

Formulating research questions Theory building and operationalising research constructs

225

Quantitative and qualitative research methods

Pre-Requisite Modules None


Prohibited Module Combination None





Selfstudy 50



Assessment Type Oral Presentations; Assignments; Literature Review; Research

Proposal (60%); Examination (40%)

Name of module Ethics and Leadership



Credit Value 15

Duration Semester


Level 9

Main Outcomes At the end of the module, the student will be able to: Manage/negotiate ambiguous/difficult ethical issues

Main Content Ethical issues;

Professional ethics;

Leadership theories, past and present;

Personal assessment of preferred leadership style

Practicing personal leadership skills

Self-Leadership for organizational and

personal success

Empowerment of employees

Motivation skills for a diverse workforce

Ethical frameworks from literature and in practice

Why making good business decisions can be

so difficult

Leadership and ethics in the global

environment of diversity

Avoiding the ―dark side of the force‖ in your

career


Contact with lecturer / tutor: 45 45

Tests & examinations: 5 5

Selfstudy 50 50

Case preparation/Analysis 50 50


Methods of Student

Assessment

Research Project; Assignments; Class Participation and Oral

Presentations (50%); final written exam (50%)

Name of module Management Research Seminar



Credit Value 15

Duration Semester


226

Level 9

Main Outcomes The purpose with this module is to assist students to complete the

data collection, analysis and drafting of the Research Report. At the end of the module, the student would have demonstrated how

to:

Incorporate support and feedback from his/her class presentations into draft chapters of a Research Project;

Prepare draft chapters of literature review, research design, data collection, data analysis and findings; and

Revise the research report drafts based on feedback from the supervisor, advisors and fellow students.

Main Content This module will mainly cover practical issues related to the

completion of the Research Report. The following will be covered:

Class presentations of work-in-progress reports and critiques thereof;

Class and staff/supervisor feedback;

Addressing practical bottlenecks arising from conducting the

research project; and

Writing comprehensive draft chapters of the literature

review, research methods, data analysis and findings




Assignments & critiques 20

Class Presentations 20

Components of Draft Report 70


Methods of Student

Assessment

Assignments/critiques, Oral Presentations, Chapters of draft

Research; Report (100%)

Name of module Organizational Diagnosis



Credit Value 15

Duration Semester


Level 9


Demonstrate a systematic understanding of the various

factors involved in the functioning of complex organizations

Critically discuss the multi-dimensional perspectives through

which organizational life can be analysed

Apply inter-disciplinary analytic and diagnostic skills with

respect to issues, problems and opportunities within

organizations.

227

Main Content Understanding Organizations and Organizing

Organisations as Multi-dimensional Complex Systems

Mechanical Images of Organization

Organizations as Organisms in the External Environment

Organizations as Political Systems

Organizations as Cultures

Organizations as Brains

Organizations as Psychic Prisons and Instruments of

Domination

Measuring and Improving Organizational Effectiveness





Selfstudy 50



Methods of Student

Assessment

Case Studies; Research Project; Assignments; Class Participation

and Oral Presentations (50%); Examination (50%)

Name of module South African Business and Globalisation



Credit Value 15

Duration Semester


Level 9

Main Outcomes At the end of the module, students will have demonstrated the

ability to:

critically analyze a broad range of domestic and international

topics which are currently of strategic importance to management in South Africa.

Apply the theories, concepts and principles covered in the course readings to the practical organizational context.

conduct secondary empirical research on the competitiveness

of firms and/or sectors.

Main Content The general focus is on environmental factors that are currently

having a significant impact on firm competitiveness and strategies

and the areas to be covered are:

Strategy and international competition

Globalisation and competition

Comparative and Competitive Advantage

Competitive strategy for global players

Industrial Policy & Strategy in South Africa and Newly

Industrialised Countries

South Africa: Global, Regional & Local Competition

Strategic Linkages -Value Chains and Supplier Relations

Regions and Clusters






228

Selfstudy 50



Methods of Student

Assessment

Case Studies; Research Project; Commentaries; Oral Presentations


Name of module Advanced Marketing Seminar

Programme Masters in Management Elective


Credit Value 15

Duration Semester


Level 9

Main Outcomes At the end of the course students will be able to:

Demonstrate a critical understanding and knowledge of classical marketing theories

Discuss the relevance of marketing theory in developing

marketing and business strategy.

Interrogate relevant marketing theory and its implications in selected companies

Critically discuss contemporary themes and relevant marketing theories

Evaluate the implications of marketing theories on cases studies.

Demonstrate an understanding of the influence of strategic

marketing theories relating to segmentation, consumer behaviour, marketing mix

Apply theoretical tools to interrogate different and opposing marketing paradigms.

Analyse case studies to demonstrate the relevant theories

that influence the selected choices or options.

Apply marketing theory in practical case examples.

Present cases relating to marketing theory.

Main Content Marketing classical theories

Understanding consumer behaviour theories and critique those.

Evaluate the ethical marketing theories considerations in marketing strategy and its implementation.

Culture and marketing theory

Marketing Strategy theories

Theories relating to advertising, public relations as well as gap theories.

Theoretical tools to assist in analysis the marketing strategies to be followed in the organisation

Contemporary challenges facing marketers and the need for theory to inform strategies

Develop a comprehensive integrated marketing strategy based on theory





Selfstudy 55


Methods of Student Review essay/review paper; Action written tasks; critiques; case

229

Assessment studies (50%) Examination (50%).

Name of module Advanced Strategic Management



Credit Value 15

Duration Semester


Level 9

Main Outcomes At the end of the module, students should have demonstrated

critical and analytical thinking skills about a range of

strategic management issues

an in-depth understanding of and appreciation for concepts and cutting edge research in strategic management;

The ability to conduct written and oral analysis of current research in strategic management;

the ability to explicitly link ideas, theory and research in the

field to practical situations (i.e. case studies);

the ability to communicate, both verbally and in writing, current knowledge, critical evaluations and the application of

new ideas in strategic management

Main Content This module follows an in-depth approach to strategy issues in theory and in practice.

Competing models of strategy

Industry Analysis, Strategic Choice and the Business Environment

Strategic leaders, values and culture.

Business Strategy: Resources, capabilities and core

competencies

Strategic Innovation, learning and knowledge management

Strategic Organization and Decision-Making Models

Corporate Strategy: Diversification and mature sectors

Network Strategy: Relationships and Cooperative Strategy





Selfstudy 50



Methods of Student

Assessment

Case Studies; Assignments; Executive summaries; Oral

Presentations (50%); Examination (50%)

Name of module Comparative Organization and Management

Programme Masters in

Management Elective


Credit Value 15

Duration Semester


Level 9


Demonstrate a deep understanding of their own culture;

Analyse the principles of diversity management applicable to

230

South Africa;

Critically discuss different dimensions of organisational culture;

Demonstrate an understanding of national characteristics and

how they impact on organisational culture.


cultural differences;

how culture affects the process of doing business;

organisational cultures

managing culture successfully;

Diversity.





Selfstudy 75


Methods of Student

Assessment


Name of module Corporate Governance

Programme B. Com (Honours) in Business Administration , B.Com Hons (Mgt)

Elective


Credit Value 15

Duration Semester


Level 9


Critically discuss corporate governance rationale:

principal and agent theory;

Critically analyse corporate governance in South Africa (i.e. King 2 Report) from a comparative perspective;

Engage critically in debates about Corporate Governance issues of relevance to public sector institutions and private

enterprise

Conduct research and write corporate governance analyses;

Manage/negotiate ambiguous/difficult ethical issues

Main Content Principles of corporate governance in the context of diverse organisational types

Fundamental nature of Corporate governance (CG)

CG Theories;

CG Law in SA and King 2 Report;

Role of Governing Boards

Responsibilities of directors

Role of Top Management and relationships

with Boards

Accountability and implementing of Board

decisions





231

Selfstudy 50



Methods of Student

Assessment

Semester test, research essay, assignments: 50%; final written

exam : 50%

Name of module Social Entrepreneurship and the Social Enterprise


Management Elective


Credit Value 15

Duration Semester


Level 9

Main Outcomes At the end of the course, students will be able to:

Critically analyze the role that traditional entrepreneurs and

social entrepreneurs play in creating job opportunities;

Evaluate what are the drivers of social entrepreneurs;

Critically analyze the differences in entrepreneurship and social entrepreneurship processes;


Social entrepreneurship

Social enterprise;

Social entrepreneurs;

Understanding the:

o Mission; o Strategies;

o Goals; and

o Organizational structure of Success and failure of social enterprises.






Selfstudy 75


Methods of Student

Assessment

Assignments; Case studies (50%); Examination (50%)

Name of module Strategic Human Resource Issues



Credit Value 15

Duration Semester


Level 9

Main Outcomes At the end of the module, students should demonstrate an in-depth

understanding of:

how the organisation of work and employee participation at

firm, industry and country levels are shaped by contexts in which organised labour and capital are the key role players.

The institutional framework, within which these processes

evolve, develops over generations and is shaped, particularly by the state.

232

Key developments transforming production systems,

industrial relations and human resource management and worker participation from a comparative perspective

the changes in human resources policies and practices at

firm-level, where new ideas are borrowed from, the contexts in which they arose, and the challenges faced in transposing

them into the local context

Main Content Comparative Approaches to IR, HR and national institutions

Global Competition, human resources, production strategy

and competitive advantage

Integrating HR, IR and production strategies – international

comparisons

Systems of Industrial Democracy & Co-determination

Interpreting SA experience from an international perspective:

Training, Skill Development and Competitiveness

Workplace Restructuring and Employee Participation

Performance related pay

Organisational restructuring and flexible work practices

Prohibited Combinations MAN714 Advanced Industrial Relations





Selfstudy 65



Methods of Student

Assessment

Research Papers/Essays; Discussion papers; Oral Presentations (50%); Examination (50%)

Name of module Capita Selecta – Selected Topics in Finance

Programme Faculty Elective


Credit Value 15

Duration Semester


Level 9

Main Outcomes At the end of this course students should demonstrate an


analyse and explain current issues in the field;

engage in debates on selected topics;

investigate and explain problems related to the selected

topics; and


topics.

Main Content The selected topics will vary according to the interest and

expertise of the lecturer.

Pre-requisites

MAN704, MAN705, MAN706, MAN710




Research & writing 70


Methods of Student Assignment & tasks, research reports (50%) Examination (50%)

233

Assessment

Name of module Capita Selecta - Selected Topics in Labour Relations


Management Elective


Credit Value 15

Duration Semester


Level 9





investigate and explain problems related to the selected topics; and


topics.








Methods of Student

Assessment

Assignment & tasks, research reports (50%) Examination (50%)

Name of module Capita Selecta – Selected topics in Marketing


Management Elective


Credit Value 15

Duration Semester


Level 9





investigate and explain problems related to the selected

topics; and

Write clear and coherent academic arguments on the

selected topics.


Pre-requisites MAN719 OR MAN702






Methods of Student Assignment & tasks, research reports (50%) Examination (50%)

234

Assessment

Name of module Capita Selecta – Selected Topics in Operations


Management Elective


Credit Value 15

Duration Semester


Level 9





investigate and explain problems related to the selected topics; and

Write clear and coherent academic arguments on the

selected topics.








Methods of Student

Assessment

Assignment & tasks, research reports (50%) Examination (50%)

Political Studies

Name of module Security Studies


Honours in Political Studies EMS, Arts Elective

Home Department Political Studies

Module description Security Studies

Generic module name Security Studies

Alpha-numeric code POL731

Credit Value 24

Duration Semester

Module Type U

Level 8

Main Outcomes After completion, students will be able to:

analyze the meanings of ‗security‘, ‗threat‘ and ‗conflict‘ from the perspective of the state, society and individuals

distinguish between and evaluate traditional and new security paradigms

describe and analyze the actors, agendas and processes involved in the provision of security (on international,

national and individual level)

Main Content Construction of threat, insecurity, conflict

National security and human security paradigms

‗New‘ security threats

The use of force in international relations

235

The economics and technologies of war

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None






Practicals: 0

Selfstudy 160


Methods of Student Assessment Seminar papers, essays 50%, Final assessment 50%

Name of module International Relations Theory




Module description International Relations Theory

Generic module name International Relations Theory


Credit Value 24

Duration Semester

Level 8


explain the work of leading theorists in International Relations

outline competing trends in IR Theory, e.g. rationalist and transformative theories and new interpretation of Classical

Realism

evaluate the role of theory in IR and use theoretical

frameworks to interpret IR issues

Main Content The role of theoretical concepts and frameworks

Rationalist, transformative, constructivist, and critical

theories in IR (Feminism, Environmentalism, Post-modernism)

Challenges to mainstream theories, e.g. Realism and

Liberalism

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None






Practicals: 0

Selfstudy 160



Name of module Contemporary Democratic Theory


will be offered


Honours

Economic & Management Sciences

Elective

236

Faculty & Arts Faculty


Module description Contemporary Democratic Theory

Generic module name Contemporary Democratic Theory

Alpha-numeric code Pol723

Credit Value 24

Duration Term


Level 8

Main Outcomes At the end of this module, students should be able to: - Attain appropriate levels of competency in analysis of theories

of democracy

- Write a critical literature review on this topic - Conduct independent research

Main Content Contemporary scholarly theoretical debates over democracy

Pre-requisites Bachelor‘s degree in Political Studies

Co-requisites None






Selfstudy 161


Methods of Student Assessment Seminar papers, essays 50% Exam 50%




Module description Security Studies

Generic module name Security Studies


Credit Value 24

Duration Semester

Level 8

Main Outcomes After completion, students will be able to: analyze the meanings of ‗security‘, ‗threat‘ and ‗conflict‘ from

the perspective of the state, society and individuals

distinguish between and evaluate traditional and new security paradigms

describe and analyze the actors, agendas and processes involved

in the provision of security (on international, national and individual level)

Main Content Construction of threat, insecurity, conflict

National security and human security paradigms

‗New‘ security threats The use of force in international relations

The economics and technologies of war

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None





237


Selfstudy 160



Name of module International Relations Theory


will be offered




Module description International Relations Theory

Generic module name International Relations Theory


Credit Value 24

Duration Semester

Level 8


explain the work of leading theorists in International Relations outline competing trends in IR Theory, e.g. rationalist and

transformative theories and new interpretation of Classical

Realism evaluate the role of theory in IR and use theoretical frameworks

to interpret IR issues

Main Content The role of theoretical concepts and frameworks Rationalist, transformative, constructivist, and critical theories in

IR (Feminism, Environmentalism, Post-modernism)

Challenges to mainstream theories, e.g. Realism and Liberalism

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None






Selfstudy 160



Name of module Contemporary Democratic Theory and Practice


will be offered


Honours


Sciences Faculty & Arts Faculty

Elective




Credit Value 24

Duration Semester


Level 8


Critically evaluate theories of democracy

Explain and evaluate alternative forms of citizen participation, e.g. ward committees

238

Apply theories and concepts to selected case studies

Main Content Theories of democracy and participation

Forms of citizen participation Case studies, e.g. South Africa, India, Brazil and the DRC

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None






Selfstudy 160


Methods of Student Assessment Seminar papers, essays 50%, Exam 50%

Name of module Regional Community Foreign Policy


will be offered


Honours


Faculty & Arts Faculty

Elective


Module description Regional Community Foreign Policy

Alpha-numeric code Pol724

Credit Value 24

Duration Term


Level 8


Analyze the process in attempting to formulate common foreign

policy in a regional community such as the EU or AU Demonstrate an understanding of complex theoretical and

practical issues in this field

Conduct independent research on the foreign policy issues of a selected regional community, e.g. peace-keeping by the AU

Main Content Attempts to create a common foreign policy

Foreign policy analysis Foreign policy issues, e.g. peacekeeping and free trade

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None






Selfstudy 160



Name of module Institutions and Policy-Making in a Regional Community


will be offered


Honours


Sciences Faculty & Arts Faculty

Elective

239


Module description Institutions and Policy-Making in a Regional Community

Generic module name Institutions and Policy-Making in a Regional Community


Credit Value 24

Duration Term

Level 8

Main Outcomes At the end of the module, students should be able to:

Analyze policy debates in regional communities critically Demonstrate an understanding of the complex policy making

process in regional communities

Conduct independent research

Main Content Concepts and theories of policy making in regional communities Policy debates in selected regional communities

Case study of the policy-making process in a regional

community

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None






Selfstudy 160



Name of module Advanced Research Methodology


will be offered


Honours in Political Studies EMS. Arts Core


Module description Advanced Research Methodology

Generic module name Advanced Research Methodology


Credit Value 24

Duration Semester

Level 8

Main Outcomes At the end of the module, students will be expected to:

evaluate the different approaches to studying political phenomena

evaluate the strengths and weaknesses of the different

approaches

design a research project

formulate a research proposal

Main Content theories of qualitative research

quantitative research methods formulating and evaluating research questions

proposal design

proposal evaluation

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None



240




Selfstudy 160


Methods of Student Assessment Seminar papers, essays 50%

Exam 50%

Name of module Research Project



Honours in Political Studies EMS, Arts core


Module description Research Project

Generic module name Research Project


Credit Value 24

Duration Semester

Level 8

Main Outcomes By the end of this module, students will be able to formulate a research problem and research proposal

conduct independent research

analyze relevant literature and write up a substantial report

Main Content Research on a selected topic Research report

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None






Selfstudy 160


Methods of Student Assessment Research report 100%

Name of module Comparative Area Politics

Programme (s) in which module will

be offered




Module description (Header) Comparative Area Politics

Generic module name Comparative Area Politics

Alpha-numeric code POL 708

Credit Value 24

Duration Semester

Level 8

Main Outcomes At the end of this module, student should be able to

Apply the comparative method to study political issues in a selected area, e.g. the Middle East

Analyze themes of significance to the selected region/area

Demonstrate a critical understanding of the major political issues in the states being studied

Main Content Comparative method

Political issues/controversies in countries of case study

241

Significant transnational themes in the selected area

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None






Selfstudy 160



Name of module International Political Economy

Programme (s) in which new module will be offered




Module description International Political Economy

Generic module name International Political Economy


Credit Value 24

Duration Semester


Level 8

Main Outcomes By the end of this module, students will be able to Critically evaluate and apply theories in IPE, e.g. world

systems theory, dependency theory, free trade liberalism,

globalization theory, critical theory of IPE Explain the structure of the world political economy

Analyze issues in the global political economy, e.g. financial

crises, international debt, economic diplomacy, the rise of economic hegemons

Main Content Theories of International Political Economy

Debates and issues in IPE

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None






Selfstudy 160



Exam 50%

Name of module Political Violence


will be offered


Honours in Political Studies EMS. Arts elective


Module description Political Violence

Generic module name Political Violence

242

Alpha-numeric code PO710

Credit Value 24

Duration Semester

Level 8

Main Outcomes At the end of this module, students will be able to: critically explain how political violence is framed as an object

of analysis in scholarly discourse

demonstrate how political violence relates to the formation of modern political societies

critically evaluate how political violence relates to political

power and social change analyse the role and origin of violence in a particular event of

contemporary or historical significance

Main Content Political theory and violence War making and state making

Legitimate and illegitimate violence

Colonial modernity and violence Violence and social change

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None






Selfstudy 160



Name of module Political Philosophy



Honours in Political Studies EMS, Arts elective


Module description Political Philosophy

Generic module name Political Philosophy


Credit Value 24

Duration Semester

Level 8

Main Outcomes By the end of this module, students will be able to:

Explain and critique selected political theories or the work of selected political philosophers

Critically assess key problems, periods, or texts in political

philosophy

Main Content Selection of themes, periods, or texts in political philosophy

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None






Selfstudy 160

243



Exam 50%

Name of module The Politics of Mass Communication


be offered




Module description The Politics of Mass Communication

Generic module name The Politics of Mass Communication


Credit Value 24

Duration Semester

Level 8


Analyze texts, arguments and images in Politics, using

analytical tools such as Critical Discourse Analysis or the interpretive approach

Critically analyze the manipulation of symbols for political

purposes Critically analyze the use of mass communication media (e.g.

printed media, television or the Internet) for the distribution of

political ideas and the mobilization of public opinion

Main Content Discourse analysis Theories of social representation

Political mobilization and public opinion Mass communication media

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None






Selfstudy 160



Name of module South African Politics


be offered




Module description South African Politics

Generic module name South African Politics


Credit Value 24

Duration Semester


Level 8

Main Outcomes By the end of this module, students will be able to Critically analyse power relations in South African society

Critically discuss key development debates in South Africa,

244

e.g. poverty, equality, black economic empowerment

Compare and contrast selected theories/models of power

and/or development, e.g. Modernisation Theory, Dependency Theory, Sustainable Development and Social Theory and

apply them to South African politics and/or South Africa‘s

political economy

Main Content Theories/models of power, development and

underdevelopment

Current debates and issues in South Africa‘s politics and/or political-economy

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None






Selfstudy 160



Name of module POLITICAL TRANSITIONS


be offered




Module description Political Transitions And Issues of Democratic Consolidation

Generic module name Political Transitions


Credit Value 24

Duration Semester

Level 8


Explain key concepts in the literature on political change, e.g. transitions and democratic consolidation

Critically analyze major debates in transition and

consolidation studies Apply theoretical perspectives to practical situations (case

studies) of political change

Main Content Conceptual models, debates, and practical issues of political change (transition politics and democratic consolidation)

Selected case studies of political change and consolidation

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None






Selfstudy 160



Exam 50%

245

Name of module Mini-thesis


will be offered


Masters in Political Studies EMS, Arts Core


Module description Research Project (mini-thesis)

Generic module name Research Project (mini-thesis)


Credit Value 40

Duration Semester

Level 9

Main Outcomes By the end of this module, students will be able to

formulate a research problem and research proposal

conduct independent research analyze relevant literature

write up a substantial research report adhering to all academic

conventions

Main Content Independent research

Mini-thesis

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None




Selfstudy 360


Methods of Student Assessment Mini-thesis 100%

Name of module Advanced Research Methodology



Master‘s in Political Studies EMS. Arts Core


Module description Advanced Research Methodology

Generic module name Advanced Research Methodology


Credit Value 20

Duration semester

Level 9

Main Outcomes At the end of this module, students will be expected to:

critically discuss the literature on methodological theories in the social sciences

evaluate the particular approaches to studying political

phenomena evaluate the strengths and weaknesses of the different theories

of conducting research

explain the importance ethics in social science research formulate a research proposal

Main Content theories of qualitative research

quantitative research methods formulating and evaluating research questions

research design

research proposal

Pre-requisites None

246

Co-requisites None






Selfstudy 120



Exam 50%

Name of module Comparative Area Politics


be offered


Master‘s in Political Studies EMS, Arts elective


Module description Comparative Area Politics

Generic module name Comparative Area Politics


Credit Value 20

Duration Semester

Level 9

Main Outcomes At the end of this module, student should be able to

Apply the comparative method to study political issues in a

selected area, e.g. the Middle East Analyze themes of significance to the selected region/area

Demonstrate a critical understanding of the major political issues in the states being studied

Main Content Comparative method

Political issues/controversies in countries of case study

Significant transnational themes in the selected area

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None






Selfstudy 120




Name of module International Political Economy


will be offered




Module description International Political Economy

Generic module name International Political Economy


Credit Value 20

Duration Term

247

Level 9


Critically evaluate and apply theories in IPE, e.g. world systems theory, dependency theory, free trade liberalism,

globalization theory, Coxian theories of IPE

Explain the structure of the world political economy Analyze issues in the global political economy, e.g. financial

crises, international debt, economic diplomacy, the rise of

economic hegemons

Main Content Theories of International Political Economy Debates and issues in IPE

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None






Selfstudy 120



Name of module Political Violence



M. Admin , M.A EMS. Arts elective


Module description (Header) Political Violence

Generic module name Political Violence


Credit Value 20

Duration Semester

Level 9

Main Outcomes By the end of this module, students will be able to: critically discuss how political violence is framed as an object

of analysis in scholarly discourse

demonstrate how political violence relates to the formation of modern political societies

critically evaluate how political violence relates to political

power and social change analyse the role and origin of violence in a particular event of

contemporary or historical significance

Main Content Political theory and violence

war making and state making legitimate and illegitimate violence

colonial modernity and violence

the camp and the state of exception as paradigms of modernity violence and social change

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None





248


Practicals: 0

Selfstudy 120

Case preparation/Analysis



Exam 50%

Name of module Political Philosophy



Masters in Political Studies EMS, Arts elective


Module description (Header) Political Philosophy


Credit Value 20

Duration Term

Level 9


Explain and critique selected political theories or the work of selected political philosophers

Critically assess key problems, periods, or texts in political

philosophy

Main Content Selection of themes, periods, or texts in political philosophy

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None






Selfstudy 120



Name of module The Politics of Mass Communication





Module description The Politics of Mass Communication

Generic module name The Politics of Mass Communication


Credit Value 20

Duration Semester

Level 9


Analyze texts, arguments and images in Politics, using analytical tools such as Critical Discourse Analysis or the interpretive

approach

Critically analyze the manipulation of symbols for political purposes

Critically analyze the use of mass communication media (e.g. printed media, television or the Internet) for the distribution of

249

political ideas and the mobilization of public opinion

Main Content Discourse analysis

Theories of social representation Political mobilization and public opinion

Mass communication media

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None






Selfstudy 120



Exam 50%

Name of module South African Politics





Module description South African Politics

Generic module name South African Politics


Credit Value 20

Duration Semester

Level 9

Main Outcomes By the end of this module, students will be able to Critically analyse power relations in South African society

Critically discuss key development debates in South Africa, e.g. poverty,

equality, black economic empowerment Compare and contrast selected theories/models of power and/or

development, e.g. Modernisation Theory, Dependency Theory,

Sustainable Development and Social Theory and apply them to South African politics and/or South Africa‘s political economy

Main Content Theories/models of power, development and underdevelopment

Current debates and issues in South Africa‘s politics and/or political-economy

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None






Selfstudy 120



Name of module Contemporary Democratic Theory and Practice




250


Module description Contemporary Democratic Theory



Credit Value 20

Duration 1 term

Level 9


Critically evaluate theories of democracy Explain and evaluate alternative forms of citizen participation, e.g.

ward committees

Apply theories and concepts to selected case studies

Main Content Theories of democracy and participation Forms of citizen participation

Case studies, e.g. South Africa, India, Brazil and the DRC

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None

Prohibited Combinations none





Selfstudy 120



Exam 50%

Name of module Capita Selecta


will be offered




Module description Selected Topics

Generic module name Selected Topics


Credit Value 20

Duration Semester

Level 9


Analyse and explain current debates regarding selected topics in

the field of Political Studies or International Relations; Investigate and explain problems related to the selected topics;


topics.

Main Content The selected topics will vary according to the interest and expertise of the lecturer

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None






Selfstudy 120


251


Exam 50%

Name of module Political Transitions


will be offered




Module description Political Transitions

Generic module name Political Transitions


Credit Value 20

Duration Semester

Level 9

Main Outcomes At the end of this module, students should be able to: Explain key concepts in the literature on political change, e.g.

transitions and democratic consolidation

Critically analyze major debates in transition and consolidation studies

Apply theoretical perspectives to practical situations (case studies)

of political change

Main Content Conceptual models, debates, and practical issues of political

change (transition politics and democratic consolidation)

Selected case studies of political change and consolidation

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None






Selfstudy 120



Exam 50%

Name of module Institutions and Policy Making in Regional Community

Programme (s) in which module will be

offered


Honours

Economic & Management Sciences Faculty & Arts

Faculty

Elective


Module description Institutions and Policy Making in Regional Community

Generic module name Institutions and Policy Making in Regional Community

Alpha-numeric code Pol 823

Credit Value 20

Duration Term

Level 9

Main Outcomes At the end of the module, students should be able to: Analyze policy debates in regional communities critically

Demonstrate an understanding of the complex policy making process in regional communities

Conduct independent research

Main Content Concepts and theories of policy making in regional

252

communities

Policy debates in selected regional communities

Case study of the policy-making process in a regional community

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None






Selfstudy 120



Name of module Regional Community Foreign Policy

Programme (s) in which new module will

be offered


Honours


Faculty % Arts Faculty

Elective


Module description Regional Community Foreign Policy


Credit Value 20

Duration Term

Level 9


Analyze the process in attempting to formulate common

foreign policy in a regional community such as the EU or AU

Demonstrate an understanding of complex theoretical and

practical issues in this field Conduct independent research on the foreign policy issues

of a selected regional community, e.g. peace-keeping by

the AU

Main Content Attempts to create a common foreign policy

Foreign policy analysis

Foreign policy issues, e.g. peacekeeping and free trade

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None






Selfstudy 120



Exam 50%

School of Government: Advanced Diploma in Public Administration

Programme Advanced Diploma in Public Administration Core / Elective

253

ADPA: 1605 Faculty of Economic and Management

Sciences Core

Home Department School of Government, Faculty of Economic and Management Sciences

Module Description Economics and Public Finance

Generic Module Name Economics and Public Finance

Alpha Numeric Code PUA616

Credit Value 20

Duration 1 year


Level 6

Main outcomes

explain the fundamental terminology, principles, and

theory pertaining to public sector economics and financial management

understand and discuss the role and impact of macroeconomic policy and monetary policy on economic

growth and development

explain the significance and role of the government budget in pursuing the socio-economic development

goals and objectives of the government

identify and demonstrate a working knowledge of the

national budget documents and its accompanying bills and phases of the budget cycle process

debate and discuss the fiscal stance and approach taken

by various actors involved in the budget process

explain the role of the public sector manager working

with public finances; and

read and understand reports evaluating financial control

measures (eg auditor general reports) on efficient and effective management practices in government

organizations

Main content

the role of the government in the socio-economic growth and development

the provision of public goods, macroeconomic, and

monetary policy determinants of economic growth and development

South Africa‘s Intergovernmental Relations System and Framework and more specifically the ―Intergovernmental

Fiscal and Financial Relations in South Africa‖

the role of the government in raising/decreasing taxes and collecting revenue and allocating expenditure/resources

in society and the use of fiscal policy instruments

the national, its constituent components (operations and

capital budgets), features, functions and practices

revenues, expenditure, assets, liabilities and debt

management

the regulations framework and principles of good governance and sound public financial management

outlined in the PFMA (national and provincial government) financial accountability, controls and

auditing; and

public participation and engagement with the budget process and choices

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None

254


Breakdown of learning time Hours

Contact with lecturer/tutor: 48

Assignments and tasks: 35

Tests and Examinations: 32

Selfstudy 85


Methods of student

assessment

Assignment writing

Test Group tasks

Examination


ADPA: 1605 Faculty of Economic and Management Sciences

Core

Home Department School of Government, Faculty of Economic and Management

Sciences

Module Description Introduction to Governance and Public Administration

Generic Module Name Introduction to Governance and Public Administration


Credit Value 20

Duration 1 year


Level 6

Main outcomes

Have in-depth understanding of the principles and dimensions

of governance/good governance and discuss the challenges of

putting them into practice Understand and apply key concepts of public accountability,

democracy, human rights, and access to justice, and how they

work in practice in different contexts Critically analyse the roles and dynamics of relationships

between state, citizens and other institutions in the governance

process in different contexts Develop strong critical and analytical skills for application in a

variety of contexts.

Explain the origin, theories and models of public administration

Discuss the concept of new public management

Main content

The definition (government vs. governance) and levels of governance (local, provincial national, global).

Components / elements of good governance.

The relationship between good governance, civil society and development.

The role of civil society in governance. Enabling factors and

obstacles for participation. Participatory governance.

Origins, theories and Models of Public Administration

New Public Management v Private Sector Management South Africa as a Developmental State

South African Constitution & Bill of Rights

Structure of Government Ethics in Public Service

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None


255





Selfstudy 85


Methods of student

assessment

Assignment writing

Test

Group tasks Examination


ADPA: 1605 Faculty of Economic and Management Sciences Core

Home Department School of Government, Faculty of Economic and Management Sciences

Module Description Leadership and Managing People

Generic Module Name Leadership and Managing People


Credit Value 20

Duration 1 year


Level 6

Main outcomes

Understand of the effect of leadership on organizational

success; An understanding and the role of various stakeholders in

the formulation and communication of the organizational purpose and principles;

Understand the different types of leadership.

Understand organizational change process. Develop a working knowledge of regulatory framework

that informs and change and transformation in the public

service.

Main content

Context of leadership. Leadership Styles and types.

Setting organizational purpose, goals and principles.

Developing an organizational culture and vision. Organisational change.

Public service regulatory framework.

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None


Breakdown of learning

time

Hours




Selfstudy 85


Methods of student

assessment

Assignment writing

Test Group tasks

Examination


ADPA: 1605 Faculty of Economic and Management Core

256

Sciences


Sciences

Module Description Managing Information and Communication

Generic Module Name Managing Information and Communication

Alpha Numeric Code PUA 613

Credit Value 20

Duration 1 year


Level 6

Main outcomes

Identify government information requirements.

Demonstrate an understanding of the role of information in

organisation design and behaviour. Demonstrate an ability to collect, analyse, organise and

communicate information.

Identify and utilise appropriate communication tools and strategies.

Utilise information technology to enhance communications.

Main content

Selecting relevant information.

Formatting and synthesising information in a way that is accessible within time constraints.

Writing specialised information for specific audiences.

Analysing technical information in text. Making information available in way that is accessible

within time constraints.

Methods of conveying the information in terms of communication content and target audience.

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None


Breakdown of learning

time

Hours




Selfstudy 85


Methods of student

assessment

Assignment writing

Test Group tasks

Examination


ADPA: 1605 Faculty of Economic and Management

Sciences Core


Sciences

Module Description Managing Operations in the Public Sector

Generic Module Name Managing Operations in the Public Sector


Credit Value 20

Duration 1 year


Level 6

Main outcomes Analyse the impact of legislation on overall delivery objectives,

257

priorities and processes.

How to communicate implementation objective, priorities and

processes. Coordinate, monitor and review implementation processes.

Negotiate realignment of implementation objectives, priorities

and processes.

Main content

The Batho-Pele White Paper on Transforming Public Sector

Service Delivery.

The Public Services Act. Developmental government is explained in the South African

context.

Plans for the improvement of service delivery. Measurement methods related to service delivery.

Methods and techniques to build a sound relationship with

clients. Measures to rectify service delivery failures.

Reasons for and sources of client dissatisfaction.

Quality cycle in relation to organisational service delivery

Continuous feedback and improvement strategy for

organisational service delivery

Creative thinking techniques. Problem solving steps.

Project management steps and processes.

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None






Selfstudy 85


Methods of student

assessment

Assignment writing

Test

Group tasks Examination

Programme Faculty Core / Elective

ADPA: 1605 Faculty of Economic and Management Sciences

Core


Sciences

Module Description Public Policy

Generic Module Name Public Policy


Credit Value 20

Duration 1 year


Level 6

Main outcomes

Understand the organizational, sectoral and societal significance of policy. Explain the nature and dynamics of phases in the policy process.

Demonstrate understanding and explain public policy process. Identify the challenges of policy implementation.

Recognise and identify opportunities for improving policy.

Explain the key types of policy evaluation. Investigate and resolve problems in policy environments.

258

Main content

Concepts of public policy.

Theoretical models for policy making.

Policy making process in South Africa – National, provincial and Local.

Policy formulation and Citizen participation.

Policy analysis. Policy implementation and contribution factors.

Role of IGR in public policy.

Policy monitoring and evaluation. Research design and policy development.

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None






Selfstudy 85


Methods of student

assessment

Assignment writing Test

Group tasks

Examination

Name of module Governance, Public Administration and Ethics in the Public

Sector


B.Admin Hons in Public Admin EMS Fundamental

Home Department School of Government

Module description Governance, Public Administration and Ethics in the Public Sector

Generic module name Governance, Public Administration and Ethics in the Public Sector

Alpha-numeric code PUB701

Credit Value 15

Duration Semester

Module Type P

Level 8

Main Outcomes By the end of the module, students will be able to:

Demonstrate a critical understanding of the concept of governance

Distinguish between government and governance

Evaluate the legislative framework for governance

Demonstrate a critical understanding of the relationship between governance, public administration and ethics

Evaluate the implications of the legislative framework

towards governance on public administration

Demonstrate a critical understanding of the ethical and democratic dimensions of administrative activities in

state organizations

Demonstrate a critical understanding of the ethical and democratic dimensions of administrative activities on

policy implementation

Main Content Democratic and ethical theories and approaches

Principles and values that encapsulate good governance and professional ethics in the South African public

sector

259

The intersection between governance, public

administration and ethics

The ethical ideal of accountability, openness and

transparency

The ethical ideal of administrative neutrality

The ethical ideal of participation

The relationship between the state, citizens and civil

society

Pre-requisites Batchelor Degree in Public Administration or equivalent

Co-requisites None






Selfstudy 10

Other: Please specify(research) 50


Methods of Student

Assessment

Continuous Assessment 50% (Case studies 10%, group exercises

and presentation 10%, critical summaries 20%, and class debate 10%); Final assessment 50%. External moderation.

Name of module Public Policy Analysis


B.Admin Hons in Public Admin EMS Core


Module description Public Policy Analysis

Generic module name Public Policy Analysis


Credit Value 15

Duration Semester

Module Type P

Level 8

Main Outcomes By the end of the module students will be able to:

Critically analyze the historical, political, administrative, economic and social context of public

sector policy making in contemporary South Africa;

Distinguish between alternative models and

frameworks for analyzing public policy;

Demonstrate a critical understanding of the key techniques of policy analysis, such as problem

definition and options analysis;

Demonstrate a critical understanding of the key

stages in the policy process;

Apply the knowledge and skills of policy analysis to

a practical research project;

Engage in debate and discussions on the strengths and limitations of current policy processes in South

Africa.

Main Content Context of policy making in South Africa in the

period since 1994;

Models and approaches to policy making;

Key issues in policy analysis;

Structuring policy problems

260

Identifying and analysing policy options;

Forecasting policy futures;

Policy implementation;

Evaluating policy performance and outcomes;

Research design for developing and evaluating

public policies.


Co-requisites None





Selfstudy 10

Research and writing 70


Methods of Student Assessment Continuous Assessment 60% (Class participation and Group presentations 20%; Research Paper 40%); Final Assessment

(40%). External moderation.

Name of module Theoretical Approaches to Public Organization and

Development




Module description Theoretical approaches to Public Organization and Development

Generic module name Theoretical approaches to Public Organization and Development


Credit Value 15

Duration Semester

Module Type P

Level 8


Demonstrate a critical understanding of the various

theories & viewpoints on organisational phenomena & compare the contributions of the various theories

to the understanding of organizational phenomena;

Apply the above organisation theories to public sector organizations;

Demonstrate the ability to facilitate public sector organizational change and transformation;

Examine in detail the various dimensions, issues and problems of public sector organization.

Main Content The nature of public organizations

Theories of organisation & approaches to the study, design and management of organizations

Processes, structures & activities of organizations

Organisational behaviour, leadership & pathologies

Public sector transformation, change strategies & improvement of organisational effectiveness.


Co-requisites None




261



Selfstudy 40

Other: Please specify ( case studies)

24


Methods of Student Assessment Continuous assessment 60% (assignments/research paper &

tasks, case studies/ practical exercises/class presentations/ class participation); Final assessment (40%). External moderation.

Name of module Human Resources Management and Development in the Public

Sector


B.Admin Hons in Public

Admin

EMS Core


Module description Human Resources Management and Development in the Public

Sector

Generic module name Human Resources Management


Credit Value 15

Duration Semester

Module Type P

Level 8


Demonstrate a critical understanding of the theoretical context of human resource development and management

Demonstrate a critical understanding of the legislative and policy framework influencing the management and

development of human resources in the public sector

Critically discuss labour relations as it applies to the

management and development of human resources in the

South African public service

Critically discuss the specific legislative parameters that

influence labour relations in South Africa

Engage in debate and discussions on the key HR

functions of public sector managers in post-apartheid South Africa

Interpret and apply the legal framework and parameters

to practical realities through case studiesEngage in critical debate and discussion on issues of labour relations

as it applies to the South African public service

Main Content Theoretical approaches and perspectives on human resource management

The role, functions and challenges of the human resource manager in the public service

Performance management systems and its application in the public service

Legislation and policies affecting human resource development and management

The labour relations act

Collective bargaining: Strikes and Lock-outs

The basic conditions of employment

Employment equity

The law of dismissal

262


Co-requisites None



Time

Hours




Selfstudy 10

Other: Please specify(research)

50


Methods of Student

Assessment

Continuous assessment 40% (case studies 10%; group exercises and

presentation 10%; class test 20%). Final assessment 60% (Long research paper). External moderation.

Name of module Economics and Public Sector Financial Management

Programme Faculty Core/Elective



Module description Economics and Public Sector Financial Management

Generic module name Economics and Public Sector Financial Management


Credit Value 15

Duration Semester

Module Type P

Level 8

Main Outcomes By the end of the module students will be able to

Explain the fundamental terminology, principles,

conventions, methodology and theories pertaining to

the economics of public sector finance and financial

management

Explain the significance of the role of the budget in pursuing the goals and objectives of the government

Locate and interpret the selected macroeconomic data

Identify and demonstrate a working knowledge of the

national budget documents and its accompanying bills

Explain the nature and dynamics of the phases of the

budget cycle

Discuss the fiscal approach and stance taken by various actors involved in the budget process

Explain the role of the public manager in public financial management

Evaluate the impact of financial control measures (eg

auditor general) on efficient and effective management

practices in government organizations

Main Content The module contents include:

Introduction to macroeconomics the provision of public

goods and economic growth

The role of the government in raising and allocating

resources in society and the use of fiscal and monetary

institutions and policy instruments

Intergovernmental Fiscal and Financial relations in

South Africa

The constituent components, its features, functions and

263

practices of the national, provincial and local

government budgets

Regulations and principles of sound public financial management outlined in the Public Finance

Management Act (PFMA)

Asset, liabilities and debt management

Financial accountability, controls and auditing

Public participation in and engagement with the budget

process and choices


Co-requisites None





Selfstudy 40



Methods of Student

Assessment

Continuous assessment (50%). Final assessment 50% (Long

research paper). External moderation.

Name of module Research Methods/Research Essay


B.Admin Hons in Public

Administration

EMS Core


Module description Research Methods/Research Essay

Generic module name Research Methods/Research Essay


Credit Value 30

Duration Semester

Module Type P

Level 8


Explain the terminology, facts, conventions, trends and sequences, classification and categories, criteria,

methodology, principles and generalizations of social

science research methods

Demonstrate the ability to conduct independent

research and coherently structure and organize a research study: choose a research topic; state the

research problem; develop hypotheses and

assumptions to guide the research; review related literature, select appropriate methodological

techniques for data collection and analysis; use the

internet to access information; and write academically acceptable research proposals

Demonstrate the ability to apply the analytical tools and social science methods to problems associated

with policy formulation, implementation and

evaluation

Apply the logic and skills of research methodology to

a supervised public sector-related practical research project

Main Content Conceptual foundations and elements of social

264

scientific research and types of research

● Research designs

The research process: conducting literature surveys; planning research project; research methods/

techniques; writing a research proposal

Analysis and interpretation of research findings,

recommendations and communication of research

results to policymakers

Structuring and organizing research findings in a

written research report of approximately 6000 - 7000 words


Co-requisites None






Practicals: 5

Selfstudy 200


Methods of Student Assessment Continuous assessment 60% (Tests, assignments and class

presentations 20%; written research report 40%); Final

assessment (40%). External moderation.

Name of module Public Sector Transformation and Reform


B Admin Hons in Public

Administration

EMS Elective


Module description Public sector Transformation and Reform

Generic module name Public Sector Transformation and Reform


Credit Value 15

Duration Semester

Module Type F

Level 8


Define and discuss concepts related to public sector transformation and reform;

Utilise and apply different approaches and models in administrative or organisation theory to explain

administrative reform as a political as well as a

management process;

Demonstrate a critical understanding of past and

current debates surrounding the relationship between the state, civil society, doe agencies etc.

Analyse the historical, political, administrative,

economic and social context of public sector reform in South Africa;

Identify and discuss key regional, African and international influences on public sector

transformation and reform;

Evaluate the relevant legislative framework

Analyse the key issues and problems facing the

265

transformation of the public service, including

gender perspectives

Compare the South African experience with that of other countries, selected African countries in

particular

Main Content Define and discuss the concepts of Public sector transformation and reform;

Areas of public service reform (i.e. quality customer services; systems and work procedures;

information technology; policy implementation and management; organisational structures and human

resource management; accountability and

discipline; values of excellence; financial management; public-private partnerships; etc;

Donor-sponsored structural adjustment

programmes and administrative reforms;

Administrative reform strategies in selected

African and/or Commonwealth countries;

Public service transformation, the state and civil

society in South Africa

Influences of Global, African and regional

positions on the local (SA) transformation context

The South African constitution and the legislative framework for governance, and its transformational

outlook

Issues in public service transformation and reform

in South Africa including gender perspectives


Co-requisites None





Selfstudy 40

Other: Please specify ( case studies) 30


Methods of Student Assessment Continuous assessment 50% (Class discussion, group

presentations, individual research assignment); Final assessment (50%). External moderation.

Name of module Issues in Local Government


B.Admin Hons in Public Administration

EMS Elective


Module description Issues in Local Government

Generic module name Issues in Local Government


Credit Value 15

Duration Semester

Module Type F

Level 8


Demonstrate a critical understanding of the

challenges, opportunities, roles & relationships of

266

local authorities

Explain systems of local government, with specific reference to developing nations; and

Critically discuss issues confronting local

government in South Africa

Main Content Local government service delivery, local

government politics, local government finance, local government development and strategies for change

management in such areas as service delivery

Institution building and management, representivity and affirmative action, amalgamation

Rationalisation of previously separate local government

administrations, accountability, human resource development and management, cooperation with civil society and effective

urban and rural management


Co-requisites None






Selfstudy 60


Methods of Student Assessment Continuous assessment 60% (Written assignments 40%;

practical exercises, class presentations % /class participation

20%); Final assessment (40%). External moderation.

Name of module State and Civil Society


B.Admin Hons in Public Admin EMS Elective


Module description State and Civil Society

Generic module name State and Civil Society


Credit Value 15

Duration Semester

Module Type F

Level 8

Main Outcomes By the end of the module the students will be able to

Explain the importance of state and civil society

participation in the public policy making process.

Identify and critically discuss the different

definitions of state and civil society

Identify and critically discuss and critique the

different approaches and schools of thought used to analyze state societal relations

Identify the social dialogue institutional

arrangements and processes in South Africa

Identify and critique the approaches and stance

taken by various participants in the social dialogue process

Main Content The module content includes:

Outline and overview of stakeholder participation in the public policy making cycle and process.

267

Different definitions and understandings of the role

of the state and civil society

Critique of the state and civil society paradigm

State societal relations in public policy formulation

and implementation in South Africa prior to 1994

and after.

Case studies of the social dialogue processes at work in the New Partnership for Africa‘s Development

(NEPAD); the National Economic Development and Labour Council (NEDLAC) and the local

government Integrated Development Planning (IDP)

mechanism for service delivery


Co-requisites None






Selfstudy 50

Other: Preparation for group

exercises

10


Methods of Student Assessment Continuous assessment 60% (Individual exercise and group

presentation 20%; Written assignment 40%; Final assessment

(40%). External moderation.

MASTER IN ADMINISTRATION

Name of module Public Admin. Magister -Thesis

PUA 801 – First enrolment

PUA 802 – Second Enrolment


will be offered


M.ADMIN EMS Core


Module description Magister thesis ( PUA 801 & 802 )

Generic module name Public Admin. Magister Thesis

Alpha-numeric code PUA801 – First enrolment

PUA802 – Second enrolment

Credit Value 120 credits

Duration 1 – 2 years

Level 9

Main Outcomes At the end of this research component the student should be

able to:

Demonstrate the ability to conduct independent research

Demonstrate the ability to locate empirical work in theoretical contexts

Demonstrate the ability to apply analytical and research competencies

Demonstrate the ability to coherently structure and organize a research study

Demonstrate the ability to contribute in a unique

way to the particular field under study

268

Main Content Research methods

Literature review

Interpretation of research findings

Structuring and organizing research findings in a

logical and coherent manner

Pre-requisites Admission to the Masters Programme in the SOG

Co-requisites None





Tests & examinations:

Practicals:

Selfstudy

Total Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment Examination by supervisor, internal examiner and external

examiner (100%)

MASTER IN PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION (MINI-THESIS)

Name of module Public Admin. Magister Mini-thesis




amended module will be offered


M.ADMIN EMS Core


Module description Mini-thesis ( PUA 803 & 804 )

Generic module name Public Admin. Magister Mini-thesis




Duration 1 – 2 years


Level Level 9

Main Outcomes At the end of this research component the student should be able to:

Demonstrate the ability to conduct independent research

Demonstrate the ability to locate empirical work in theoretical contexts

Demonstrate the ability to apply analytical and

research competencies

Demonstrate the ability to coherently structure and

organize a research study

Main Content Research methods

Literature review


Structuring and organizing research findings in a logical and coherent manner

Pre-requisites Admission to the Masters Programme in the SOG

Co-requisites None



269




Practicals:

Selfstudy

Total Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment Examination of dissertation by supervisor, internal examiner

and external examiner (100%)

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION DOCTORAL THESIS

Name of current module Public Admin. Doctoral Thesis




amended module will be offered


DOCTORAL EMS Core


Module description (Header) Doctoral Thesis ( PUA 901 & 902 )

Generic module name Public Admin. Doctoral Thesis



Credit Value 360

Duration 5 years


Level 10

Main Outcomes At the end of this research component the student should be

able to:

Demonstrate the ability to conduct independent

research of a relatively new area in the existing field of study

Demonstrate the ability to make a unique

contribution to his/her field of study

Demonstrate the ability to coherently and logically

structure and organize his/her study

Demonstrate good writing skills

Demonstrate the ability to analytically and conceptually apply research findings to the issue

under investigation

Demonstrate the ability to analyse and conceptualize

existing literature in the field under investigation

Main Content Drafting a research proposal

Exposure to research methodologies

Literature reviews

Structuring and organizing chapters

Conceptualizing theoretical debates and discourses

Interpreting empirical findings in the context of the issue under investigation

Pre-requisites Admission to the Doctoral programme within SOG

Co-requisites None




270



Practicals:

Selfstudy

Total Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment Examination by supervisor, internal examiner and two external

examiners

SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT MASTERS IN PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

Name of module Theoretical and Comparative Approaches to Governance, Public

Administration and Public Management


Masters in Public Admin (MPA) EMS Fundamental


Module description Theoretical and Comparative Approaches to Governance, Public

Administration and Public Management

Alpha-numeric code MPA 811

Credit Value 15

Duration Semester

Module Type P

Level 9

Main Outcomes By the end of the module students will be able to demonstrate: (a) a conceptual and critical understanding of the theories and

analytical tools used to:

Approach Public Administration, Public Management and governance;

Apply sound governance principles;

Identify, compare and analyze trends and tendencies

in governance, public administration as well as

public and development management in different

settings (national, local, organizational);

(b) the application and interpretation of the above theories and tools through comparative case studies by developing practical

options for improved governance.

Main Content Introduction to the theory of governance, public administration and public management.

Theory and practice of co-operative governance, corporate governance, holistic governance and good

governance at the executive level.

Comparative assessment of governance, public administration and public management experiences

Focus on applications, trends and tendencies and developments in Public Management and

administration in contemporary South Africa

Comparative Governance in an organizational context. Case study of the transformation of DBSA

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None






Selfstudy 20

271


Methods of Student Assessment Continuous assessment (50%); Final assessment (50%) for

external moderation.

Name of module Advanced Public Policy Analysis and Management


Masters in Public Admin (MPA) EMS Core


Module description Advanced Public Policy Analysis and Management

Generic module name Advanced Public Policy Analysis and Management


Credit Value 15

Duration Semester

Module Type P

Level 9

Main Outcomes By the end of the Module, students will be able to demonstrate (a) a conceptual and critical understanding of selected

theories, models and analytical tools used to:

analyze public policies, strategies and evaluations

conduct policy analysis

facilitate and manage policy processes

establish institutional arrangements for policy management

integrate various policy implementation instruments

monitor and evaluate public policy

plan and design policy processes, implementation frameworks and evaluation initiatives.

(b) the practical application of the above models and tools

through case studies of national, provincial and local government policy in South Africa, by analyzing and developing practical

options for the improvement of policy design and management

Main Content Introduction to Policy Management and policy analysis;

Focus on the theory of policy processes and institutional arrangements;

Theory of policy implementation instruments including strategy, planning, operations and project

management; and

Theory and practice of policy evaluation and monitoring systems

Case studies of policy management drawn from the national, provincial and local levels in South Africa

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None






Selfstudy 20


Methods of Student Assessment Continuous assessment (50%); Final assessment (50%) for external moderation.

272



Name of module The Global, Regional and Domestic Context of Governance and

Public Administration in Contemporary South Africa


Module description The Global, Regional and Domestic Context of Governance and

Public Administration in Contemporary South Africa

Generic module name The Global, Regional and Domestic Context of Governance


Credit Value 15

Duration Semester

Module Type P

Level 9

Main Outcomes By the end of the module students will be able to: (a) Demonstrate an detailed knowledge of, and the ability to

critically analyse:

The key features and dynamics of the global, regional and

domestic context of governance, the state and public

administration in contemporary South Africa;

The challenges and opportunities posed by these dynamics

and the interplay between them for the developmental state

and the democratic state in South Africa; (b) Apply the knowledge learned to a research project on the

challenges and opportunities facing a specific aspect of

governance, the state and public administration in South Africa as a result of the interplay between global, regional and domestic

forces.

Main Content The origins, nature and challenges of globalization;

The ideological underpinnings of globalization;

Key global institutions (IMF, World Bank, WTO) and their roles.

SADC, NEPAD and the African Union and the challenges and opportunities for South Africa.

The RDP, GEAR and ASGISA – from social democracy to neo-liberalism?

The Developmental and Democratic State in South Africa and tensions between them;

The effects of the global, regional and domestic context on public sector transformation and reform in

South Africa.

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None






Selfstudy 60


Methods of Student Assessment Continuous assessment 50% (Class participation and group

presentations 20%; internal assessment 30%); Final assessment

50% (Long research paper) for external moderation.

Name of module Research Methods and Skills


273



Module description Research Methods and Skills

Generic module name Research Methods and Skills

Alpha-numeric code MPA814


Duration Semester

Module Type P

Level 9


Demonstrate a detailed knowledge and comprehension

of the research process to be followed in completing

the MPA Mini-Thesis;

Choose a relevant research topic, state the problem for

research and develop hypotheses as well as assumptions to guide their research;

Review related literature on the topic;

Select appropriate methodological techniques for data

collection and analysis;

Use the Internet and Electronic Journals to access information;

Demonstrate the necessary communication and practical skills to participate meaningfully in research

activities offered through the MPA

Demonstrate more effective writing skills through

improved design and structure, sentence construction and the usage of grammar.

Demonstrate a knowledge of quantitative data analysis

and presentation, and the ability to use SPSS;

Prepare a clear and coherent abstract for their proposed

MPA mini-theses;

Write an academically acceptable research proposal.

Main Content Concepts of research and research design

Theories of research, types of research and the research

process

Conducting the literature survey

Planning the research project

Research methods/techniques

Interactions with the academic supervisor

Writing the abstract and research proposal

An introduction to academic writing skills, including organization, presentation and layout; sentence construction;

punctuation and grammar; citation and referencing.

Avoiding plagiarism.

An introduction to the Statistical Software Package for the Social Sciences (SPSS)

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None






Practicals: 10

274

Research and Presentation 50


Methods of Student Assessment Continuous assessment 60% (Class participation and individual

presentations 15%; research abstract 15%; internal assessment

30%); Final assessment 40% (Research proposal) for external

moderation.

Name of module Research Seminar




Module description Research Seminar

Generic module name Research Seminar


Credit Value 15

Duration Semester

Module Type P

Level 9

Main Outcomes (a) At the end of the module, students will be able to:

Prepare a clear and coherent presentation of their

preliminary and final research findings for the MPA Mini-Thesis;

Communicate this effectively to peers and course lecturers

through a seminar presentation;

Respond effectively to questions and comments from

seminar participants;

Critically assess other students‘ presentations as seminar

discussants;

Revise their draft research documents on the basis of

feedback on their oral presentations

(b) Students will attend, participate and present their research findings at at least two research seminars during the MPA

programme.

Main Content Research design and methodology

Developing an effective theoretical framework

Structuring an effective research report/mini-thesis

Developing a coherent flow throughout the research report/mini-thesis

Written and oral presentations

Preparing a PowerPoint presentation

Preparation of preliminary research findings (including literature review)

Presentation of final draft research findings

Pre-requisites MPA Module on Research Methods and Skills

Co-requisites None





Research and Presentation 70


Methods of Student Assessment Continuous assessment 50% (Pre-course preparation and class

participation ); Final assessment 50%. External moderation.

275

Name of new module MPA Mini-Thesis




Module description MPA Mini-Thesis

Generic module name Mini-Thesis

Alpha-numeric code SOG 827

Credit Value 120

Duration 1 Year

Module Type P

Level 8.2

Main Outcomes By the end of the Module, students will be able to

demonstrate the ability to:

Conduct independent research;

Locate empirical research in appropriate theoretical

contexts;

Apply analytical and research skills and competencies at

the Masters level;

Coherently structure and organize a research study of this

kind;

Contribute in a unique way to the particular field under study.

Produce a mini-thesis of between 25,000 and 30,000 words.

Main Content Research skills and methods

Literature review


Structuring and organizing research findings in a logical

and coherent manner.

Pre-requisites MPA Module on Research Methods and Skills

Co-requisites None



Contact with supervisor: 30

Research and writing Mini-Thesis 1170


Methods of Student Assessment Final assessment by supervisor, internal examiner and external

examiner (100%).

Name of module Programme and Project Management in the Public sector


Masters in Public Admin (MPA) EMS Elective


Module description Programme and Project Management in the Public sector

Generic module name Programme and Project Management in the Public sector


Credit Value 15

Duration Semester

Module Type F

Level 9

Main Outcomes By the end of the module, students will be able to demonstrate: (b) a conceptual understanding of selected theories,

models and analytical tools used to:

define and approach programme and project

276

management in the public sector

facilitate programme and project management processes;

plan, implement and evaluate the Project

Management Body of Knowledge;

facilitate the nine knowledge areas (integration,

scope, quality, cost, time, communication, human resources, procurement and risk management);

institutionalize the programme and project management approach in the public sector;

(b) the practical application of the above models and tools

through case studies by analyzing and developing practical options for the improvement of programme and project

management in the South African context.

Main Content Introduction to Programme and Project Management;

Programme and project management processes;

Focus on the Project Management body of

knowledge;

Theory of the nine knowledge areas;

Institutional arrangements for Programme and

Project Management; and

Case studies of programme and project management.

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None






Self study 20


Methods of Student Assessment Continuous assessment 50% (Take home assignment); Final

assessment (50%) for external moderation.

Name of module Public Sector Planning, Monitoring and Evaluation




Module description Public sector planning, monitoring and evaluation

Generic module name Public sector planning, monitoring and evaluation


Credit Value 15

Duration Semester

Module Type F

Level 9


Develop and use the logical framework as a tool to help strengthen programme and project design, implementation,

and monitoring and evaluation

Set programme and project goals and objectives

Manage risks in programmes and projects, establish programme organisation, monitor and control programmes,

appraise programmes and assure product/service quality.

Conceive a programme using a Logical Framework Approach as a planning tool

277

Identify and discuss the advantages/strengths and

disadvantages/limitations of the logical framework as a management tool

Work in teams to build effective strategies for meeting

clients' needs.

Main Content The Logical Framework Approach to programme

planning and evaluation

The role and importance of stakeholder analysis in

programme planning and evaluation.

Programme management cycle and the logical framework

Strengthening programme design, implementation, monitoring and evaluation

The analysis phase: stakeholder analysis, problem

analysis, objectives analysis and strategic analysis

Development of the logical framework: objective,

immediate objective, outputs, activities, inputs, indicators, risks and assumptions

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None






Selfstudy 35

Case studies 25


Methods of Student Assessment Continuous Assessment 50% (Group presentation and reports

and tasks 20%; individual research report 30%); Final

assessment (50%). External moderation.

Name of module Managing Change in the Public Sector




Generic module name Managing change in the Public Sector


Credit Value 15

Duration Semester

Module Type F

Level 9


Analyse the historical, political, administrative, economic

and social context of change in governance (regional ( SADC), African and international perspectives)

Critically analyze the historical, political, administrative,

economic and social context of public sector reform/policy and change management in contemporary SA

Demonstrate a critical understanding of past and current debates surrounding the relationship between the state and

civil society and its relevance on the management of change

Evaluate the need for public sector change and key issues and problems facing the transformation of the public sector

process

Critically analyze strategies and techniques for effective

278

change management in the public sector

Main Content Introduction and overview of the Management of Change;

regional ( SADC), African and international perspectives

Managing Public sector change in the new South Africa

Interface between civil society, managing change and Accountability,

Issues in public service transformation and change in South Africa

Strategies and techniques for analyzing and Managing Public Policy/reform processes in the new South Africa

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None






Selfstudy 35

Other: Please specify ( case studies)

25


Methods of Student Assessment Continuous assessment 60% (Group presentations and

preparation for research paper, case study compilation and presentation); Final assessment (40%). External moderation.

Name of module Public Finance and Budgeting




Module description Public Finance and Budgeting


Credit Value 15

Duration Semester

Module Type F

Level 9

Main Outcomes By the end of this module students will be able to:

Demonstrate a critical understanding of the socio-economic role of government

Critically discuss the key financial issues

confronting the South African government

Explain the fiscal policy stance and practice of the

South Africa government

Identify and analyse the various sources of

government revenue

Identify and analyse the tax principles of equity and

efficiency in property and service charges

Identify the regulatory framework for sound public sector financial management in South including the

Public Sector Financial Management Act and the Municipal Finance and Management Act (MFMA)

Identify the budget cycles, its components and functions

Identify difficulties of infrastructure provision and

capital expenditure management

Explain the importance of asset, liability and debt

279

management

Explain the importance of cash flow management

Main Content The module content include:

Overview of the rationale for government

intervention in an economy and the provision of public goods and services

Role of fiscal and monetary policy instruments in economic growth and development

Sources of taxation, taxation principles and

provincial and local government revenue

Performance budgeting

Financial infrastructure

Legislative framework (PFMA and MFMA)

Public sector accounting and control

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None






Selfstudy 40

Other: Preparation for group exercise

10


Methods of Student Assessment Continuous assessment 50% (Individual assignments 20%;

Group presentation 30%); Final assessment 50% (Long Research Paper).

Name of module Administrative Law




Generic module name Administrative Law



Duration Semester

Module Type F

Level 9

Main Outcomes At the end of this module students will be able to :

Demonstrate a critical understanding of the process of law making in relation to public administration;

Interpret and discuss a court decision;

Critically discuss the changes brought about by the change from a supreme parliament to a supreme

constitution;

Demonstrate an understanding of the structure and

working of the constitution;

Evaluate the content of administrative law;

Apply the skills and knowledge learned to a practical research report on aspects of

administrative law.

Main Content Introduction to administrative law

Division of the law

280

Sources of the law

Constitutional law

Types of administrative action

Lawfulness

Reasonableness

Procedural fairness

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None






Selfstudy 60


Methods of Student Assessment Continuous assessment 50% (Group and individual exercises 20%; Internal examination 30%); Final assessment 50% (Long

research paper). External moderation.

Name of module Development Policy , Planning and Management

Programme Faculty Core/

Elective



Generic module name Development Policy, Planning and Management



Duration Semester

Module Type F

Level 9

Main Outcomes By the end of this module students will be able to: (a) Demonstrate a critical understanding of the:

Processes, techniques and methods involved in development policy, planning and management;

The discourse of development policy, planning and management:

Development policy and planning in the ―Third World‖ with special reference to urbanization and

globalization;

Trends in world socio –economic development planning;

The role of donor ―aid in development policy, planning and management;

The challenges facing integrated development planning in South Africa.

(b) Critically discuss and evaluate the factors influencing

development policy, planning and management, such as budgetary constraints, staff capacity, timing, and co-

ordination and integration with other sectors;

( c ) Apply the skills and knowledge learned to a long research paper on development policy, planning and

management in the South African context.

Main Content The discourse of development policy, planning and management;

Development policy and planning in the ―Third World‖

281

with special reference to urbanization and globalization;

Trends in world socio –economic development planning;

The role of donor ―Aid‖ in development;

Ethnocentrism as an alienating reality—urbanism and

everyday life with special reference to the import of

social policy and social planning;

Integrated development planning and its challenges for sustainable development;

Factors influencing programme planning and management such as budgetary constraints, staff capacity,

timing, co-ordination and integration with other sectors;

Indexes of socio-economic development planning;

The reality and myths of development ;

Development scenarios / projects / plans / programmes;

Case studies of integrated development planning in South Africa.

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None






Selfstudy 30



Methods of Student Assessment Continuous assessment 50% (Individual and group

presentations 20%; Internal examination 30%); Final

assessment 50% (Long research paper). External moderation.

Name of new module Urban Development and Management


Maters in Public Admin (MPA) EMS Elective


Module description Urban Development and Management


Credit Value 15

Duration Semester

Module Type F

Level 9


Critically discuss the emerging importance of

cities in the era of globalization and the blurring

of the dividing line between rural/urban and urban

/(sub) regional developments

Identify concepts and frameworks used in policy formulation, implementation and analysis of the

role of the state and management at various levels with reference to; development planning;

economic growth; public expenditure; and service

provisions such as water and sanitation; housing as well as transport.

Identify and explain the difference between

economic and social infrastructure and its accompanying features

282

Critically discuss the importance of the public,

private partnership (PPP) in the provision of services

Identify and critically analyse the goals,

economic, markets, business, social, conflicts, complexities and processes involved in the

provisioning and management of these

infrastructure services

Apply the above to case studies focusing on areas

such as water and sanitation; housing; transport; tourism; small and medium enterprises (SMME)

development and local economic development

Main Content The module contents include:

Outlining the challenges of urban development

and poverty reduction in developing countries;

globalization; urbanization; demography and poverty issues

The role of government or developmental state and other stakeholders in managing the

urbanization process in South Africa

Approaches to urban planning, development and management at the national, provincial and local

(IDP) level

Provincial and local growth development and

growth strategies and policies

Importance and specific features pertaining to

economic and social infrastructure, investment as

well as trade and industrial development in different sectors

Discussing the public private partnership (PPP) and role of non state stakeholders in the provision

of infrastructure

The development of small and medium enterprises (SMMEs) and local economic development (LED)

in South Africa

Discussing case studies of informal settlement

upgrading and housing provision; Water and

sanitation provision; and the development of integrated public transport and tourism

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None






Selfstudy 50


Methods of Student Assessment Continuous assessment 50% (Individual assignment 20%;

Group presentation 30%); Final assessment 50% (Long

Research Paper). External moderation.

Name of module Rural Development



283


Generic module name Rural Development


Credit Value 15

Duration Semester

Module Type F

Level 9


Critically evaluate the key concepts in rural development theory and practice

Apply these concepts to case study material drawn from the current South African context

Critically assess and evaluate current policy frameworks in relation to rural development and

land reform in South Africa

Main Content Models of rural development and international debates

Learning process approaches to rural development

Sustainable rural livelihoods and poverty

reduction

Land-based livelihoods in Southern Africa

Land reform policies and progress

Agrarian reform: international and African

debates

Land and agrarian reform and poverty reduction

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None






Selfstudy 35



Methods of Student Assessment Continuous assessment 50% (Class discussion, group

presentations, written assignment ); Final assessment (50%).

External moderation.

Name of module Gender Development and Management




Module description Gender Development and Management


Credit Value 15

Duration Semester

Module Type F

Level 9


Analyse how socialised gender roles affect social roles

both within the home and work environments

Critically discuss how such socialised roles, derived

from both within developing states and without, affect

284

sound and inclusive development strategies

Compare the normative edge to ―scientific‖ and ―objectively empirical‖ development studies,

particularly the ways in which these ―findings‘ are

gendered and discriminatory

Demonstrate a critical understanding of the ways in

which gendered understandings of development theory

and development management economics inhibit more inclusive development strategies

Critically discuss the ways in which gendered understandings of development may be deconstructed

and reconstructed so as to ensure more stable long term

development strategies

Identify and discuss gender equality in governance

structures in South Africa (and elsewhere)

Identify and discuss perspectives on gender equality in

the global context

Identify and discuss linkages between gender and race

affirmative action

Analyse the construction of ‗gender‘ sensitive policies in the public service (including examining the notion

of a gender budget)

Explain how gender equality is used in the

construction of gender and employment policies

Analyse gender, race and collective identity debates in

governance and development

Main Content Social roles which men and women take up in the personal and work environments

A review of individual socialisation processes

The interface between gendered socialisation roles (men

vs women )

Women in Development (WID); Woman and

Development (WAD) a brief historical overview

Development from a gender perspective and the relation

between gender and development global governance

Gender in the context of debates about ―development‖ as a process of North – South neocolonialism

Examining the nexus between gender and development at the national level

Examining gender in governance: the public service, parliament, government, political parties

Gender, Public Policy and management of change: thinking through gender policies and what they entail.

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None






Selfstudy 35



Methods of Student Assessment Continuous assessment 40% (Group presentations 20%; Case

study compilation and presentation 20%; Final assessment

285

60% (Long Research Paper). External moderation.

Name of module Intergovernmental Relations




Generic module name Intergovernmental relations


Credit Value 15

Duration Semester

Module Type F

Level 9


Identify and differentiate between the approaches to intergovernmental relations.

Describe how the nature of the state influences intergovernmental relations.

Demonstrate a critical understanding of the role and

application of intergovernmental relations in Public Administration and management

Evaluate the legislative framework for governance, the principal structures and functions of government at national,

provincial and local levels, and the dynamics of inter-

governmental relations

Identify gaps, critical analyze and provide resolutions for

identified IGR complexities in various contexts

Recognize the importance of the management of IGR and

it‘s interface with improved service delivery

Main Content An introduction and overview of IGR

Conceptual analysis for the study of IGR

Constitutional basis for IGR

Centralization and decentralization in government

Managing and resolving IGR complexities : insights from

selected countries

IGR: a South African perspective

Instruments of IGR- Political & Administrative interface

Intergovernmental Fiscal Relations in South Africa

Interface between IGR and Key Public sector functions including planning, organization, leadership and service

delivery

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None






elfstudy 35



Methods of Student Assessment Continuous assessment 40% (Group presentations 20%; case

study compilation and presentation 20% ); Final assessment 60% (Long Research Paper). External moderation.

286

Name of module Local Government Management in Contemporary South

Africa




Module description Local Government Management in Contemporary South

Africa

Generic module name Local Government Management



Duration Semester

Module Type F

Level 9


Explain the historical, political, social and

economic context underlying national, provincial

and local service delivery programmes in South

Africa;

Describe and analyse the policy, legal, political and economic aspects of service delivery and associated

planning frameworks within Development Local

Government;

Demonstrate a critical understanding of the ‗Batho

Pele‘ principles of service delivery and the challenges facing their realization in South Africa;

Interpret and apply policy and legislation to a local context;

Apply basic theoretical concepts, principles and

techniques related to case studies of specific service delivery programmes;

Assess the appropriateness and usefulness of local

government management models in specific

contexts;

Critically discuss the factors influencing local government management, such as budgetary and

organizational constraints, staff capacity, and co-ordination and integration with other sectors;

Apply the knowledge and skills learned to a

practical research paper on aspects of local management in South Africa.

Main Content Structures, functions and processes of local government management, within a strategic change

management context;

The history of local government in South Africa

and the need for transformation;

Challenges and constraints facing the reform process;

Strategies for change management;

Effective urban and rural management;

The relationship between local, provincial and national tiers of government;

Managerial autonomy and innovation at the local level;

Service delivery and privatization;

Managing globalization at the local government

287

level.

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None






Selfstudy 25



Methods of Student Assessment Continuous assessment 50% (Individual and group

presentations 20%; Internal examination 30%); Final

assessment 50% (Long research paper). External moderation.

Name of module Citizenship, Democracy and Development




Generic module name Citizenship, Democracy and Development


Credit Value 15

Duration Semester

Module Type F

Level 9

Main Outcomes By the end of the module students will be able to demonstrate: (a) a conceptual understanding of selected theories, models

and analytical tools used to describe and explain:

citizenship and democracy as these articulate with development debates and praxis in developing

states in Africa and beyond;

the connections between ‗claiming rights‘

(especially socio-economic rights) in developing

states and the exigencies of the global political economy in which developing states find

themselves

linkages between the general (global political economy) and the specific (socio-economic rights

and basic services delivery). (b) the practical application of the above models and tools

through case studies by analyzing and developing practical

options for the improvement of citizenship and democracy.

Main Content citizenship and democracy as these articulate (and

sometimes contradict) global discourses on

development and its prerequisites for developing states.;

the connections between ‗claiming rights‘ (especially socio-economic rights) in developing

states and the exigencies of the global political

economy in which developing states find themselves

linkages between the general (global political economy) and the specific (socio-economic rights

and basic services delivery).

Pre-requisites None

288

Co-requisites None






Practicals: 20

Selfstudy 40


Methods of Student Assessment Continuous assessment 50% ( group practical assignment; individual oral presentations in class; summaries of key texts

for class; short tests in class; one short assignment). Final

assessment 50% (Long research paper) . External moderation.

Name of module Bureaucracy and Democracy




Module description Bureaucracy and Democracy



Duration Semester

Module Type F

Level 9

Main Outcomes By the end of the module students will be able to :

Demonstrate an in-depth and critical understanding

of the meanings of democracy

Demonstrate an in-depth and critical understanding

of the meanings of bureaucracy

Engage in debate and discussion on the dynamic

relationship between politicians and civil servants in

modern democracies

Critically interrogate normative understandings of

democracy and bureaucracy in the context of practical realities

Main Content Definitions and understandings of bureaucracy,

democracy, political – administrative interface, democratic ideals of accountability and responsibility

Legislative and policy framework towards upholding democratic practices and principles

Conceptualizing trust relations in democratic states

Conceptualizing trust relations between elected and appointed officials

Encouraging bureaucratic responsiveness to state

goals and objectives

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None






Selfstudy 10


289


Methods of Student Assessment Continuous assessment 50% (Group exercises and presentation

20%; take-home test 30%; Final assessment 50% (Long research paper). External moderation.

Name of module Capita Selecta – Selected Topics in Governance




Module description Selected Topics in Governance

(Public Management)



Credit Value 15

Duration Semester

Module Type F

Level 9

Main Outcomes By the end of this module students will be able to demonstrate (c) a conceptual understanding of selected theories,


analyze public management issues

facilitate public management processes

establish institutional arrangements for public

management;

monitor public management; and

plan and design public management processes, implementation frameworks and evaluation

initiatives.

(b) the practical application of the above models and tools through case studies by analyzing and developing practical

options for the improvement of public management

Main Content Conceptual understanding of selected theories, models and analytical tools of public management

issues;

public management processes;

Institutional arrangements for public management;

Planning and design of public management processes, implementation frameworks and

evaluation initiatives.

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None







Methods of Student Assessment This will be determined by the presenter but will maintain a

50/50 split between continuous assessment and final assessment. External moderation.

Name of new module Capita Selecta – Selected Topics in Governance



290



(Development Management)



Credit Value 15

Duration Semester

Module Type F

Level 9

Main Outcomes By the end of this module, students will be able to demonstrate (d) a conceptual understanding of selected theories,


analyze development management issues

facilitate development management processes

establish institutional arrangements for development

management;

monitor development management; and

plan and design development management processes, implementation frameworks and evaluation

initiatives.

(b) the practical application of the above models and tools through case studies by analyzing and developing practical

options for the improvement of development management.

Main Content Conceptual understanding of selected theories, models and analytical tools of development

management issues;

development management processes;

Institutional arrangements for development

management;

Planning and design of development management

processes, implementation frameworks and

evaluation initiatives.

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None







Methods of Student Assessment This will be determined by the presenter but will maintain a 50/50 split between continuous assessment and final assessment.

External moderation.

Name of module Capita Selecta – Selected Topics in Governance





(Public Sector Finance)



Credit Value 15

Duration Semester

Module Type F

291

Level 9


Analyze and explain the content of the issue/ issues within the field of public sector finance;

Engage critically in policy debates on the subject matter;

Investigate and explain problems within the field of public sector

finance.

Main Content The content of this module is influenced by the presenter of the course in line with the main focus on

issues in Economics, Public Finance and Budgeting.

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None








50/50 split between continuous assessment and final assessment. External moderation.

Name of new module Capita Selecta – Selected Topics in Governance and Public

Administration





(Local Government Management)



Credit Value 15

Duration Semester

Module Type F

Level 9


demonstrate:

(a) conceptual understanding of selected theories, models and analytical tools used to:

analyze local government management issues

facilitate local government management processes

establish institutional arrangements for local government management

monitor local government management

plan and design local government management processes, implementation frameworks and

evaluation initiatives. (b) the practical application of the above models and tools

through case studies by analyzing and developing practical

options for the improvement of local government management

Main Content Conceptual understanding of selected theories,

models and analytical tools of local government

management issues;

Local government management processes

292

Institutional arrangements for local government

management

Planning and design of local government

management processes, implementation

frameworks and evaluation initiatives.

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None








50/50 split between continuous assessment and final assessment . External moderation.

Institute for Poverty, Land and Agrarian Studies (Plaas)

Name of module The land question in southern Africa: Historical

perspectives




Post-graduate Diploma in Land and

Agrarian Studies

EMS Core

Home Department Institute for Poverty, Land and Agrarian Studies (PLAAS)

Module description The land question in southern Africa: Historical perspectives

Generic module name Land and Agrarian Studies

Alpha-numeric code LAS701

Credit Value 20

Duration Semester

Level 9

Main Outcomes At the end of this course students should demonstrate a historical understanding of the land question in southern

Africa and be able to:

analyse and explain the history of land acquisition and dispossession in southern Africa

engage in policy debates on the land question and land reform issues

investigate and explain problems of land restitution, land tenure and land reform in southern, and particularly

South Africa

write clear and coherent history essays

Main Content Land Ownership, Conquest and Dispossession (1000AD

– 1900)

The Making of Reserves

Urban Segregation: Locations and Townships

Grand Apartheid: The Bantustans

Urban Removals and Restitution

The land question in Zimbabwe

Traditional authorities and the land question

Case studies of removals and restitution

Pre-requisites Undergraduate degree or RPL

Co-requisites None


293




Selfstudy 40


Methods of Student Assessment Pre-contact assignment: 40%

Post-contact assignment (Examination): 60%

Name of module The Agrarian Question in Southern Africa


Post-graduate Diploma in Land and

Agrarian Studies

EMS Core


Module description The Agrarian Question in Southern Africa


Alpha-numeric code LAS 702

Credit Value 20

Duration Semester

Level 9

Main Outcomes At the end of this course students should:

Demonstrate an understanding historical and

contemporary debates around Agrarian Reform in Southern Africa

Have a thorough grasp of land reform policies in

at least two Southern African countries

Demonstrate in-depth understanding of land and

agrarian reform in South Africa since 1994

Have a thorough grasp of the links between

agricultural development, rural livelihoods and land reform in the southern African context

Demonstrate an ability to practice in debate

around the possible future direction of land reform in South Africa

Main Content Land reform debates in southern Africa: historical and contemporary

Overview of recent land reforms in Namibia,

Mozambique, Zimbabwe

The political economy of land and agrarian reform

in South Africa

Restitution in South Africa

Redistribution in South Africa

Tenure reform in South Africa

Implementing policies: Politics, Ideology and State Capacity


Co-requisites None






Practicals: 0

Selfstudy 40


294



Name of module Land and agrarian reform in contemporary Africa:

Comparative perspectives and policy debates


will be offered


Post-graduate Diploma in Land and Agrarian Studies

EMS Core


Module description Land and agrarian reform in contemporary Africa: Comparative

perspectives and policy debates



Credit Value 20

Duration Semester

Level 9


demonstrate an understanding of the terminology and

concepts used in land and agrarian reform;

be familiar with the main theoretical positions, and have

knowledge of land reform in a number of African countries;

possess a detailed understanding of land reform policy in

South Africa.;

be able to engage effectively with contemporary land

reform issues, both from a theoretical and a practical perspective.

Main Content Land, agriculture, poverty and rural livelihoods in Africa

The agrarian question in Africa: Analytical and conceptual issues

The variety of reform: Case studies across Africa

Case studies of land reform in South Africa (restitution,

redistribution and tenure security)

Implementing policies: Politics, Ideology and State

Capacity


Co-requisites None






Practicals: 0

Selfstudy 40




Name of module Land and agrarian reform in contemporary Africa:

Comparative perspectives and policy debates




Post-graduate Diploma in Land

and Agrarian Studies

EMS Core

295


Module description Land and agrarian reform in contemporary Africa: Comparative

perspectives and policy debates



Credit Value 20

Duration Semester

Level 9


demonstrate an understanding of the terminology and

concepts used in land and agrarian reform;

be familiar with the main theoretical positions, and have knowledge of land reform in a number of African countries;

possess a detailed understanding of land reform policy in South Africa.;

be able to engage effectively with contemporary land reform issues, both from a theoretical and a practical perspective.

Main Content Land, agriculture, poverty and rural livelihoods in Africa

The agrarian question in Africa: Analytical and conceptual

issues

The variety of reform: Case studies across Africa

Case studies of land reform in South Africa (restitution, redistribution and tenure security)

Implementing policies: Politics, Ideology and State Capacity


Co-requisites None





Selfstudy 40


Methods of Student

Assessment

Pre-contact assignment: 40%


Name of module Economics of Agrarian Systems






EMS Core


Module description Economics of Agrarian Systems


Alpha-numeric code LAS704

Credit Value 20

Duration Semester

Level 9


understanding of key issues in the economics of agrarian systems

and be able to:

analyse the multiple interactions between economic

development and agriculture in the context of economic globalization

investigate microeconomic and macroeconomic issues affecting agriculture in developing countries

296

compare South African agricultural and land reform policies

with evidence from other developing economies

write clear and coherent research essays

Main Content Basic concepts in rural economic development

Perspectives on the role of agriculture in economic

development

Agricultural development in ‗dual economies‘

The economics of agrarian reform

Economic globalization and developing country agriculture

Case studies: Africa, Asia and Latin America

The South African agricultural economy


Co-requisites None






Selfstudy 40


Methods of Student

Assessment

Pre-contact assignment40%


Name of module Sustainable rural livelihoods and integrated development

planning






EMS Core


Module description Sustainable rural livelihoods and integrated development planning



Credit Value 20

Duration Semester

Level 9


understanding of the:

key theoretical and practical aspects of sustainable rural

livelihoods and integrated development planning;

main debates around sustainable rural livelihoods and integrated development planning in South Africa and

internationally;

links between rural development and chronic poverty;

techniques used in development planning Students will be equipped with the tools necessary to analyse

policy and programmes from a sustainable livelihoods

perspective.

Main Content The concepts of poverty and rural livelihoods

Development, Planning Approaches and Critiques

Food security and vulnerability: Frameworks and Practice

Sustainable rural livelihoods: Frameworks and Critiques

Integrated Development Planning: Frameworks and

297

Critiques


Co-requisites None






Practicals: 0

Selfstudy 40




Name of module Sustainable natural resource management in land and

agrarian reform


will be offered


Post-graduate Diploma in Land and Agrarian Studies

EMS Core


Module description Sustainable natural resource management in land and agrarian

reform



Credit Value 20

Duration Semester

Level 9

Main Outcomes At the end of this course students should demonstrate an understanding of

key concepts and theories in relation to natural resource management as an important dimension of land and

agrarian reform;

controversies and debates in common property theory and sustainable natural resource management;

key policy questions in relation to land and agrarian reform and natural resource management in Southern

Africa; and

write clear and coherent research essays

Main Content Natural resources and rural livelihoods in southern Africa.

Conceptual frameworks and current controversies: common property theory; land degradation and

sustainability.

Rangelands and the carrying capacity debate.

The gendered nature of resource tenure.

Biodiversity conservation and development.

Land reform and the environment.

The co-management debate.

Introduction to Political Ecology.


Co-requisites None




298



Practicals: 0

Selfstudy 40


Methods of Student Assessment Pre-contact assignment 40%


Name of module Legal and socio-legal dimensions of land and agrarian reform


will be offered




EMS Core


Module description Legal and socio-legal dimensions of land and agrarian reform



Credit Value 20

Duration Semester

Level 9


understanding of:

the evolution of property rights in South African law with regard to the dispossession of land and the acquisition of

land;

the key theoretical and practical aspects of land and agrarian

law in South Africa;

the requirements and promises of the South African constitution and evolving land reform legislation;

the role of legislation in the implementation of land and

agrarian reform;

the central role that security of tenure plays in underpinning and securing livelihoods.

Main Content The law and its administration

The evolution of land law: The history and evolution of

property law and land rights for hites and the denial of rights

to black people

Basic legal concepts concerning land

Land reform laws in South Africa

Law and development: Rights-based approaches to

livelihood-focused development

Institutional options for land holding and management

institutions: Communal Property Associations and the Communal Land Rights Act.


Co-requisites None






Practicals: 0

Selfstudy 40


Methods of Student Assessment Pre-contact assignment; Test: 40%

299


Documents

2014 - University of the Western Cape · Advanced Diploma in Management (Financial Planning) AdvDip (Management) (Financial Planning) Advanced Diploma in Public Administration ADPA